HarmonixWorks

Create products with ease

Full.CX effortlessly transforms your ideas into product requirements.

Full.CX turns product visions into detailed product requirements. The product below was entirely generated using our AI and advanced algorithms, exclusively available to our paid subscribers.

Product Details

Name

HarmonixWorks

Tagline

Create, Collaborate, Conquer

The Innovation DJ

Name: The Innovation DJ
Description: The Innovation DJ is a forward-thinking music professional who thrives on creativity and experimentation in their sets. They seek unique sounds, innovative collaborations, and cutting-edge tools to elevate their performances. Often performing at clubs and festivals, they are always on the lookout for the latest technology to keep their mixes fresh and engaging. They leverage HarmonixWorks to seamlessly integrate diverse sounds into their live performances and collaborate with artists globally in real-time, ensuring they always bring something new to their audience.
Demographics: Age: 28-35, Gender: Male/Female/Non-binary, Education: Bachelor’s degree in Music Technology or similar, Occupation: Professional DJ or Music Performer, Income Level: $50,000-$80,000 annually.
Background: Raised in a musical family, The Innovation DJ was exposed to various genres and styles from an early age. After obtaining a degree in Music Technology, they began performing at local venues while gradually building a following and honing their craft. They have attended various music festivals and expos to stay current with trends and technology, often seeking opportunities for collaboration. Their passion for pushing creative boundaries drives their continuous search for new musical inspirations and resources.
Psychographics: The Innovation DJ values creativity, originality, and technology. They are motivated by the desire to stand out in a saturated market and provide unique experiences for their audiences. They believe that collaboration is key to musical growth and often engage with other artists and tech developers. Sustainability is also a core value, leading them to explore eco-friendly options within their performances and productions. They are tech-savvy and frequently explore new apps and software innovations.
Needs: The Innovation DJ needs access to a diverse library of sounds and high-quality tools that enhance their mixing capabilities. They require collaborative features that allow them to connect and share projects with other artists seamlessly. Additionally, they look for tutorials and resources that help them stay ahead in the fast-evolving landscape of music technology, ensuring they deliver standout performances.
Pain: The primary pain points for The Innovation DJ include the challenge of finding unique and high-quality sounds that are not overused in the industry. They often deal with the limitations of their current DAW when it comes to real-time collaboration. Additionally, they sometimes struggle with compatibility issues between different software and hardware setups, which can hinder their workflow and creative process.
Channels: The Innovation DJ primarily engages with online platforms such as social media (Instagram, TikTok, Twitter) for inspiration and networking. They use platforms like SoundCloud and Bandcamp to discover new music and connect with collaborators. They also attend live music events and industry conferences to network and gain insights into emerging trends.
Usage: The Innovation DJ interacts with HarmonixWorks daily, especially during the pre-production phase of their sets and while collaborating with other artists. They utilize the platform multiple times a week for sound exploration, project management, and collaboration, often integrating it into their live performance preparation as well.
Decision: The decision-making process for The Innovation DJ revolves around staying current with industry trends and technology influences. They prioritize tools that facilitate unique sound crafting and allow them to enhance their live performances. Their choices are influenced by peer recommendations, online reviews, and the ability to innovate in their sets, seeking platforms that foster creativity and collaboration.

The Studio Guru

Name: The Studio Guru
Description: The Studio Guru is an experienced music producer with a wealth of technical knowledge in audio production. They focus on creating high-quality tracks in their studio and require an organized, efficient environment for managing multiple projects. With a penchant for collaboration, they use HarmonixWorks to facilitate communication with artists and streamline their production process, utilizing its digital resource library to enhance their work.
Demographics: Age: 35-45, Gender: Male/Female, Education: Bachelor’s or Master’s degree in Music Production, Occupation: Music Producer, Income Level: $80,000-$120,000 annually.
Background: Growing up immersed in music, The Studio Guru pursued formal education in music production after realizing their passion for creating tracks. After several years of working in various studios, they established their own production house. They have worked with diverse genres and artists, steadily building a reputation for producing high-quality music and mentoring upcoming producers.
Psychographics: The Studio Guru values professionalism, high standards of quality, and continual learning. They are motivated by the desire to produce tracks that resonate with audiences and express the vision of their collaborators. Knowledge-sharing and mentorship are important aspects of their motivation, as they often guide newer artists through the production process. They appreciate tools that enhance their workflow and help maintain a high quality of outputs.
Needs: The Studio Guru needs an all-in-one platform that integrates project management with audio tools to enhance productivity. They require robust collaboration features that allow smooth interactions with artists and clarity in project timelines. Additionally, they look for a vast library of sounds and samples that can be easily accessed during production sessions.
Pain: Pain points for The Studio Guru include the difficulty of managing multiple projects simultaneously and coordinating schedules with various artists. They sometimes face challenges in keeping track of project updates or changes in real time, which can lead to confusion. Additionally, they seek ways to provide constructive feedback while collaborating without interrupting the creative process.
Channels: The Studio Guru primarily uses platforms like LinkedIn and professional forums to network and share insights, while also engaging with social media for inspiration and collaboration opportunities. They often rely on email and dedicated production software for project communication, along with attending industry seminars and workshops to stay updated.
Usage: The Studio Guru uses HarmonixWorks on a daily basis, particularly during studio sessions, project management, and collaboration with artists. Their engagement is intensive, especially when initiating new projects or during deadlines, highlighting their reliance on the platform.
Decision: The Studio Guru's decision-making is influenced by the quality and reputation of tools within the industry. They prioritize features that streamline production processes and aid collaboration. Recommendations from colleagues, user testimonials, and ease of integration with existing tools significantly impact their choices.

The Indie Artist

Name: The Indie Artist
Description: The Indie Artist is a self-driven musician who has taken the plunge into the independent music scene. They manage their creative processes, balancing producing, performing, and promoting their music. Leveraging HarmonixWorks, they create and share demos, seek collaboration, and enhance their tracks with unique sounds from the digital library, all while managing their time and projects effectively.
Demographics: Age: 22-30, Gender: Male/Female/Non-binary, Education: Some college or specialized music training, Occupation: Independent Musician, Income Level: Varies, typically supplemented by side jobs.
Background: Beginning as a hobbyist, The Indie Artist developed their passion for music during their teenage years, performing at local venues and open mics. They decided to pursue music fully after receiving recognition for their work online and have since established an independent brand. With a desire for creative control over their music, they currently navigate the music landscape while growing their fanbase and establishing a name for themselves.
Psychographics: The Indie Artist craves authenticity and wants to connect deeply with their audience. They are motivated by the desire to express themselves through music and build a loyal community around their work. Their values include independence, creativity, and resourcefulness. They often seek collaboration with other artists to enhance their sound and widen their reach while aiming to retain their unique artistic identity.
Needs: The Indie Artist needs a platform that supports their multifaceted creative processes without adding unnecessary complexity. They require efficient tools for project management and collaboration while needing a broad selection of sound samples to experiment with distinct styles in their music. Budget-friendly options are crucial for their operations.
Pain: Challenges faced by The Indie Artist include limited resources, both financially and technologically. They often struggle to find collaborators who share their vision and may also feel overwhelmed by the marketing aspects of building their brand. The balance between creativity and the business side can sometimes lead to burnout and frustration.
Channels: The Indie Artist utilizes social media (Instagram, TikTok, Facebook) to promote their music and engage with fans. They explore online music communities and collaborate with other indie musicians on platforms like BandLab. They also attend local gigs and networking events to form connections within the industry.
Usage: The Indie Artist engages with HarmonixWorks regularly when working on new music, organizing collaborations, and managing their creative schedule. They use the platform several times a week for both music production and promotion-related activities, showcasing their evolving art.
Decision: The Indie Artist’s decision-making revolves around cost-effectiveness, the ability to showcase their individuality, and the ease of collaboration. They seek recommendations from peers and are influenced by how well tools align with their personal brand and artistic vision.

Product Ideas

Collaboration Canvas: A dynamic workspace that allows multiple users to simultaneously create, edit, and comment on music projects in real-time. This feature enhances collective creativity by providing a visual and interactive platform where ideas can be shared instantly, making collaboration effortless and productive.
Sound Discovery Engine: An AI-driven tool that recommends royalty-free sounds and samples based on the user’s project style, preferences, and past choices. This engine will save time for users by curating a personalized library of sounds, ensuring they can quickly find the perfect audio elements to enhance their productions.
Project Progress Tracker: An integrated dashboard that visually represents the progress of music projects, highlighting milestones and deadlines, and allowing users to set goals and monitor their productivity. This tool enhances organization and accountability, particularly for users juggling multiple projects.
Masterclass Hub: A dedicated space within HarmonixWorks for industry experts to host live workshops, tutorials, and Q&A sessions. This feature will offer valuable insights and learning opportunities for aspiring musicians and producers, fostering community engagement and knowledge sharing.
Integrated Payment Solutions: A seamless payment feature for freelancers and collaborators that allows for easy invoice generation, payment tracking, and budgeting within the HarmonixWorks platform. This addition will streamline financial management for users working on collaborative projects.
Customized Onboarding Experience: A personalized onboarding process for new users that tailors the HarmonixWorks experience based on their user type (musician, producer, educator, etc.). This will enhance user engagement from the start by providing relevant resources and tooltips customized to their needs.
Sonic Feedback Loop: A feature that allows users to receive real-time feedback on their tracks from the HarmonixWorks community. Users can submit their projects for critiques from peers and professionals, fostering a collaborative improvement culture within the platform.

Product Features

Real-Time Editing

This feature enables all collaborators to make changes to a project instantaneously, with updates reflected across each user’s interface in real-time. This reduces the risk of miscommunication and ensures that everyone is literally on the same page, fostering a fluid creative process where ideas are quickly implemented and refined, enhancing collective productivity.

Requirements

Synchronized Session Playback

User Story: As a producer, I want to have synchronized playback with my collaborators so that we can seamlessly review and refine our project without any delays or miscommunication.
Description: This requirement enables a synchronized playback feature across all collaborators’ devices, ensuring that any adjustments made to the timeline, track volume, or effects during a session are mirrored in real-time. This feature is crucial for maintaining coherence in collaborative projects, allowing all users to effectively contribute during group discussions and making it easier to reach agreements on creative decisions. The expected outcome is a more streamlined workflow and reduced confusion during live collaboration sessions.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-Time Collaboration During a Live Session

Given multiple collaborators are in a session, when one user adjusts the track volume, then all other users should see the updated volume level within 2 seconds.

Synchronization of Timeline Adjustments

Given a project is playing back, when a user drags the timeline cursor to a different position, then all collaborators' playback position should update simultaneously within 2 seconds.

Effect Adjustments Visibility

Given that collaborators are editing effects on their devices, when one user changes an effect parameter, then the same parameter should display the updated value on all other users' interfaces in real-time.

Real-Time Feedback during Group Discussions

Given that a group is reviewing a project in session, when any user makes an adjustment, then all users should receive visual notifications of changes made with timestamps.

Preventing Playback Disruptions

Given that changes are made during playback, when a user modifies a track, then playback should continue uninterrupted and all changes should reflect visual indicators of modifications.

Performance Under Network Latency

Given that a session is ongoing under varying internet speeds, when one user makes changes to the project, then the system should still synchronize the updates with less than a 5-second delay.

Version History Tracking

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want to track the version history of my projects so that I can revert to previous stages if my changes don’t work out as planned.
Description: This requirement focuses on implementing a robust version history tracking system that allows users to save, access, and restore previous versions of a project. It provides necessary safeguards against accidental loss of data and enables users to experiment freely, knowing that they can revert to earlier project states if needed. This capability fosters creativity and reduces the anxiety associated with making changes to a project.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the version history feature from the project dashboard to retrieve a previous version of a collaborative music project during a creative session.

Given a user is viewing the project dashboard, when they select the version history option, then they should see a list of all saved versions of the project, including timestamps and user information.

User restores a previous version of a project after inadvertently making unwanted changes during real-time editing.

Given a user has accessed the version history, when they select a previous version and confirm the restore action, then the project should revert to the selected version without losing any other current changes that were made in parallel.

A team member wants to compare the current project state with a previous version to understand the changes made.

Given a user is in the version history interface, when they select the option to preview a previous version, then they should be able to see a side-by-side comparison of the current project and the selected previous version, highlighting differences clearly.

An audio engineer accidentally deletes a part of a project while collaborating in real-time and needs to recover it using the version history feature.

Given the user is actively collaborating on a project, when they access the version history and choose to restore the last saved version prior to the deletion, then that deleted part should be restored accurately and reflected in the project's current state.

User wants to ensure that the version history feature provides adequate documentation of changes over time for compliance purposes.

Given a user reviews the version history logs, when they access the details for any version, then they should see a complete log of all changes made, including user actions, timestamps, and any associated comments for clarity.

In the event of a data loss due to system failure, a user needs to recover the latest version of a project they were working on.

Given a user has been actively saving their project, when they restore the project from the version history after a system restart, then the last accessible version before the failure should be completely functional with all previous settings intact.

Real-Time Chat Integration

User Story: As a musician, I want to have a real-time chat feature in my project workspace so that I can discuss ideas and provide feedback instantaneously with my collaborators during the session.
Description: This requirement involves integrating a real-time chat feature within the HarmonixWorks platform, allowing collaborators to communicate instantly while working on a project. This chat functionality will support text, voice, and potentially video communication, enhancing collaboration by enabling quick exchanges of ideas and feedback without needing to switch to external applications. The outcome is an enriched collaborative environment that minimizes distractions and maximizes productivity.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time chat usage during a collaborative music production session where multiple users are editing a project simultaneously.

Given that a project is open in HarmonixWorks, when a user sends a message in the real-time chat, then all other collaborators should receive the message within 2 seconds.

Voice communication initiated during a project session to discuss specific elements of the music track being edited.

Given that a user starts a voice chat session, when they speak, then other users should hear the audio without any noticeable delay or disruption.

Using the real-time chat feature to share a quick feedback about a track's arrangement while all collaborators are online.

Given that a collaborator posts a text message in the chat, when another collaborator views the message, then the message should show the correct timestamp and the sender's name.

Engaging in a video chat session to review a project visually and aurally in real-time with all team members.

Given that a video chat is active, when a user shares their screen, then all other users should view the shared screen without lag exceeding 500 milliseconds.

Participants suspending and resuming the real-time chat without losing any previous messages during a busy session.

Given that the chat feature is momentarily disabled, when it is re-enabled, then all previous messages should be accessible in the chat history.

Managing users' permissions in the chat to prevent unwanted interruptions during critical feedback sessions.

Given that a collaborator tries to send a message in the chat, when they are set as 'mute,' then they should receive an error message indicating they cannot send messages at this time.

Visibility and accessibility of the real-time chat feature during various stages of project editing.

Given that a project is being edited, when a user minimizes the chat, then the chat icon must remain visible on the interface, allowing for quick access to re-open the chat.

Collaborative Task Assignment

User Story: As a project manager, I want to assign tasks to my collaborators within the platform so that I can manage our workflow more effectively and keep track of everyone's contributions.
Description: This requirement introduces a collaborative task assignment capability, enabling team members to assign, manage, and track tasks directly within the project interface. Users can create tasks related to specific sections of a project, assign them to collaborators, and track progress in real-time. This feature enhances accountability and ensures that work is distributed efficiently among team members, improving overall project organization and productivity.
Acceptance Criteria: Task Assignment and Notification for Collaborators

Given a user creates a new task within a project, when the task is assigned to a collaborator, then the assigned collaborator should receive a notification and the task should appear in their task list.

Real-Time Progress Tracking

Given multiple collaborators are working on assigned tasks, when one collaborator updates the status of their task, then all collaborators should see the updated task status in real-time across their interfaces.

Task Creation with Due Date

Given a user is creating a task, when they set a due date for the task, then the due date should be displayed prominently on the task card and within the project timeline.

Task Completion and Feedback Loop

Given a collaborator marks a task as complete, when they submit completion feedback, then the task should show a 'Completed' status and the feedback should be visible to all project members.

Priority Assignment for Tasks

Given a user assigns a priority level to a task during creation, when they view the task list, then tasks should be sorted according to their assigned priority levels (High, Medium, Low).

Collaboration in Task Editing

Given a user edits the details of an existing task, when the task is saved, then all collaborators should instantly see the updated task details without needing to refresh their interfaces.

Filtering Tasks by User and Status

Given a user wants to filter tasks in a project, when they select filters for assigned user and task status, then the task list should dynamically update to show only tasks that meet the selected criteria.

Audio Change Notification

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to receive notifications whenever changes are made to the audio tracks in our project so that I can stay updated and adjust my contributions accordingly.
Description: This requirement focuses on implementing a notification system that alerts users when audio changes have been made to a project, such as updates to track names, added effects, or volume adjustments. This feature is vital for keeping all collaborators informed about alterations in real-time, preventing potential miscommunication, and enhancing collaborative efficiency as users can respond promptly to changes.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when a collaborator changes the volume of an audio track during a live editing session.

Given a user is collaborating on a project, when a collaborator changes the volume of an audio track, then the user receives a real-time notification indicating the specific track that was modified.

A user is alerted when a collaborator modifies the name of an audio track in the project.

Given a user is working on a project, when a collaborator renames an audio track, then the user receives a notification with the old and new track names in real-time.

Users should be informed when effects are added or modified on any audio track in the project.

Given multiple users are editing a project, when someone adds or modifies an effect on an audio track, then all users receive a notification detailing the type of effect added or changed and the affected track.

A notification is generated when multiple collaborators make concurrent changes to different tracks in a project.

Given users are working simultaneously on a project, when two or more users make changes to different audio tracks, then each user receives a notification summarizing the changes made by others in real-time.

A user wishes to receive alerts only for specific track modifications instead of all changes in a project.

Given a user adjusts their notification preferences, when any changes are made to the specified tracks, then the user receives notifications only for those tracks as per their preferences.

A user accesses a history log of audio changes along with notifications received.

Given a user has received audio change notifications, when they review the history log, then they see a list of all recent audio changes along with timestamps and details of each notification received.

Notifications should be clearly displayed without disrupting the collaborative workflow.

Given a user is actively working on a project, when they receive a notification about an audio change, then the notification should appear in a non-intrusive way that allows the user to continue working with minimal interruption.

Interactive Commenting

Users can leave comments directly on specific sections of the project, allowing for precise feedback and discussions surrounding particular elements of the music. This targeted approach encourages detailed critiques and streamlined conversations, making it easier for collaborators to understand suggestions and improvements, thereby nurturing a more engaging and constructive collaborative environment.

Requirements

Comment Tagging

User Story: As a music producer, I want to tag my comments with specific categories so that my collaborators can easily filter and address feedback based on priority and relevance.
Description: The Comment Tagging feature allows users to add specific tags to their comments, categorizing feedback based on themes such as 'clarity', 'pitch', or 'rhythm'. By enabling tagging, users can filter comments, making it easier to focus discussions on particular aspects of the music project. This feature enhances collaboration by providing a structured way to manage feedback, ensuring that all team members can quickly understand the context of each comment and prioritize areas needing attention. It integrates seamlessly with the existing commenting system, allowing for real-time updates and notifications when comments are tagged, thus fostering an organized feedback loop and improving overall project communication.
Acceptance Criteria: User tags a comment after reviewing the rhythm section of a music project.

Given a user is viewing a project, when they add a comment and select a tag from the predefined list, then the comment should display the selected tag next to it and be stored in the system.

A collaborator filters comments using specific tags to address feedback on pitch adjustments in the project.

Given there are tagged comments in the system, when a user selects a specific tag from the filter options, then only comments with that tag should be visible on the interface.

A user receives a notification about a newly tagged comment in a shared project.

Given a user has tagged a comment, when the comment is saved, then all collaborators on the project should receive an immediate notification about the tagged comment.

The system displays all comments tagged with 'clarity' on the project's feedback section.

Given there are comments tagged with various themes, when the user navigates to the feedback section and filters by 'clarity', then only the comments with that specific tag should be displayed.

User edits a comment and changes its tag from 'rhythm' to 'clarity'.

Given a user has an existing comment with a tag, when they edit the comment and select a new tag, then the comment should update to reflect the new tag and save correctly in the system.

Administrator adds new tags to the list of available tags for comments.

Given an administrator has access to the tag management section, when they enter a new tag and submit the changes, then the new tag should be added to the available tags list for all users.

Version History for Comments

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to view the version history of comments so that I can understand how feedback has evolved throughout the project and ensure previous insights are not lost.
Description: The Version History for Comments requirement allows users to view and manage past comments within the project timeline. Users can access historical data on previous feedback, including modifications and replies, creating a comprehensive overview of the conversation's evolution. This functionality is crucial for maintaining context in discussions, especially in collaborative environments where multiple revisions and iterations occur frequently. By tracking changes to comments, users can understand the progression of ideas and how feedback was integrated, thereby ensuring that valuable insights are retained even after edits. This feature significantly boosts accountability and transparency in collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: User reviews a previous collaborative project and wants to check the historical comments and their modifications made throughout the project's life cycle.

Given a user accesses the project timeline, when they select the 'Version History' tab, then they should see a chronological list of all comments, modifications, and user replies relevant to that project.

A team member wants to revert to a previous version of a comment to restore feedback that was edited out during the revision process.

Given a user is viewing the list of historical comments, when they select a previous version of a comment, then the system should allow them to restore that comment version to the active conversation.

A user requires information on how previous feedback was addressed in the current project version during a team meeting.

Given a user is reviewing comments in the version history, when they select a specific comment, then they should see associated changes made in response to that comment, including a summary of actions taken.

A project manager is auditing collaboration quality over time and needs to analyze trends in feedback through different project iterations.

Given the project manager accesses the version history, when they filter comments by user or date range, then they should be able to generate reports that show comment trends and modifications made during that period.

A collaborator wants to ensure accountability by reviewing the history of all comments made on a critical project element.

Given a user is examining a specific section of the project, when they request the comment history for that section, then they should be able to view all past comments along with their respective timestamps and authors.

A user edits a comment and wants to view the previous versions of that comment to ensure their edits align with the intended feedback.

Given a user accesses a comment they wish to edit, when they click on the 'View History' option, then they should see all previous versions of that comment alongside the option to restore any selected version.

Inline Commenting

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want to leave comments directly on specific tracks so that I can provide more precise feedback and suggestions related to the specific elements of the project.
Description: The Inline Commenting feature enables users to leave comments directly on the project’s visual interface, associated with specific elements like tracks or markers. This contextual commenting provides clarity and relevance, allowing users to point out feedback precisely where it is needed without the ambiguity of general comments. By enhancing the user interface to support inline comments, collaborators can engage in targeted discussions that directly correlate with the work, improving the quality of feedback and results. This feature not only nurtures a more dynamic and interactive discussion environment but also helps to streamline the review and revision processes, making the workflows smoother.
Acceptance Criteria: User leaves an inline comment on a specific track within a music project to suggest a change in instrumentation.

Given a user has access to the music project, when they click on a track and select the 'Add Comment' option, then they should be able to type their comment and attach it to that track.

User wants to view all comments made on a specific section of a project to get feedback from collaborators.

Given multiple comments have been made on different tracks, when the user navigates to the comments section, then they should see a list of all comments along with the corresponding track markers.

User edits an inline comment previously made on a specific marker in a music project.

Given a user has left a comment on a marker, when they click on that comment and select 'Edit', then they should be able to modify the text of the comment and save the changes successfully.

User deletes an inline comment that is no longer relevant to the project.

Given a user has permission to delete comments, when they click on the delete option for an inline comment, then the comment should be removed from the project and not displayed to users anymore.

Collaborator receives a notification when a new inline comment is added to a project they are part of.

Given a collaborator is part of a music project, when a new inline comment is added, then they should receive an instant notification via the platform's messaging system.

User accesses a project and sees inline comments displayed alongside the corresponding elements for context.

Given a project contains inline comments, when the user opens that project, then they should see all comments visibly displayed on the associated tracks or markers without requiring additional clicks.

User tags a specific collaborator in an inline comment to request their input on a suggestion.

Given a user wants feedback from a specific collaborator, when they add a comment and include '@username', then the specified collaborator should receive a notification of the comment tagged with their username.

Comment Notification System

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications for new comments and mentions so that I can respond quickly and stay engaged with ongoing discussions.
Description: The Comment Notification System is designed to alert users when new comments are made or when they are mentioned in discussions. This requirement focuses on enhancing responsiveness and engagement within collaborative projects. By implementing real-time notifications, users can respond to feedback promptly, ensuring a continuous flow of communication and collaboration. This system can be integrated with existing notification mechanisms of HarmonixWorks, ensuring users receive alerts via preferred channels, such as email or in-app notifications, enabling them to stay updated on critical conversations without missing important feedback.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification for a new comment on their project.

Given a user is actively collaborating on a project, when a new comment is added to the project, then the user should receive a real-time notification alert through their preferred channel (email or in-app).

User receives a notification when mentioned in a comment.

Given a user is mentioned in a comment, when the comment is posted, then the user should receive an alert specifically indicating their mention via their chosen notification method.

User checks notification settings and preferences.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they change their preferences for comment notifications, then the system should update the preferences and reflect them in the notification responses.

User views a list of recent notifications.

Given a user clicks on the notifications icon, when the notification panel opens, then the user should see a chronological list of all recent comments and mentions relevant to their projects.

User interacts with a notification to view the comment.

Given a user receives a comment notification, when they click on the notification, then the system should take them directly to the specific section of the project where the comment was made.

User experiences delayed notifications.

Given a user is awaiting notifications, when a comment is made on their project, then the notification should be delivered within 5 seconds to ensure timely feedback.

System integration with existing notification mechanisms.

Given the development team implements the comment notification system, when the feature is activated, then it should seamlessly integrate with the current HarmonixWorks notification system without conflicts.

Comment Upvoting System

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to upvote comments so that I can help prioritize feedback and ensure the team focuses on the most relevant suggestions.
Description: The Comment Upvoting System provides a mechanism for users to prioritize which comments are most important or relevant. This feature allows users to upvote comments, enabling collaborative teams to focus on feedback that receives the most consensus. By highlighting key areas of concern or praise, this system helps project teams streamline discussions and decisions, allowing for efficient progress during the music production process. Integrating an upvoting system not only empowers users to voice their opinions on which suggestions should be taken into consideration but also contributes to a more organized feedback management system.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user collaborating on a music project, I want to be able to upvote comments made by my team members to prioritize important feedback.

Given I am on the project page, When I click the upvote button on a comment, Then the upvote count for that comment should increase by one and my action should be visually acknowledged (e.g., the button changes color).

As a project manager, I want to see the most upvoted comments at the top of the comment section to streamline project discussions.

Given there are multiple comments with varying upvote counts, When I navigate to the comments section, Then the comments should be sorted in descending order based on their upvote counts, with the highest upvoted comment at the top.

As a user who has upvoted a comment, I want to be able to change my upvote to a downvote, enabling me to reassess my feedback priorities.

Given I have previously upvoted a comment, When I click on the upvote button again, Then my upvote should be removed and the upvote count should decrease by one, reflecting the change appropriately.

As a user, I want to visualize which comments are getting more attention from my collaborators to engage in relevant discussions.

Given I am viewing the comments section, When I see a comment with multiple upvotes, Then it should be highlighted visually (e.g., bold text or color) to indicate its popularity among team members.

As a user, I want to receive a notification when my comment receives an upvote to stay updated on the feedback my contributions are generating.

Given I have submitted a comment, When another user upvotes my comment, Then I should receive a notification in my notification center indicating which comment was upvoted and by whom.

As a user, I want to view a history of my upvoted comments to keep track of the feedback I found most valuable.

Given I am in my user profile, When I navigate to the upvoted comments section, Then I should see a list of comments I have upvoted, displayed with the project they are associated with.

Version Control

This feature automatically saves and manages different versions of a project, allowing users to track changes, revert to previous iterations, or branch off into new versions of the music. This ensures that creativity is not stifled by the fear of losing progress and enables users to explore various creative directions confidently.

Requirements

Automatic Version Saving

User Story: As a music producer, I want the system to automatically save my project versions so that I can work freely without worrying about losing progress due to unexpected issues or mistakes.
Description: The system shall automatically save versions of a project at defined intervals and upon significant user actions. This functionality will ensure that users do not lose their progress while working on music projects. By creating a robust version history, users can easily review changes made over time, enhancing their workflow and providing peace of mind. Integration with the platform’s current project management tools will allow users to view version history within the project overview, making it seamless and intuitive to navigate through different iterations of their projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a new music project and starts working on it immediately, expecting the system to save versions automatically based on defined intervals.

Given a user has created a new project, when the user makes changes to the project, then the system shall automatically save a version every 5 minutes and upon significant actions such as adding or removing a track.

User finishes a session and wants to review the project’s version history to ensure their changes are saved correctly.

Given a user has made multiple changes during a session, when the user views the project overview, then the version history should display all saved versions with timestamps and details of changes made.

User accidentally makes an unwanted change to a project and needs to revert to a previous version.

Given a user is in the project overview with version history visible, when the user selects an older version, then the system shall revert to that version and confirm the action to the user.

User collaborates with a team and wants to ensure that all members can see the most recent updates to the version history after each save.

Given a user has invited team members to collaborate on a project, when the user saves a new version, then all team members should receive a notification and be able to access the updated version history immediately.

User wants to manually save a version of the project before exporting it to ensure no progress is lost during the export process.

Given a user is preparing to export the project, when the user clicks the 'Save Version' button, then the system shall create a new saved version of the project and display a confirmation message.

User needs to branch off the current project into a new version for experimentation without losing the original flow.

Given a user has a project open, when the user selects the 'Branch' option from the version history, then the system shall create a new version based on the selected point in history and allow the user to make changes independently.

Version Comparison Tools

User Story: As a musician, I want to compare different versions of my project so that I can easily identify the best choices and revisions for my final composition.
Description: The system shall provide users with tools to compare different versions of a project. Users will be able to see differences in arrangements, edits, and changes made in each version, facilitating easier decision-making about which changes to keep or discard. This feature will include visual diffs and audio previews for better clarity and understanding of the modifications. By integrating this into the existing workspace, users can manage their creative processes more effectively and make informed choices about their projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User compares two different versions of a music project to identify changes made by collaborators.

Given the user selects two versions of the project, When the user clicks on the 'Compare' button, Then the system displays a side-by-side visual diff that highlights changes in arrangements and edits along with an audio preview slider for both versions.

User wants to revert to a previous version after reviewing differences between versions.

Given the user has identified a previous version they want to revert to, When the user selects that version and clicks 'Revert', Then the system replaces the current project version with the selected version and saves the change.

User needs to understand the specific changes made in a collaborative environment using the comparison tool.

Given the user opens the comparison tool for two project versions, When the user views the visual and audio differences, Then the tool displays a detailed log of all edits made, categorized by type (e.g., arrangement, effects, audio changes), including timestamps and usernames of collaborators.

User wants to branch off a version into a new project after comparing it with the latest version.

Given the user selects a version of the project to branch from, When the user clicks on the 'Create New Branch' option, Then the system creates a new project based on the selected version and retains all changes and modifications for further editing.

User evaluates different versions to decide which edits to keep in a final project.

Given the user accesses the version comparison tool, When the user uses the audio preview feature to evaluate changes, Then they can mark specific edits to keep or discard, and these selections are saved as part of the project history.

User recognizes a need for visual clarity in understanding complex changes between versions.

Given the user examines complex edits between two versions, When the user utilizes the zoom feature on the visual diff, Then the system provides a clear, detailed view of specific segments of the project, enhancing comprehension of intricate modifications.

Branching Mechanism

User Story: As an audio engineer, I want to create branches of my project so that I can explore different arrangements simultaneously without losing my original work.
Description: The system shall introduce a branching mechanism that allows users to create alternative versions of their projects. This feature will enable users to experiment with different ideas and arrange them without affecting the main project file. Users can branch off from any saved version, work on it independently, and later merge back if desired. This encourages creativity and exploration in music production, ensuring that users can pursue multiple creative paths without risk.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a branching action from a saved project version to create an alternative mix.

Given a user is on the project dashboard, When they select a saved version and click 'Branch', Then a new project version is created that reflects all changes made after the selected version was saved.

User edits a branched project without affecting the main project file.

Given a user has branched off a project, When changes are made to the branched version, Then the original main project file remains unchanged and intact.

User merges a branched version back into the main project after edits.

Given a user is working on a branched project, When they select the 'Merge' option and confirm the merge with the main project, Then all changes from the branched project should be incorporated into the main project, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User navigates through different versions of the same project easily.

Given a user is in the project workspace, When they open the version history panel, Then they should see a list of all saved versions with timestamps and the ability to restore any version to the current workspace.

User attempts to delete a branched version they no longer need.

Given a user is viewing their branched project list, When they select a version and click 'Delete' and confirm, Then the selected branched project should be removed from the project list and no longer accessible.

User is notified of unsaved changes when attempting to branch from a project.

Given a user has unsaved changes in their current project, When they try to create a branch, Then an alert should prompt them to either save their changes or proceed without saving.

Version Restore Functionality

User Story: As a producer, I want to restore previous versions of my project so that I can undo any unwanted changes that I have made during the production process.
Description: The system shall allow users to restore previous project versions easily. Users should be able to select from a list of saved versions and revert to any earlier stage of their project with a single click. This functionality is essential for users who may have made undesirable changes and wish to backtrack to a prior version without complications. The implementation will include a confirmation step to prevent accidental restorations, ensuring users maintain control over their creative process.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a previous version to restore while editing a project in HarmonixWorks.

Given a user is on the project editing screen, when they click on the 'Version History' button, then a list of previous versions is displayed for selection. When the user selects a version and clicks 'Restore', a confirmation prompt appears. If the user confirms, the project reverts to the selected version without errors.

User accidentally attempts to restore a version without confirmation.

Given that a user clicks 'Restore' on a version, when the confirmation prompt appears, then the user should see options to Confirm or Cancel. If the user selects Cancel, the project remains unchanged and a notification indicates no changes have been made.

User restores a version and checks for a successful revert.

Given a user has restored a previous version of the project, when they check the project content and timeline, then it should reflect the state of the project at the time of the selected version, with no lost or additional changes. A confirmation message stating 'Version restored successfully' should be displayed.

User wants to restore after multiple edits and needs to see chronological order of versions.

Given a user accesses the 'Version History', when the versions are listed, then they should be shown chronologically with timestamps, along with a brief description of changes for each version available for restore, enabling informed decisions.

Multiple users are collaborating on a project and one wants to restore a version.

Given multiple users are collaborating on the same project, when one user restores a version, then all other users should receive a notification about the change, and the updated project should reflect the restored version immediately for all collaborators.

User saves multiple project versions quickly and needs to distinguish between them.

Given a user saves different versions frequently, when they access 'Version History', then each version should include unique identifiers (e.g., version number and timestamp) that allow the user to differentiate between various versions without confusion.

Version Naming and Tagging

User Story: As a project manager, I want to name and tag my project versions so that I can easily identify and access specific iterations during my workflow.
Description: The system shall allow users to name and tag different project versions for easy identification. This feature will enable users to categorize their versions based on themes, styles, or production phases, making it easier to navigate through the version history. By implementing filters for different tags and names, users can streamline their workflows and find specific versions quickly, enhancing the project's overall management and organization.
Acceptance Criteria: User names and tags a project version after completing a draft version of a song to ensure it is easily identifiable for future reference.

Given that the user has completed a draft version, when they enter a version name and select tags, then the version should be saved with the correct name and tags visible in the version history.

A user searches for previously tagged versions of a project to find a specific sound style they want to revisit.

Given that the user applies filters for specific tags, when they execute the search, then the system should display only the project versions that match the selected tags.

User wants to revert to a previous version of their project that has a specific name and tagged attributes related to a theme.

Given that the user identifies a version by name and associated tags, when they select that version, then the system should allow them to restore that version to the current workspace.

A user wants to categorize multiple versions of a project by using unique names and multiple tags for better clarity and organization.

Given that the user creates multiple project versions, when they save each version with distinct names and multiple tags, then all versions should be retrievable and viewable in an organized format reflecting the naming and tagging conventions.

An audio engineer is collaborating with others and needs to share a version that has specific tags to highlight its intended changes or themes.

Given that the user has tagged a version with relevant keywords, when they share that version, then the recipients should be able to view the tags associated with that version without any issues.

User wants to edit the name and tags of an existing version to better reflect its current state or intended use after further development.

Given that the user selects an existing version, when they edit the name and tags, then the changes should be saved, and the updated information must be immediately reflected in the version history.

Collaborative Version Access

User Story: As a music collaborator, I want to access different versions of the project and comment on them so that my input can help shape the final product effectively.
Description: The system shall provide collaborative access to different project versions for team members. This feature will allow multiple users to review, comment on, and even propose changes on various versions of a project in real-time. By integrating collaborative tools with version control, teams can work together more effectively, enhancing communication and facilitating feedback throughout the music production process.
Acceptance Criteria: Users collaborating on a music project need to access different versions of the project simultaneously during a brainstorming session.

Given there are multiple project versions available, when a user accesses the project, then they should be able to see a list of all available versions and select any version to view its details and changes.

A team member wants to provide feedback on a specific version of the project during a scheduled review meeting.

Given a user has opened a specific version of the project, when they add comments on that version, then other users reviewing the same version should see those comments in real-time.

The music production team decides to propose changes to an existing project version based on feedback from a collaborator.

Given a user is viewing a project version, when they propose changes and submit them, then those proposed changes should be visible to all team members with collaborative access to that version and should indicate who proposed them.

A producer wants to revert to a previous version of the project after reviewing feedback on the latest version.

Given the user is viewing the project's version history, when they select a previous version to revert to, then the system should confirm the action and load that previous version for editing while keeping the latest version unchanged.

During a real-time collaborative session, users are editing different versions of a project and need to ensure they are aware of changes made by others.

Given multiple users are editing various project versions, when one user makes a change, then all other users should receive a notification of that change in real-time, with details on which version was altered and by whom.

A music team needs to keep track of who made which changes across different project versions to maintain accountability.

Given the version control system captures changes, when a user views the change log for a specific version, then they should see a detailed list of all changes made, including timestamps and usernames for each change.

Visual Project Map

The Visual Project Map offers a graphical representation of all project components, showing each collaborator's contributions and areas of focus. This overview allows users to see the project's structure at a glance, identify the status of different sections, and understand how everyone's work fits together, facilitating better coordination and teamwork.

Requirements

Interactive Elements

User Story: As a music producer, I want to interact with the Visual Project Map so that I can quickly access detailed contributions from my collaborators and adjust the project dynamically based on real-time updates.
Description: The requirement for Interactive Elements involves adding functionalities that allow users to interact with individual components of the Visual Project Map. Users should be able to click on sections to expand details, filter contributions by collaborator, and visually manipulate the layout for better understanding. This will enhance user engagement by enabling users to drill down into specifics, improving clarity on individual contributions and project segments. Integrating interactive elements will facilitate better collaboration and provide users with a powerful tool to manage their projects visually, ultimately leading to more streamlined workflows and productivity enhancements in an intuitive manner.
Acceptance Criteria: User clicks on a project component in the Visual Project Map to access detailed information about contributions and tasks.

Given a user is on the Visual Project Map, When the user clicks on a project component, Then detailed information about contributions and tasks should be displayed in a modal window with clearly labeled data.

User filters contributions by a specific collaborator in the Visual Project Map to view only their contributions to the project.

Given a user is viewing the Visual Project Map, When the user selects a collaborator from the filter dropdown, Then only the project's components associated with that collaborator should be shown, and all other components should be hidden.

User manipulates the layout of the Visual Project Map to customize the visual representation based on their preference or understanding.

Given a user is on the Visual Project Map, When the user drags and drops project components to rearrange them, Then the layout should update in real-time, preserving the new positions after refreshing the page.

Multiple users are collaborating on the Visual Project Map simultaneously, and they want to see live updates on changes made by each other.

Given two or more users are on the Visual Project Map, When one user makes any change to the project components, Then all users should see the updates in real-time without refreshing the page.

User interacts with tooltips that provide additional context about each component in the Visual Project Map.

Given a user hovers over any project component, When the tooltip appears, Then it should display relevant contextual information, including name, status, and last updated time.

User accesses a help section to understand how to use interactive elements in the Visual Project Map.

Given a user is on the Visual Project Map, When the user clicks on the help icon, Then a pop-up should display instructions and tips on using interactive elements effectively.

Export Functionality

User Story: As a project manager, I want to export the Visual Project Map to a PDF so that I can share the project's progress with stakeholders during meetings who do not have access to the platform.
Description: The Export Functionality requirement is aimed at enabling users to export the Visual Project Map in various formats, such as PDF, image files, or editable formats for further processing. This feature is crucial for facilitating offline access to project structures and sharing project maps with stakeholders who might not use the HarmonixWorks platform. By allowing users to easily create offline versions of their project maps, the feature enhances communication about project progress and designs outside of the platform, ensuring that no one is left out of discussions or updates, thus improving overall project efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a project and navigates to the Visual Project Map to initiate the export process.

Given the user has a valid project open, When the user clicks the export button, Then the export options are displayed (PDF, image files, editable formats).

User decides to export the Visual Project Map as a PDF.

Given the user selects PDF from the export options, When the user confirms the export, Then the Visual Project Map successfully generates a PDF file for download.

User wants to share the project map as an editable file with a stakeholder.

Given the user selects an editable format (such as .doc or .xls) from the export options, When the user confirms the export, Then an editable version of the Visual Project Map is created and ready for download.

A user exports the Visual Project Map and wants to ensure the exported content matches the on-screen content.

Given the user exports the Visual Project Map in any format, When the export is completed, Then the exported document should exactly reflect the project's structure and components as shown on the Visual Project Map.

User exports the Visual Project Map and checks for usability of the exported formats.

Given the user exports the Visual Project Map into different formats, When the user opens each exported file, Then the files should be editable and correctly formatted, preserving all visual elements from the original map.

User needs to verify if multiple users can export the project map concurrently without issues.

Given multiple users are logged into the same project and attempt to export the Visual Project Map simultaneously, When they each initiate the export process, Then each user should receive their own successfully generated export without conflicts or errors.

User attempts to export a project map when there is no active project open.

Given the user has not selected a project, When the user clicks the export button, Then an error message is displayed indicating that a project must be selected before export can be initiated.

Filter and Search Capability

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want to filter the Visual Project Map by collaborator contributions so that I can focus on the tasks assigned to me without distractions from other sections of the project.
Description: The Filter and Search Capability requirement involves creating mechanisms for users to filter the project components based on various parameters, such as collaborator contributions, task status, and deadlines. This feature is essential for enhancing navigation within the Visual Project Map, allowing users to quickly locate specific areas of the project without having to sift through the entire map. By implementing robust filtering and searching functionalities, we ensure that users can access relevant information and stay organized, thus increasing overall productivity and reducing time spent on manual tracking of contributions and tasks.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to quickly locate a specific task assigned to a collaborator in the Visual Project Map to check its status without browsing through unrelated components.

Given the user is on the Visual Project Map, when they apply filters based on a specific collaborator, then only the components associated with that collaborator should be displayed.

A project manager needs to view all tasks that are overdue in the Visual Project Map to prioritize their follow-up actions.

Given the user is on the Visual Project Map, when they filter tasks by status and select 'Overdue', then only overdue tasks should be visible in the project map.

A music producer wants to view all components related to upcoming deadlines to ensure they meet their project timeline.

Given the user is on the Visual Project Map, when they apply a filter for tasks due in the next week, then only the components with deadlines within that timeframe should be displayed.

A collaborator wants to find their contributions within the Visual Project Map without navigating through other sections of the project.

Given the user is on the Visual Project Map, when they filter the components based on their own contributions, then only their assigned components should be displayed.

A user needs to search for a specific keyword related to a task in the Visual Project Map to understand its context within the project.

Given the user is on the Visual Project Map, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the project map should highlight all components that match the keyword, providing quick access to relevant information.

A team lead wants to validate that all filters applied are functioning correctly after changing project phases to ensure only relevant components are displayed.

Given the user applies multiple filters to the Visual Project Map, when they change the project phase, then all previously applied filters should remain intact and continue to display relevant components only.

Real-time Collaboration Updates

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to see real-time updates in the Visual Project Map so that I can be immediately aware of changes made by my team and adjust my work accordingly.
Description: The Real-time Collaboration Updates requirement is designed to implement a system where changes made in the Visual Project Map are instantly reflected to all users currently viewing the project. This is crucial in an environment that thrives on collaboration, as it ensures all collaborators are on the same page, reducing confusion and miscommunication. The feature would ensure that when one user updates their section or adds a new element, it is immediately visible to all, allowing for seamless collaborative efforts and fostering a team-oriented approach to music production.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the Visual Project Map while a collaborator makes changes in real-time.

Given the user is viewing the Visual Project Map, when a collaborator updates a project section, then the changes should be visible on the user's screen within 2 seconds without needing to refresh.

Multiple users are editing different sections of the Visual Project Map concurrently.

Given that multiple users are collaborating, when one user adds a new section, then all other users' views should show this new section immediately and seamlessly integrate it into the existing map structure.

A user wants to revert changes made on the Visual Project Map.

Given a user has made edits in the Visual Project Map, when they select the undo option, then the system should revert to the last saved version and notify all collaborators of the change within 3 seconds.

A collaborator is working offline and later connects to the internet.

Given a collaborator is working offline, when they regain internet access, then any changes made offline should synchronize with the Visual Project Map and be reflected to all other users within 5 seconds.

User receives a notification about changes made in the Visual Project Map.

Given that changes are made by a collaborator, when the user is viewing the Visual Project Map, then they should receive a visual notification indicating that updates have been made by their collaborators.

User experiences a lag while viewing real-time updates in the Visual Project Map.

Given a user is experiencing connectivity issues, when a collaborator makes updates, then the system should still attempt to retrieve the latest changes and display a loading indicator for no more than 5 seconds before notifying the user about the delay.

Customizable View Options

User Story: As a composer, I want to customize the layout of the Visual Project Map so that I can work in an environment that best suits my visual preferences and enhances my productivity.
Description: The Customizable View Options requirement involves providing users with the ability to personalize their view of the Visual Project Map. Users can choose different layouts, color schemes, and level of detail displayed, tailoring their experience to their specific workflow needs. This feature enhances usability by allowing users to access information in a manner that suits their personal preferences and workflow styles, ultimately contributing to improved satisfaction and efficiency. Customization increases the likelihood of users effectively interacting with the platform, as it aligns with diverse user needs within the music production community.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customization of the Visual Project Map Layout

Given a user is on the Visual Project Map, when they select a different layout option from the customization menu, then the Visual Project Map should update immediately to reflect the chosen layout style without any loss of data or functionality.

Color Scheme Selection for Enhanced Visibility

Given a user is accessing the Visual Project Map, when they choose a new color scheme from the options available in the customization settings, then the new color scheme should be applied instantly across all components of the map and should maintain contrast and readability.

Adjusting the Level of Detail in the Visual Project Map

Given a user is viewing the Visual Project Map, when they adjust the level of detail slider to show more or fewer project components, then the displayed information should dynamically change to reflect their choice, clearly indicating the adjustments made.

Saving Custom View Settings for Future Sessions

Given a user customizes the Visual Project Map, when they choose to save their view preferences, then the system should store these settings and apply them automatically the next time the user accesses the Visual Project Map.

Restoring Default View Settings

Given a user has customized their Visual Project Map settings, when they select the option to restore default settings, then the map should revert to the original layout, color scheme, and level of detail as defined by the application defaults.

Previewing Customization Changes Before Applying

Given a user is in the customization menu of the Visual Project Map, when they select a new option, then a live preview of how the change affects the Visual Project Map should be shown before the user confirms the application of changes.

Integration with Popular DAWs

User Story: As a music producer, I want to integrate the Visual Project Map with my DAW so that I can seamlessly transition between project planning and music production without losing track of my ideas.
Description: The Integration with Popular DAWs requirement aims to connect the Visual Project Map with widely-used Digital Audio Workstations (DAWs) like Ableton Live and Logic Pro. This integration would allow users to link project components directly with their DAW sessions, enabling real-time data transfer between the two platforms. Such functionality is paramount for musicians and producers as it streamlines their workflow, reducing the need to switch between applications and allowing for a more cohesive creative process. Allowing imports and exports directly from the Visual Project Map to the DAW will enhance productivity and allows for a smoother transition of work, making HarmonixWorks a more comprehensive solution for music professionals.
Acceptance Criteria: User seamlessly connects the Visual Project Map with Ableton Live during a music production session to facilitate collaboration with other team members.

Given the user has an active Ableton Live session, when they initiate the integration process from the Visual Project Map, then the DAW session should connect automatically without errors and display the project components.

A musician imports project components from the Visual Project Map into Logic Pro for further editing and arranging.

Given the user selects a project component in the Visual Project Map, when they choose the import option for Logic Pro, then the selected component should be accurately imported into Logic Pro's session with all relevant settings intact.

A producer exports completed sections from Logic Pro back to the Visual Project Map for project tracking and updates.

Given the producer has completed a section in Logic Pro, when they execute the export function, then the corresponding section in the Visual Project Map should update in real-time to reflect the export status and any changes made.

Collaborators view the Visual Project Map to understand their specific roles and contributions to the overall project.

Given the Visual Project Map is displayed, when collaborators log in to view the map, then they should see their contributions clearly highlighted alongside the status of each project component.

A user attempts to connect the Visual Project Map with a DAW that is not supported, such as an obsolete version of a software.

Given the user tries to connect with an unsupported DAW, when they attempt the integration, then a clear error message should inform them that the DAW is not supported and provide guidance on supported versions.

Team members collaboratively edit project components through the Visual Project Map while simultaneously working in their respective DAWs.

Given multiple team members are working on different sections, when changes are made in the Visual Project Map, then all connected DAWs should automatically refresh to reflect real-time updates without requiring a manual refresh.

A user wishes to disconnect their DAW session from the Visual Project Map to switch to a different project.

Given the user is connected to a DAW via the Visual Project Map, when they choose the disconnect option, then their DAW should disconnect successfully, and the Visual Project Map should notify them of the disconnection status.

Integrated Task Management

With this feature, users can assign tasks, set deadlines, and track responsibilities within the Collaboration Canvas. This improves organization and accountability, ensuring that everyone knows their roles and can follow progress, which leads to more effective project management and timely deliverables.

Requirements

Task Assignment

User Story: As a project manager, I want to assign tasks to my team members so that I can ensure everyone knows their responsibilities and can contribute effectively to the project progress.
Description: This requirement involves the ability for users to assign specific tasks to team members within the Collaboration Canvas of HarmonixWorks. Users should be able to create a task, specify the assignee, set priority levels, and input relevant details such as deadlines and descriptions. This feature aims to enhance accountability by ensuring each team member knows which tasks they are responsible for, ultimately leading to improved project management. Integration with notifications will alert users of new assignments, helping to keep projects on track and ensuring that deadlines are met effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User assigns a task to a team member in the Collaboration Canvas.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks and is on the Collaboration Canvas, when they create a new task and assign it to a teammate, then the task should appear in the assigned teammate's task list with the correct details (assignee, priority, deadline).

User sets various priority levels for tasks within the Collaboration Canvas.

Given a user is on the Collaboration Canvas, when they create a task and set a priority level (e.g., High, Medium, Low), then the task should visually reflect the assigned priority in the task list, making it easy to identify high-priority items.

User receives a notification for a newly assigned task.

Given a user has been assigned a new task in the Collaboration Canvas, when the task is assigned, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new assignment via the notifications panel.

User can edit the details of a task they created.

Given a user is viewing their created tasks in the Collaboration Canvas, when they select a task to edit, then they should be able to update the task description, change the assignee, adjust the priority level, and modify the deadline, and the changes should be saved accurately.

Team members check the status of assigned tasks in real-time.

Given that multiple users are working within the Collaboration Canvas, when a team member completes a task, then the change should be reflected in real-time on all team members' views, showing the updated status without requiring a page refresh.

Users filter tasks by assignee and priority in the task management view.

Given a user is viewing the task list in the Collaboration Canvas, when they apply filters by assignee and/or priority, then the displayed tasks should dynamically update to show only those tasks that meet the selected criteria.

Users can delete a task they have created.

Given a user is viewing their tasks in the Collaboration Canvas, when they select a task and choose to delete it, then the task should be removed from their task list, and a confirmation prompt should be displayed prior to deletion.

Deadline Management

User Story: As a user, I want to set deadlines for my tasks so that I can manage my time efficiently and ensure timely project delivery.
Description: This requirement focuses on allowing users to set and manage deadlines for tasks within the Integrated Task Management feature. Users should have the capability to input due dates for each task and receive reminders as the deadlines approach. This will help in maintaining timelines, organizing workflows, and prioritizing tasks effectively. The integration of visual indicators for past due tasks will assist teams in identifying which areas need immediate attention, thereby facilitating better project flow and timely completion of objectives.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a deadline for a task within the Integrated Task Management feature.

Given the user is on the task management interface, when they enter a due date and save the task, then the task should display the correct due date as per user input.

User receives reminders for upcoming deadlines.

Given a task has a deadline set, when the due date is approaching (within 24 hours), then the user should receive a notification reminder via the platform's notification system.

User views visual indicators for overdue tasks.

Given there are tasks past their due date, when the user filters tasks to view overdue items, then all overdue tasks should be clearly marked with a visual indicator (e.g., red highlight).

User updates an existing task's deadline.

Given the user selects a task and modifies its deadline, when the user saves the changes, then the task should reflect the updated due date correctly.

User generates a report of tasks by due dates.

Given the user requests a report of tasks, when the report is generated, then it should list all tasks sorted by due dates, showing both completed and upcoming tasks.

User can assign multiple tasks with different deadlines to collaborators.

Given the user assigns tasks to different team members, when setting deadlines for each task, then each collaborator should see the relevant tasks with their respective deadlines on their dashboard.

User cancels a task and its deadline.

Given a user decides to cancel a task, when they delete the task, then the task should be removed from their task list and should not trigger any reminders for the deadline.

Progress Tracking

User Story: As a team member, I want to see the progress of my tasks and overall project so that I can understand where we stand and what still needs to be done.
Description: This requirement entails a visual and interactive progress tracking system that allows users to monitor the status of tasks within the Integrated Task Management feature. Users should be able to view the progress of each task through percentage completion indicators, color codes for status (e.g., not started, in progress, completed), and overall project timelines. This will enable better visibility of the project's progression and facilitate proactive management of any bottlenecks, ensuring that teams stay on task and complete their work as scheduled.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Task Progress in the Collaboration Canvas

Given the user is on the Collaboration Canvas, when they select a task, then they should see a visual representation of the task's progress including a percentage completion indicator and color-coded status showing whether the task is not started, in progress, or completed.

Updating Task Status

Given the user has access to edit a task, when they change the status of a task from 'in progress' to 'completed', then the percentage completion indicator should update to 100% and the color code should change to 'completed'.

Viewing Project Timeline

Given the user is managing a project, when they access the project timeline view, then they should see a Gantt chart representation of all tasks, their status, and overall project timelines, allowing them to identify any delays or bottlenecks.

Notification of Task Status Changes

Given a task's status changes from 'not started' to 'in progress', when the change occurs, then all team members assigned to that task should receive a notification informing them of the update.

Filtering Tasks by Status

Given the user is in the Integrated Task Management feature, when they apply a filter to view only 'completed' tasks, then the display should update to show only those tasks that are marked as completed.

Exporting Task Progress Report

Given the user wants to review project progress, when they choose to export a task progress report, then a report should be generated that details each task's status, completion percentage, and any notes on challenges faced.

Integration with Third-Party Tools for Progress Tracking

Given that the user has connected a third-party project management tool, when they sync the tasks, then the task progress in HarmonixWorks should mirror the updates made in the third-party tool.

Task Comments and Collaboration

User Story: As a user, I want to add comments to tasks so that I can collaborate with my team and clarify any questions or updates directly related to the task at hand.
Description: This requirement aims to integrate a commenting feature within the task management system. Users should be able to leave comments on specific tasks for discussion and clarification among team members. This will enhance communication within the team, allowing for real-time feedback and adjustments to tasks as needed. Effective collaboration will streamline processes, minimize misunderstandings, and ensure that everyone is aligned on task expectations and updates.
Acceptance Criteria: User leaves a comment on a task in the Integrated Task Management feature to ask for clarification on a specific deadline.

Given a user is viewing a specific task in the Collaboration Canvas, when the user enters a comment and submits it, then the comment should be visible to all team members assigned to that task.

Team members receive notifications for new comments added to tasks they are assigned to.

Given an assigned team member is on the Collaboration Canvas, when a new comment is added to a task they are involved in, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the new comment.

User edits their own comment on a task after additional information is procured.

Given a user has submitted a comment on a task, when the user selects the edit option and modifies the comment, then the updated comment should reflect in real-time for all team members without requiring a page refresh.

A task can have multiple comments from different users, and users can view all comments on that task in chronological order.

Given a task has multiple comments entered by different users, when a team member opens the task detail view, then all comments should be displayed in chronological order, showing the author and timestamp for each comment.

An admin can delete inappropriate comments from a task to maintain professional communication standards.

Given an admin is reviewing comments on a task, when the admin selects a comment to delete, then the comment should be removed from the task view for all users, and a confirmation message should appear indicating the deletion is successful.

Users can reply to existing comments to facilitate a threaded conversation on specific points.

Given a user is viewing comments on a task, when they select a reply option on any comment, then they should be able to enter a response, which updates the thread and shows the relationship between comments visually.

Notifications and Alerts

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications about my tasks so that I can stay updated on any changes and manage my workload more effectively.
Description: This requirement is for a notification system that alerts users of important updates regarding their tasks. Notifications should include reminders for approaching deadlines, new assignments, comments on their tasks, and changes in task status. This feature will play a crucial role in ensuring that all team members stay informed of their responsibilities and any changes affecting their work, thereby reducing the risk of missed deadlines and enhancing overall communication within the project.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a reminder notification 24 hours before a task deadline.

Given a task with a deadline set for tomorrow, when the notification system triggers reminders, then the user should receive an alert stating 'Reminder: Your task is due tomorrow.'

User is notified when a new task is assigned to them.

Given a team member assigns a new task to a user, when the task is created in the system, then the user should receive a notification saying 'You have been assigned a new task: [Task Name].'

User receives an alert when comments are added to their tasks.

Given a user has a task that other team members can comment on, when a comment is added, then the user should receive a notification detailing the comment made and who made it.

User is notified of any changes in the status of their assigned tasks.

Given a user has tasks assigned to them, when the status of one of their tasks changes (e.g., from In Progress to Completed), then the user should receive an alert stating 'The status of your task [Task Name] has changed to [New Status].'

Users can customize their notification settings.

Given a user wants to manage their alerts, when they access the notification settings, then they should see options to enable or disable different types of notifications (task reminders, new assignments, comments, status changes).

Task Filtering and Sorting

User Story: As a user, I want to filter and sort tasks based on different criteria so that I can prioritize my work and focus on the most urgent tasks first.
Description: This requirement focuses on enabling users to filter and sort tasks based on various criteria, such as due dates, priority levels, or assigned team members. By utilizing sorting and filtering options, users will better manage their task lists, prioritize their work, and focus on high-impact items first. This function will contribute to an improved workflow by allowing for a more organized view of tasks tailored to users' individual needs and preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to filter tasks by due date to see only tasks that need to be completed today.

Given the user is on the task management page, when they choose to filter tasks by due date and select 'Today', then only tasks due today should be displayed, and all other tasks should be hidden.

A project manager needs to sort tasks by priority to address the most critical items first.

Given the user is viewing the task list, when they select to sort the tasks by priority, then the tasks should be reordered with the highest priority tasks displayed at the top of the list.

A team member wants to filter tasks assigned to them to focus on their responsibilities.

Given the user has tasks assigned to them, when they apply the filter for 'Assigned to Me', then only tasks assigned to the current user should be shown in the task list.

An admin is reviewing all tasks for a project and wants to sort by the assignee to evaluate workload distribution.

Given the admin is viewing the task management interface, when they choose to sort tasks by assignee, then tasks should be grouped and displayed based on the specific team member to whom they are assigned.

A user wants to combine multiple filters to enhance the task view according to their needs.

Given the user is on the task management page, when they apply multiple filters (like due date and priority level), then the task list should dynamically update to reflect only the tasks that meet all selected criteria.

A music producer needs to quickly identify overdue tasks to ensure timely project completion.

Given the user is viewing the task list, when they apply the filter for 'Overdue', then only tasks that are past their due date should be displayed in the task list.

A team leader wants to reset all filters to see the complete list of tasks again after applying various filters.

Given the user has applied multiple filters, when they click the 'Reset Filters' button, then all filters should be cleared and the complete list of tasks should be displayed again.

Audio Annotations

This innovative feature allows users to add audio comments or notes directly to specific parts of the track, creating a richer feedback loop. Collaborators can express their ideas or suggestions musically, making communication more dynamic and reducing misunderstandings.

Requirements

Audio Comment Recording

User Story: As a music producer, I want to add audio comments to specific parts of a track so that my collaborators can understand my suggestions and ideas more clearly and precisely.
Description: This requirement enables users to record audio comments directly into specific sections of a track. It integrates with the existing track interface, allowing users to seamlessly capture their thoughts and suggestions as they listen to or edit the track. The functionality should support various audio formats and provide options for playback, ensuring that users can easily revisit and understand the context of their comments. This feature enhances collaboration by making feedback more personal and less prone to misinterpretation, thus facilitating clearer communication among collaborators.
Acceptance Criteria: User records an audio comment on a specific section of the track during a collaborative session, ensuring that the recording is accurately displayed in the interface for all collaborators to review.

Given the user is listening to a track, when they select a section and press the 'Record' button, then they should successfully capture an audio comment that appears at the selected point in the track timeline.

A user wants to record multiple audio comments on different sections of the track and later revisit those comments to review feedback.

Given the user has recorded audio comments on various sections, when they play the track, then they should be able to navigate to each comment point and hear the corresponding audio comment play back without delays or errors.

The user requires assurance that their recorded audio comments are supported in a variety of formats for versatility and ease of use.

Given the audio comment has been recorded, when the user saves the comment, then the system should support saving in at least three common audio formats (e.g., WAV, MP3, AAC) and provide options for the user to choose.

During a collaborative project, team members need to provide feedback on audio comments recorded previously, ensuring clarity in communication and understanding of suggestions.

Given multiple team members are reviewing comments, when they access the track with audio annotations, then they should be able to playback each comment without any technical issues and have clear visual indicators of when comments were made relative to the track timeline.

A user wants to delete an audio comment they recorded on a track section to maintain a clean workflow and remove unnecessary clutter in their project.

Given the user selects an audio comment, when they click the 'Delete' option, then the selected audio comment should be permanently removed from the track without affecting any other existing comments.

Users need to ensure that audio comments are secure and not publicly accessible without authorization.

Given the audio comments are saved in the user's project, when another user attempts to access the project, then they should only see the audio comments if they have been granted explicit permission by the original user.

A user wants to add visual context to their audio comments by associating comments with specific regions of the track, aiding in clarifying feedback.

Given an audio comment is recorded, when the user annotates a specific region of the track and saves it, then that region should visually indicate an associated audio comment to all collaborators reviewing the track.

Annotation Playback Controls

User Story: As a music engineer, I want to have playback controls for audio annotations so that I can easily navigate through comments without disrupting my workflow.
Description: This requirement focuses on developing playback controls specifically for audio annotations added to tracks. Users should be able to play, pause, and skip through annotations, listening to feedback in context with the music. These controls will improve the usability of the feature, allowing users to navigate effectively between audio comments and the main project timeline. Annotations should be easily accessible during playback, enhancing the overall experience of collaborating on music by making feedback retrieval quick and intuitive.
Acceptance Criteria: User seamlessly navigates a project with multiple audio annotations during a live collaboration session.

Given the user is in a project with audio annotations, when they click the play button, then the audio annotations should play in sync with the track, allowing the user to hear comments in context with the music.

User wants to review specific feedback given in multiple audio annotations for a selected track segment.

Given the user is listening to a track, when they select an audio annotation and press the play button, then only that annotation should play, allowing the user to focus on a specific feedback point without distractions from other annotations.

User needs to manage audio annotations while working on a collaborative track with other team members.

Given the user has multiple audio annotations added to the track, when they press the skip button during playback, then the playback should move to the next audio annotation in chronological order, enabling quick access to all feedback provided.

User aims to stop and replay an audio annotation to ensure they understand the feedback clearly.

Given that an audio annotation is playing, when the user presses the pause button, then the playback should stop immediately, and when the user clicks the play button again, the annotation should resume from the point it was paused.

User wants to access annotation controls without disrupting their work flow during a session.

Given that the user is utilizing the main interface of the HarmonixWorks platform, when they hover over the annotations section, then the playback controls (play, pause, skip) should be visible without interfering with their current workspace, ensuring easy access while maintaining focus on their work.

User desires to provide feedback on an audio annotation after listening to it during playback.

Given the user has just listened to an audio annotation, when they select the 'Comment' option, then they should be able to add a text comment corresponding to the audio feedback, enhancing the feedback loop for dynamic communication.

User wants to ensure annotations do not play unintentionally during a live performance or presentation.

Given the user is in a live performance mode, when they press the playback button for the main track, then audio annotations should not automatically play, allowing the user to maintain control over the performance without unexpected interruptions.

Real-time Collaboration on Annotations

User Story: As a collaborative musician, I want to see real-time updates of audio annotations made by my teammates so that I can immediately respond to their feedback while we work on a project together.
Description: This requirement facilitates real-time collaboration on audio annotations, allowing multiple users to add comments simultaneously while listening to the track. The system must provide live updates and notifications whenever a new annotation is added, fostering immediate feedback and interaction among collaborators. This feature strengthens collaborative efforts, ensuring that all team members stay aligned and can respond to suggestions as they arise, thereby reducing delays and enhancing the production process.
Acceptance Criteria: Simultaneous Annotations During Live Session

Given multiple users are collaborating on an audio track, when User A adds an audio annotation at timestamp 1:20, then User B should receive a live notification of the new annotation within 2 seconds including the timestamp and a playback button.

Real-time Playback of Annotations

Given users are listening to the track, when an audio annotation is added, then the system should allow all users to hear the annotation playback within 5 seconds of the addition without any noticeable delay in track playback.

Notification System for Annotations

Given any user adds a new audio annotation, when the annotation is saved, then each participating user should receive a pop-up notification indicating the new annotation has been added along with the user’s name and timestamp.

View All Annotations

Given a user is viewing the audio track, when they click on the 'Annotations' tab, then they should see a chronological list of all audio annotations made, including the user who made each annotation and the corresponding timestamps.

Editing Existing Annotations

Given a user wants to edit an existing audio annotation, when they select the annotation and click 'Edit', then they should be able to modify the audio content and save the changes successfully, with all users receiving a notification of the update.

Response to Annotation Feedback

Given a user listens to an audio annotation, when they click on 'Respond', then they should be able to record a new audio comment that automatically links to the original annotation and gets timestamped.

Categorization of Annotations

User Story: As a sound designer, I want to categorize my audio comments so that my collaborators can easily find and review feedback relevant to specific themes or topics.
Description: This requirement allows users to categorize their audio annotations according to different themes, such as feedback, suggestions, or questions. Users should be able to filter annotations by category to focus on specific types of feedback more easily. This organization will aid in tracking discussions and decision-making processes throughout the project, making collaboration more efficient and structured. It also provides users with clearer insights into the feedback patterns being given, helping to refine their creative process.
Acceptance Criteria: As a music producer, I want to categorize my audio annotations into defined categories such as feedback, suggestions, or questions so that I can easily manage and refer back to specific types of communication with my collaborators.

Given a user is on the audio annotation interface, when they add a new annotation, then they should be able to select a category (feedback, suggestion, question), which is saved with the annotation.

As a music collaborator, I want to filter audio annotations by category so that I can focus on specific types of feedback relevant to my role in the project during a review session.

Given a user is viewing the list of audio annotations, when they select a category filter (feedback, suggestion, question), then the list should update to show only annotations that match the selected category.

As a project manager, I want to visualize the distribution of categorized audio annotations over time in a report so that I can assess the nature of the feedback being generated throughout the project lifecycle.

Given a user accesses the project report feature, when they generate a report based on categorized audio annotations, then the report should display a breakdown of annotations by category and timeline.

As a music professional, I want to edit the category of an existing audio annotation so that I can correct any misclassifications that may have occurred during annotation creation.

Given a user is viewing their annotations, when they edit an annotation, then they should be able to change its category and have that change reflected in the system immediately.

As a team member, I want to receive notifications when new annotations are added to categories I am following so that I can stay updated on relevant feedback and suggestions.

Given a user is subscribed to notifications for specific annotation categories, when a new annotation is added under those categories, then they should receive an in-app notification about the new annotation.

As a user, I want the ability to search annotations not only by content but also by their category, so that I can quickly find the specific feedback I'm looking for during the production process.

Given a user is in the annotations search tool, when they input a search query with a category, then the system should return annotations that match both the query text and the selected category.

Notification System for New Annotations

User Story: As a team member, I want to receive notifications for new audio comments so that I can stay updated on feedback and engage with my collaborators promptly.
Description: This requirement implements a notification system that alerts users when new audio annotations are added to tracks they are collaborating on. Notifications should be customizable, allowing users to choose their preferred notification methods—such as in-app alerts, emails, or mobile notifications. This system enhances user engagement by keeping all team members informed and prompting them to interact with new feedback in a timely manner, effectively minimizing communication lapses during project development.
Acceptance Criteria: A user named Alex is collaborating on a track with multiple team members. After one member adds a new audio annotation, Alex should receive an immediate notification in-app, ensuring he is aware of the feedback without delay.

Given that a new audio annotation is added to a track, when Alex is logged into HarmonixWorks, then he should receive an in-app notification alerting him of the new annotation.

Emily prefers to receive her notifications via email. After another user adds an audio annotation to the track, she should receive an email notification that includes a summary of the annotation.

Given that a new audio annotation is added to a track, when Emily has selected email as her notification preference, then she should receive an email containing details of the new annotation within 5 minutes.

Jordan often uses his mobile phone to manage project updates. When a user adds an audio annotation, he should receive a push notification on his mobile device that prompts him to check the new feedback.

Given that a new audio annotation is recorded, when Jordan is logged into HarmonixWorks on his mobile device and has enabled push notifications, then he should receive a mobile alert informing him of the new annotation.

Sophia is interested in controlling how frequently she receives notifications. She might want to receive a summary of all new annotations once a day instead of immediate alerts. Her settings should allow this customization.

Given that Sophia has set her notification preferences to receive daily summaries, when new audio annotations are added, then she should receive a consolidated email or in-app notification at her selected time that details all new annotations from the last 24 hours.

During a collaborative session, multiple annotations are added rapidly. Jason needs to ensure he can still see all notifications without having them drown out other alerts. The system should prioritize annotation notifications.

Given that multiple audio annotations are added in quick succession, when Jason views his notifications, then the notification for the most recent annotations should be prioritized and displayed at the top of his notification list.

As a new user, Maria wants to ensure she does not miss out on any critical feedback. Before collaborating, she should have the option to enable notifications for all audio annotations by default for her first project.

Given that Maria is a new user setting up her first project, when she is presented with notification settings, then she should have an option to enable notifications for all new annotations by default, ensuring she is not left out of critical updates.

Creative Brainstorming Tools

A suite of digital tools that includes mind mapping and idea sketching features, enabling users to brainstorm collectively within the Collaboration Canvas. This encourages a free flow of creative ideas, helping teams to generate and visualize concepts, which can later inform their project direction and enhance synergy.

Requirements

Collaborative Mind Mapping

User Story: As a music producer, I want to use a mind mapping tool so that I can visually organize my ideas and collaborate with my team during the brainstorming phase of our projects.
Description: The Collaborative Mind Mapping tool allows users to visually organize and brainstorm ideas within the Collaboration Canvas. This feature provides a user-friendly interface where team members can collectively add, edit, and rearrange thoughts and concepts in real-time. By promoting an open and collaborative environment, the tool enhances team synergy and boosts creativity, enabling music professionals to capture and refine their ideas more effectively as part of their project workflow.
Acceptance Criteria: Collaborative Mind Mapping Session for a Music Production Team

Given a team of three music professionals using the Collaborative Mind Mapping tool, When they access the Collaboration Canvas, Then all team members should be able to add and edit ideas in real-time without any lag or data loss.

Rearranging Ideas During Brainstorming

Given that multiple users are contributing to the mind map, When a user drags and drops an Idea Node to a new location, Then the change should be visible to all users immediately with confirmed adjustments to the layout.

Exporting Collaborative Mind Map Results

Given that team members have completed their brainstorming session, When they select the export option, Then the mind map should be exportable in at least three different formats (e.g., PDF, PNG, and .mmap) without any formatting issues.

User Permissions within the Collaborative Mind Mapping Tool

Given a project owner who is creating a mind map, When they invite other users, Then they should be able to set permissions for each user to either edit or view the mind map, and these permissions should be enforced during the session.

Accessing Past Mind Mapping Sessions

Given that the user has previously created mind maps, When they navigate to the history section, Then they should be able to view, access, and restore any previous mind map sessions within a 30-day period.

Real-time Collaboration Notifications

Given that a user is actively working on a mind map, When another user adds or updates an idea, Then the first user should receive a notification of the change in less than 2 seconds to maintain awareness of changes.

Dynamic Idea Sketching

User Story: As a songwriter, I want to sketch my ideas quickly so that I can visually communicate my concepts to my collaborators.
Description: Dynamic Idea Sketching enables users to create quick visual representations of their concepts directly within the Collaboration Canvas. This feature supports freehand drawing and offers various digital sketching tools, allowing users to illustrate ideas, concepts, or workflows. By integrating sketching tools, users can better communicate their visions to team members, enhancing understanding and generating actionable plans for music production.
Acceptance Criteria: User opens the Collaboration Canvas for a team brainstorming session.

Given the user is within the Collaboration Canvas, when they select the sketching tools, then they should be able to use freehand drawing, shapes, and various colors to illustrate their ideas.

A user invites team members to collaborate in real-time using the Dynamic Idea Sketching tools.

Given multiple users are in the Collaboration Canvas, when one user creates a sketch, then all users should see the sketch update in real-time without noticeable delay.

A user saves their sketch and wants to retrieve it for further editing later on.

Given a user has created a sketch, when they save it, then the sketch should be retrievable later with all details intact and editable.

Users want to provide feedback on a sketch drawn by a team member.

Given a sketch is present in the Collaboration Canvas, when another user selects the feedback tool, then they should be able to leave comments or draw on the sketch to provide visual feedback.

A user wants to use additional resources to enhance their sketching presentations.

Given a user has access to the digital resource library, when they search for assets, then they should be able to import visuals and sounds directly into their sketch to enrich the presentation.

A user conducts a presentation using their sketches and needs to share their screen with others.

Given a user is presenting a sketch, when they select the screen share function, then the sketch should be visible to all participants without distortion or loss of quality.

Integrated Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a project manager, I want to receive and provide feedback on brainstorming ideas within the Collaboration Canvas so that we can refine our concepts collaboratively and make better-informed decisions.
Description: The Integrated Feedback Mechanism allows users to leave comments and feedback on specific elements of the brainstorming session within the Collaboration Canvas. This feature enhances collaboration by facilitating structured discussions around the ideas presented. Users can tag team members, create a dialogue around specific concepts, and ensure that feedback is organized and easily accessible, leading to more informed decision-making in project development.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access the Integrated Feedback Mechanism during a collaborative brainstorming session in the Collaboration Canvas.

Given the user is in a brainstorming session, when they click on a specific idea, then they should be able to leave comments and tag team members related to that idea.

Team members receive notifications for tagged comments within the Integrated Feedback Mechanism to promote engagement.

Given a team member is tagged in a comment, when the comment is posted, then the tagged member should receive an email notification informing them of the comment and its context.

Users can view all feedback and comments in a structured format to facilitate project discussions and decision-making.

Given a user is accessing the Collaboration Canvas, when they select the feedback section, then they should see all comments organized by idea and tagged users for easy reference.

Users have the ability to edit or delete their comments within the Integrated Feedback Mechanism.

Given a user has submitted a comment, when they choose to edit or delete their comment, then the comment should reflect the changes or be removed from the feedback thread.

Team members can reply to comments, fostering a dialogue around specific ideas during the brainstorming process.

Given a comment exists on a brainstorming idea, when a team member replies to it, then the reply should appear as a threaded response beneath the original comment for context.

Users can search for specific feedback or ideas within the Integrated Feedback Mechanism to streamline discussions.

Given a user enters a keyword in the search bar of the feedback section, when they execute the search, then the system should return relevant comments or ideas that match the keyword.

The Integrated Feedback Mechanism ensures that all comments and feedback are saved and retrievable even after the session has ended.

Given a brainstorming session has ended, when a user returns to the Collaboration Canvas, then they should be able to access all previously submitted comments and feedback from that session.

Resource Integration Library

User Story: As a music creator, I want to access relevant digital resources while brainstorming, so I can incorporate inspiration directly into my project discussions and planning.
Description: The Resource Integration Library connects users to a vast array of digital resources, including royalty-free sounds, samples, and inspiration materials that can be directly linked or embedded within the brainstorming tools. This integration enables users to pull relevant resources directly into the brainstorming session, facilitating a richer and more informed creative process. The library will evolve based on usage trends, offering personalized suggestions to enhance project relevance.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Resource Integration Library during a brainstorming session within the Collaboration Canvas.

Given a user is in a brainstorming session, when they click on the Resource Integration Library, then they should see a list of available resources categorized by type (e.g., sounds, samples, inspiration materials).

User searches for specific resources using keywords within the Resource Integration Library.

Given a user enters a keyword into the search bar, when they click search, then the system should return a list of relevant resources that match the search term.

User drags and drops a resource from the Resource Integration Library into the brainstorming canvas.

Given a user has selected a resource, when they drag it into the Collaboration Canvas, then the resource should be embedded into the brainstorming session without errors.

User receives personalized suggestions for resources based on previous usage trends.

Given a user has completed multiple brainstorming sessions, when they open the Resource Integration Library, then they should see a section for 'Suggested for You' that lists resources based on their past selections.

User can filter resources in the Resource Integration Library by different criteria such as genre or popularity.

Given a user is viewing the Resource Integration Library, when they apply filters, then the displayed resources should be updated to reflect the selected criteria without delay.

User can access the Resource Integration Library on both desktop and mobile devices without loss of functionality.

Given a user accesses the application from a mobile device, when they navigate to the Resource Integration Library, then all functionalities available on the desktop version should be accessible and fully functional.

User can save selected resources for later use in future sessions within the Resource Integration Library.

Given a user selects multiple resources, when they choose to 'save' these resources, then those resources should be retrievable in the 'My Resources' section in future sessions.

Session Replay and Export Options

User Story: As a team lead, I want to replay and export brainstorming sessions so that I can ensure all team members are informed and can contribute effectively even if they missed the live session.
Description: The Session Replay and Export Options feature allows users to save their brainstorming sessions and replay them later for review or presentation purposes. Users can also export their sessions in various formats, which can then be shared with team members who were unable to attend the live session. This ensures that all ideas and discussions are captured and can be revisited, enhancing continuity and development throughout the project lifecycle.
Acceptance Criteria: User saves a brainstorming session in the Collaboration Canvas after completing a group idea generation exercise.

Given that a user has completed a brainstorming session, when they select the 'Save Session' option, then the session should be saved successfully, and a confirmation message should be displayed.

User replays a previously saved brainstorming session to review key ideas discussed during the session.

Given that a user has a saved brainstorming session, when they select the 'Replay Session' option, then the session should replay without errors, and all audio and visual elements should be clearly audible and visible.

User exports a brainstorming session in PDF format to share with team members.

Given that a user selects the 'Export' option, when they choose the PDF format and confirm the action, then the session details should be exported as a PDF document and downloaded successfully to the user's device.

User exports a brainstorming session in audio format for offline review.

Given that a user selects the 'Export' option, when they choose the audio format and confirm the action, then the audio of the brainstorming session should be exported and downloaded successfully in a common audio format (e.g., MP3 or WAV).

User shares a link to a saved brainstorming session with team members who were unable to attend.

Given that a user has saved a brainstorming session, when they select the 'Share Session' option, then a sharable link should be generated, and the user should be able to send this link via email or messaging apps.

User attempts to save a session while experiencing a network outage.

Given that a user is working in the Collaboration Canvas and the network connection is lost, when they attempt to save the session, then an error message should be displayed, indicating that the save operation cannot be completed due to connectivity issues.

User reviews a session replay and provides feedback on the ideas presented.

Given that a user is replaying a brainstorming session, when the replay ends, then the user should be able to enter feedback for each idea discussed during the session, and this feedback should be saved successfully for future reference.

Customizable Collaboration Canvas

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my Collaboration Canvas so that I can create an environment that best enhances my creativity and accommodates my workflow.
Description: The Customizable Collaboration Canvas allows users to tailor the workspace to suit their brainstorming needs, including resizing sections, changing backgrounds, and structuring the layout of the elements involved. This personalization increases user engagement and comfort, allowing music professionals to arrange their ideas in a way that best suits their workflow, therefore enhancing creative output.
Acceptance Criteria: User resizes sections of the Collaboration Canvas during a team brainstorming session to better visualize ideas.

Given a user is on the Customizable Collaboration Canvas, when they attempt to resize a section, then the section should resize dynamically in real-time without any lag.

A user changes the background of the Collaboration Canvas to a custom design to enhance creativity during a project discussion.

Given a user selects a background option from the customization menu, when they apply a new background, then the selected background should instantly reflect on the Collaboration Canvas.

A user structures the layout of elements on the Collaboration Canvas for a music project brainstorming session.

Given a user has added multiple elements to the Collaboration Canvas, when they arrange or organize these elements, then the layout should remain intact and save automatically upon modification.

Multiple users collaborate on the Collaboration Canvas in real-time during a virtual meeting.

Given several users are active on the Collaboration Canvas, when one user makes changes, then all other users should see the updates in real-time with no delays.

Users save their personalized Collaboration Canvas settings for future use.

Given a user customizes their Collaboration Canvas, when they save their layout and settings, then these preferences should be stored and retrievable in future sessions without loss.

A user tests the responsiveness of the Collaboration Canvas on various devices.

Given a user accesses the Customizable Collaboration Canvas on different devices, when they interact with the canvas, then it should maintain functionality and appearance across all devices without issues.

Smart Sound Suggestions

Leveraging AI algorithms, this feature analyzes users’ project styles and past preferences to provide tailored sound recommendations. By suggesting relevant samples that fit the unique vibe of each project, users can effortlessly discover the perfect sounds, saving time and enhancing their creative process.

Requirements

AI-Driven Sound Analysis

User Story: As a music producer, I want the platform to analyze my project style and past sound preferences so that I can receive sound suggestions that fit seamlessly into my current work, saving me time and enhancing my creative process.
Description: This requirement focuses on the integration of sophisticated AI algorithms that analyze user projects' styles and historical sound preferences. By understanding these elements, the AI will offer sound suggestions that are finely tuned to the user's creative direction, ensuring that recommendations feel personal and relevant. The feature will enhance the platform by making it easier for users to discover samples that match the existing music composition without laboriously sifting through large libraries, ultimately streamlining their workflow and fostering creativity.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Smart Sound Suggestions feature after finalizing a draft of a music project.

Given the user has a completed project in HarmonixWorks, when they request sound suggestions, then the system should display tailored sound recommendations that match at least 80% of the project's style and mood.

User uploads new samples to their project and seeks updated sound recommendations.

Given the user has uploaded new audio samples within the last 24 hours, when they trigger the Smart Sound Suggestions feature, then the system should incorporate these new samples into the sound analysis and provide updated suggestions accordingly.

User reviews the suggested sounds and provides feedback based on their relevance and usage.

Given the user receives sound suggestions, when they provide feedback indicating whether the suggestions were 'useful', 'neutral', or 'not useful', then the system should log this feedback for future improvement of the suggestion algorithm for that user.

User’s historical sound preferences have not changed, and they open a new project with a similar style.

Given the user has historical sound preferences saved, when they create a new project with the same style, then the Smart Sound Suggestions feature should display at least 5 previously liked sounds in the top recommendations.

User compares suggested sounds with their existing project audio tracks.

Given the user has received sound suggestions, when they play the recommended sounds alongside existing project tracks, then the user should be able to toggle between sounds with a maximum delay of 2 seconds without noticeable lag in sound quality.

User seeks to filter sound suggestions by genre or instrument type.

Given the user wants to filter sound suggestions, when they specify a genre or instrument type in the Smart Sound Suggestions settings, then the feature should refine the recommendations to display sounds that fit within the selected criteria, ensuring at least 70% relevance to the chosen filter.

Seamless Integration with DAWs

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want Smart Sound Suggestions to integrate with my DAW so that I can easily access tailored sound recommendations without switching applications, maintaining my workflow efficiency.
Description: This requirement ensures that the Smart Sound Suggestions feature integrates smoothly with popular Digital Audio Workstations (DAWs) that users frequently utilize. The API connections need to pull data from these DAWs regarding the user's ongoing projects and preferences. By enabling such integration, the feature will enrich the user's experience by allowing them to implement sound suggestions directly from their DAW environment, thereby minimizing disruption in the creative flow and enhancing the overall utility of HarmonixWorks.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration with Ableton Live during an ongoing music project.

Given the user has an active project in Ableton Live, when they access the Smart Sound Suggestions feature, then the system should retrieve current project details and present tailored sound suggestions within 5 seconds.

Using Smart Sound Suggestions within Pro Tools for sound selection.

Given the user is editing a track in Pro Tools, when they select the Smart Sound Suggestions option, then relevant audio samples should be displayed based on the project’s genre and past user preferences, ensuring at least 85% relevance accuracy.

User preferences update through a DAW connection.

Given the user makes new sound selections in their DAW, when those choices are saved, then the Smart Sound Suggestions feature should update the user’s preferences in real time without requiring a manual refresh, confirmed by a success message displayed to the user.

Testing the workflow from sound suggestion to incorporation in Logic Pro X.

Given a user is working in Logic Pro X, when they drag a suggested sound from the Smart Sound Suggestions panel into their project timeline, then the sound should be successfully added with all relevant metadata intact, ensuring it matches the user’s project flow.

Compatibility check with multiple DAWs.

Given the integration of Smart Sound Suggestions, when tested across multiple DAWs (Ableton Live, Pro Tools, Logic Pro X, FL Studio), then the feature should function consistently across all platforms, with no critical errors reported during usage.

User experience feedback collection after utilizing suggestions.

Given a user has utilized the Smart Sound Suggestions feature, when they rate their experience through a feedback form, then at least 75% of users should report an increase in workflow efficiency and overall satisfaction with the suggestions provided.

User Feedback Loop

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on the sound suggestions I receive so that the system can learn from my preferences and deliver more accurate recommendations in the future.
Description: Implementing a robust feedback mechanism will allow users to rate the sound suggestions they receive from the AI. This requirement includes a user-friendly interface for feedback submission and an algorithm adjustment process that learns from user ratings to refine future suggestions. By developing this feature, HarmonixWorks can improve its accuracy over time, ensuring that users receive increasingly relevant sound recommendations, thus enhancing user satisfaction and engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User ratings the sound suggestions provided by the AI after a music production session.

Given a user receives an AI sound suggestion, when they listen to the suggestion and decide to provide feedback, then they should be able to rate it on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and submit optional comments.

The user feedback interface is displayed effectively within the existing platform without disrupting the user experience.

Given the user is on the sound suggestions page, when the feedback mechanism is triggered, then the interface should appear seamlessly, allowing the user to provide input without losing their current context.

The algorithm processes user feedback to refine future sound suggestions.

Given users have provided ratings and comments on AI sound suggestions, when the system processes this feedback, then the algorithm should adjust its suggestion parameters to reflect the aggregated user preferences for future recommendations.

Users can view a history of their feedback for sound suggestions.

Given a user has rated sound suggestions, when they access their feedback history section, then they should see a list of previously rated sounds along with their rating and comment associated with each entry.

Users report their satisfaction with the sound suggestions after the feedback mechanism is implemented.

Given the feedback mechanism is active for at least a month, when users indicate their satisfaction level, then at least 70% of users should express that they find the sound suggestions more relevant compared to before the mechanism was implemented.

The platform notifies users that their feedback has been received and considered.

Given a user submits feedback on a sound suggestion, when the submission is complete, then the user should receive a notification confirming that their feedback was received and will influence future suggestions.

Context-Aware Sound Suggestions

User Story: As a composer, I want sound suggestions to consider the genre and current key of my project so that the recommendations I receive are not just random but specifically tailored to the music I'm creating right now.
Description: This requirement emphasizes the development of context-aware capabilities within the Smart Sound Suggestions. The feature must take into consideration variables such as genre, tempo, and key signature in the user’s projects to offer more relevant sound recommendations. By achieving this, the feature will provide suggestions that not only align with users’ past preferences but are also appropriate for their current creative context, thus enhancing the likelihood of adoption and use.
Acceptance Criteria: Sound suggestions for a Pop music project with a tempo of 120 BPM and a key signature of C major.

Given a user has a project categorized as 'Pop' with a tempo of 120 BPM and a key signature of C major, when they request sound suggestions, then the system should provide samples that are tagged with 'Pop', within a tempo range of 100-140 BPM, and compatible with the key signature of C major.

Sound suggestions for a Hip-Hop music project with a tempo of 80 BPM and a key signature of E minor.

Given a user has a project categorized as 'Hip-Hop' with a tempo of 80 BPM and a key signature of E minor, when they request sound suggestions, then the system should provide samples that are tagged with 'Hip-Hop', within a tempo range of 70-90 BPM, and compatible with the key signature of E minor.

Referral of sound suggestions based on user’s previous 5 projects and their preferred sound samples.

Given a user has completed at least 5 projects, when they request sound suggestions, then the system should analyze the sounds used in the last 5 projects and prioritize suggestions that match their previously used samples, ensuring at least 3 of the top 5 suggestions are from those utilized samples.

Filtering sound suggestions to exclude certain types based on user-defined preferences.

Given a user has defined preferences to exclude certain sound types (e.g., 'vocal samples'), when they request sound suggestions, then the system should not include any samples tagged with the excluded types in the recommendations provided.

Real-time collaboration scenario where multiple users are working on the same project and needing sound suggestions.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a project, when one user updates the project context (e.g, changes genre or tempo), then all users should receive updated sound suggestions that reflect the new project context within 1 minute.

Personalized Sound Library Integration

User Story: As a producer, I want to upload my own sounds to the platform so that they can also be included in the suggestions I receive, making the experience more tailored to my personal style and collection.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating a personalized sound library feature within HarmonixWorks. Users will have the option to upload their custom samples and have them analyzed alongside the existing sound library. The AI functionality will extend to these custom sounds, allowing the system to suggest these samples based on their analysis of the user’s music style and preferences. This feature enriches the creative toolkit available to the user, giving them access to a broader range of sounds that cater to their unique artistic voice.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a custom sound file to their personalized sound library in HarmonixWorks.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks,When the user navigates to the personalized sound library and selects the upload option,Then the system should accept the file in supported formats and confirm the upload was successful.

The system analyzes uploaded custom sounds for musical characteristics.

Given the user has uploaded custom sound files,When the AI analysis process is triggered,Then the system must analyze the custom sounds and generate metadata including genre, tempo, and mood within 10 seconds of the upload.

Users receive sound recommendations based on their past project styles and custom sounds.

Given the user has multiple projects on HarmonixWorks,When the user starts a new project,Then the system should suggest at least 5 relevant custom sounds based on analysis of previous projects and user preferences.

Users can filter sound suggestions to focus on specific genres or moods.

Given the user is viewing recommended sounds,When the user applies a genre or mood filter,Then the system should refresh the suggestions to only show sounds that meet the selected criteria.

Users can remove a custom sound from their personalized sound library.

Given the user has custom sounds uploaded,When the user selects a custom sound and chooses to delete it,Then the system should remove the selected sound and confirm the deletion within 5 seconds.

Users can preview custom sounds before selecting them as recommendations.

Given the user is browsing through recommended sounds,When the user clicks on a sound sample,Then the system should play a preview of the sound without lag and provide an option to add it to the project.

Dynamic Mood Filter

This feature allows users to choose specific moods or emotions they want their project to convey. The Sound Discovery Engine will then curate sounds and samples that resonate with those chosen moods, helping creators find audio elements that perfectly complement the intended emotional tone of their work.

Requirements

Mood Selection Interface

User Story: As a music producer, I want to select specific moods for my project so that the audio samples I receive will match the emotional tone I'm aiming for.
Description: The Mood Selection Interface allows users to select specific moods or emotional tones that they want to convey in their music project. This intuitive interface will present users with a list of moods, each accompanied by a brief description and suitable audio genres or styles. By enabling a straightforward and engaging mood selection process, this requirement enhances user experience and simplifies the curation of audio content that aligns with their creative vision. The integration with the Sound Discovery Engine ensures that the selected mood directly influences the samples and sounds that are recommended, ultimately contributing to the overall cohesiveness of the project.
Acceptance Criteria: User accessing the Mood Selection Interface to select a desired mood for their music project.

Given the user is on the Mood Selection Interface, when they view the available moods, then they should see at least 10 distinct moods with descriptions and associated audio genres.

User selecting a mood from the Mood Selection Interface to filter audio recommendations.

Given the user has selected a mood from the list, when they confirm their selection, then the Sound Discovery Engine should return a set of audio samples that match the selected mood within 3 seconds.

User interacting with the Mood Selection Interface to change their selected mood mid-project.

Given the user has already selected a mood, when they change their mood selection, then the audio recommendations should update to reflect the new mood selection immediately without requiring a page refresh.

User accessing the Mood Selection Interface on a mobile device to select a mood.

Given the user is using a mobile device, when they access the Mood Selection Interface, then the interface should be fully responsive, allowing for smooth scrolling and selection.

User viewing mood descriptions to assist in selecting the appropriate mood for their project.

Given the user is on the Mood Selection Interface, when they hover over each mood, then a tooltip should display the mood's description and related audio styles clearly.

User confirming a mood selection and starting the audio sample curation process.

Given the user has selected a mood and clicked the confirm button, then the system should indicate that it is processing the request and provide a progress indicator until the audio samples are displayed.

User utilizing a keyboard to navigate the Mood Selection Interface for accessibility.

Given the user is navigating the Mood Selection Interface via keyboard, when they press the tab key, then they should be able to navigate through each mood selection without any usability issues.

Smart Sound Curation

User Story: As a composer, I want the platform to automatically curate audio samples based on my selected moods so that I can find the right sounds quickly and efficiently without manual searching.
Description: The Smart Sound Curation feature automates the process of curating audio samples based on the moods chosen by the user. Leveraging advanced algorithms within the Sound Discovery Engine, the system will analyze an extensive library of royalty-free sounds and provide a dynamic list of curated audio elements that resonate with the selected mood. This requirement is critical for enhancing productivity by saving time during the creative process. The curated list will be updated in real time as users refine their mood selections, ensuring relevant and timely suggestions for their project.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a specific mood for their music project through the Dynamic Mood Filter interface.

Given the user has selected a mood, When the user clicks 'Apply', Then the system should display a list of curated audio samples that match the selected mood within 2 seconds.

User refines their mood selection by adding additional emotional descriptors to narrow down sound curation results.

Given the user has selected one mood and added another emotional descriptor, When the user clicks 'Update', Then the system should refresh the curated list to include only samples that match both descriptors in real-time.

A user is creating a project that requires a specific vibe and listens to various curated sounds.

Given the user is listening to a curated sound sample from the list, When the user selects 'Add to Project', Then the sound should be successfully added to the user's current project timeline with a confirmation message displayed.

User wants to see how many audio samples were found for their selected mood.

Given the user has applied a mood selection, When the curated list is generated, Then the user should see a count of the total samples available at the top of the curated list.

User starts a new project and wants to curate sounds based on the mood they intend to convey from the beginning.

Given the user initiates a new project, When the mood is selected for the project upon creation, Then the system should automatically generate a curated list of relevant audio samples before the user enters the project workspace.

User wants to save their mood selections for future projects to streamline workflow.

Given the user has curated a list based on selected moods, When the user clicks 'Save Mood Selections', Then the system should allow the user to name and save their mood for future reference as well as confirm the save action.

User is experiencing slow performance when accessing curated sound lists.

Given the user is actively curating sounds, When the curated list takes longer than 5 seconds to generate, Then an error message should prompt the user explaining the delay and suggesting alternative actions or updates.

User Feedback Integration

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on the curated sounds so that the system can learn and improve its recommendations based on my preferences and experiences.
Description: User Feedback Integration allows the system to collect and analyze feedback from users regarding the effectiveness and relevance of the curated sounds based on their mood selections. This functionality involves creating a simple feedback mechanism where users can indicate whether the recommended sounds meet their expectations or not. The data collected will inform future adjustments to the Sound Discovery Engine’s algorithms and library, improving the overall user experience through personalized recommendations. This will foster a more adaptive platform that evolves with its users' needs, enhancing satisfaction and retention.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on curated sounds after selecting a mood for their project.

Given a user selects a mood and receives curated sounds, when they provide feedback indicating whether the sounds matched their expectations, then the system should successfully save the feedback and associate it with the user's mood selection.

Feedback mechanism displays feedback options clearly to the user.

Given a user is viewing curated sounds, when they look for the feedback options, then they should find a clear, accessible space to submit their feedback on the relevance of each sound.

User feedback influences future sound recommendations in the Sound Discovery Engine.

Given a user has provided feedback on curated sounds, when the system processes this feedback, then the Sound Discovery Engine should adjust future sound recommendations based on aggregated feedback trends.

Users can view a summary of their feedback history related to mood selections.

Given a user accesses their profile, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should see a complete summary of their previous feedback submissions along with the corresponding mood selections.

Users receive a notification after submitting feedback about curated sounds.

Given a user submits their feedback, when the feedback is successfully saved, then the user should receive a notification confirming the feedback has been recorded.

Data analytics dashboards show trends in user feedback effectiveness over time.

Given that user feedback is collected, when data is aggregated over a specified period, then the analytics dashboard should display trends indicating the effectiveness of the recommended sounds based on user satisfaction rates.

Preview and Comparison Tool

User Story: As a musician, I want to preview and compare different sounds side by side so that I can choose the best samples that fit my project's mood and style.
Description: The Preview and Comparison Tool allows users to listen to multiple curated sounds side by side based on their selected mood. This feature will enable users to compare different audio samples in a user-friendly interface, aiding them in making informed decisions about which sounds to incorporate into their projects. By providing the ability to manipulate volumes and apply simple effects during the comparison process, users can better visualize how different elements will work together in their compositions. This tool is essential for enhancing creative decisions and ensuring that users select the most complementary sounds for their projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects a specific mood from the Dynamic Mood Filter and is presented with multiple curated audio samples in the Preview and Comparison Tool interface to aid their project decisions.

Given the user has selected a mood, when they access the Preview and Comparison Tool, then they should see a list of at least five curated audio samples that reflect that mood.

The user interacts with the Preview and Comparison Tool, adjusting the volume of different audio samples to compare how they blend together.

Given the user is viewing multiple audio samples, when they adjust the volume slider for each sample, then the volume levels should visually change in real-time and correspond to the actual output audio levels during playback.

The user wishes to apply effects to the audio samples within the Preview and Comparison Tool to assess their complementarity in a composition.

Given the user selects an audio sample, when they apply a predefined effect (e.g., reverb or delay), then the effect should be instantly audible and visually represented in the interface, allowing the user to compare the modified sample with others.

Users want to save their comparison settings, including selected samples, adjusted volumes, and applied effects, for future reference.

Given the user has made adjustments in the Preview and Comparison Tool, when they click the 'Save Comparison' button, then their settings should be stored in the user profile and retrievable on subsequent sessions.

Users need to navigate the Preview and Comparison Tool with ease, ensuring a user-friendly interface.

Given the user is using the Preview and Comparison Tool, when they hover over any control or button, then a tooltip or help text should display the function of that control to enhance user understanding.

The user tests the playback of multiple audio samples simultaneously to hear how they sound together while comparing them.

Given the user selects multiple audio samples for playback, when they click the 'Play All' button, then all selected samples should play simultaneously, and the user should be able to hear their combined output without noticeable lag or distortion.

Mood Visualization Progress Tracker

User Story: As a producer, I want to visualize how my selected moods influence my sound choices in real time so that I can better manage the emotional narrative of my project.
Description: The Mood Visualization Progress Tracker provides users with a visual representation of how their selected moods are evolving as they work on their project. This interactive tool will allow users to see the impact of their mood choices on the curated sounds over time and help track the progression of their project’s emotional journey. By integrating this feature, users can gain insights into how their sound selections align with the intended mood scope, leading to more intentional creative choices. This requirement is vital for enhancing awareness and ensuring that the final project resonates with the desired emotional tone.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects multiple moods for a music project and interacts with the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker to observe how the sound selections change over time during the creative process.

Given the user has selected multiple moods, when they use the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker, then the system should display an evolving graphical representation of mood influence on curated sounds, updating in real-time as the user adds or changes sounds.

A user completes a project and reviews the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker to evaluate the emotional transitions throughout their work.

Given the user has completed their project, when they access the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker, then the system should provide a comprehensive overview of mood progression, including timestamps and sound selections aligned with those moods.

As a user modifies the selected mood from happy to melancholic, they want to verify that the curated sounds adjust appropriately to reflect this mood change.

Given the user changes the selected mood to melancholic, when they access the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker, then the system should automatically refresh the sound suggestions to align with the melancholic mood, displaying relevant audio samples.

A new user is onboarding and would like to understand how to effectively utilize the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker for their first project.

Given a new user is logged in, when they access the help section of the application, then the system should provide a tutorial or guidance on effectively using the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker to enhance their project development.

A user collaborates with a team on a project and seeks to communicate the mood visualization insights to their teammates during a review session.

Given the user is in a collaborative session, when they share the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker with their team, then all members should be able to view the mood evolution and sound alignments in real-time, facilitating discussion.

Users want to ensure that the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker is responsive and functions correctly on different devices (desktop, tablet, mobile).

Given a user accesses the Mood Visualization Progress Tracker on various devices, when they interact with the tracker, then the layout should adjust appropriately and retain full functionality across all devices.

Real-Time Audio Preview

Users can play audio samples in real-time before adding them to their projects. This immediate feedback loop lets users make quick decisions based on how well the sounds fit their current creation, enhancing efficiency and ensuring the right sound selection.

Requirements

Instant Audio Feedback

User Story: As a music producer, I want to play audio samples in real-time before adding them to my project so that I can quickly determine which sounds fit best with my current composition.
Description: The Instant Audio Feedback requirement mandates the implementation of a feature that allows users to play audio samples in real-time directly within the HarmonixWorks interface. This functionality is critical as it enables users to audition loops and sound samples without having to add them to their current project first. This real-time playback not only enhances user experience by facilitating a faster and more intuitive sound selection process but also significantly boosts productivity by reducing the time spent searching for the perfect audio fit. The feature must integrate seamlessly with the existing platform and support all major audio formats used by musicians and producers. Furthermore, it should be optimized for responsiveness to ensure minimal latency, providing users with immediate feedback on their chosen samples.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects an audio sample from the integrated audio library to audition before incorporating it into their music project.

Given the user is on the HarmonixWorks interface, when they select an audio sample, then the audio should play instantly with no notable delay (latency) and be audible through the selected output device.

User tries to play audio samples of various file formats, such as WAV, MP3, and AIFF, to ensure compatibility.

Given the user uploads audio samples in different formats, when the user selects any of these formats, then each audio sample should play in real-time with no errors or sound distortion regardless of the format used.

User uses the real-time audio preview feature while working on a music project with multiple tracks to evaluate which sample fits best.

Given the user is in a multi-track project with other audio elements, when the user previews an audio sample, then the playback of the sample should not interfere with existing tracks, allowing for a seamless auditioning experience.

User utilizes the instant audio feedback feature to quickly decide between two similar audio samples for their project.

Given the user has selected a specific audio sample and plays it, when the user then selects and plays a second similar audio sample, then they should be able to switch between both samples with instantaneous playback, allowing effective comparison.

User adjusts playback volume and other settings while performing real-time audio previews to evaluate sound quality and fit within their project.

Given the user modifies volume control or other settings (e.g., effects) of the audio playback, when they trigger the real-time audio preview, then the adjustments should be reflected immediately without any delay in playback.

User seeks to preview an audio sample while simultaneously adjusting settings of another track within their project.

Given the user is adjusting a different track while previewing an audio sample, when they select a new sample to audition, then the audio preview should only play the selected sample without affecting other track settings.

Sample Library Filtering

User Story: As a sound designer, I want to filter audio samples by genre and mood so that I can quickly find the right sound to match my project's theme.
Description: The Sample Library Filtering requirement entails creating advanced filtering capabilities within the audio sample library. Users should be able to easily sort and filter samples based on criteria such as genre, mood, tempo, and instrumentation. This functionality is vital as it allows users to quickly find the specific types of sounds they need for their projects, thereby saving time and increasing workflow efficiency. The integration of this feature must ensure that the options are intuitive and accessible, enabling users to navigate through large volumes of audio samples effortlessly. Additionally, the filtering system should be designed to support continuous updates as new samples are added to the library.
Acceptance Criteria: User filters samples by genre before starting a new music project.

Given the user navigates to the sample library, when they select a genre filter, then only samples belonging to that genre are displayed.

User searches for samples using multiple filtering criteria simultaneously.

Given the user has selected filters for genre, tempo, and mood, when they view the sample library, then the displayed samples match all selected filters.

User adds a new sample and validates that it appears in the correct filter categories.

Given a new sample is uploaded to the library, when the user applies a filter matching the new sample's characteristics, then the new sample must be visible in the filtered results.

User experiences delayed responses when applying filters.

Given the user applies a filter, when the filtering process takes longer than 2 seconds, then a loading indicator should be displayed to the user.

User wants to reset all filters to see all audio samples.

Given the user has applied multiple filters, when they click on the 'reset filters' button, then all filters should be cleared and all samples should be displayed again.

User accesses the sample library from a mobile device.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they access the sample library, then the filtering options should be easily navigable and functional on the mobile interface.

User interacts with the sample library during peak usage hours.

Given the sample library is being accessed by multiple users, when the user applies filters, then the system should maintain response time under 2 seconds for a seamless experience.

Collaborative Sound Sharing

User Story: As a music collaborator, I want to share audio samples with my team in real-time so that we can work together more effectively on our projects.
Description: The Collaborative Sound Sharing requirement seeks to implement a function that allows users to share audio samples and loops with collaborators in real-time. This feature is essential for enhancing teamwork and collaboration within the HarmonixWorks platform, as it enables multiple users to access and utilize shared resources instantly. The shared samples should be accessible through secure links, ensuring that users can collaborate efficiently without compromising ownership rights or file integrity. Integration with user permissions will also be necessary, allowing users to control who can access, modify, or use their shared audio files while tracking changes to shared resources. This will foster a more interactive and productive creative environment among team members.
Acceptance Criteria: User shares a custom audio sample with a collaborator through a secure link within the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given the user selects an audio sample, when they click on the 'Share' button, then a secure link is generated for the collaborator that maintains file integrity and ownership rights.

Collaborator accesses the shared audio sample via the link provided by the user.

Given the collaborator receives the secure link, when they click on the link, then they should be able to stream or download the audio sample without encountering permission errors.

User sets permissions for their shared audio samples to control access for collaborators.

Given the user selects specific collaborators for audio sample sharing, when they set permissions, then those collaborators should only be able to access the samples according to the defined permissions (view, edit, delete).

User monitors the changes made to a shared audio sample by collaborators in real-time.

Given the user shares an audio sample, when a collaborator makes any edits, then the original user should receive a notification about the changes made with a timestamp and description of the action.

Multiple users are collaborating on a project and share different audio samples with each other.

Given that two or more users share their audio samples, when they access each other's samples, then all users can see and play the samples in real-time without latency or access issues.

User removes access to a previously shared audio sample for a collaborator.

Given the user decides to stop sharing a sample, when they click on the 'Revoke Access' button, then the collaborator should no longer be able to access the shared audio sample via the original link.

Collaborators are notified about new audio samples shared with them.

Given that a user shares a new audio sample, when the share action is completed, then all intended collaborators should receive a notification containing the sample details and access link.

Visual Waveform Display

User Story: As a musician, I want to see the waveform of audio samples while I listen to them so that I can make informed decisions about which sounds to use in my projects.
Description: The Visual Waveform Display requirement involves incorporating a waveform visualizer that allows users to visually inspect audio samples as they listen. This feature will enhance the user interface by providing an additional layer of information to aid in sound selection, helping users better understand the dynamics and structure of their samples. By visually representing the audio, users can quickly identify peaks, valleys, and overall audio characteristics, which can inform their choices in the context of their projects. The waveform display should sync with the real-time audio playback and be intuitive to navigate, offering zoom functionalities for detailed analysis without compromising the overall performance of the application.
Acceptance Criteria: User plays an audio sample using the Real-Time Audio Preview feature while simultaneously interacting with the Visual Waveform Display to assess the audio characteristics.

Given the user has selected an audio sample, when they press play, then the waveform should display and sync with the audio playback without lag, and the user should be able to see real-time changes in the waveform during playback.

User zooms into the waveform display while playing an audio sample to examine specific details of the sound.

Given the user is playing an audio sample, when they use the zoom functionality on the waveform display, then the waveform should provide a clear and detailed visual representation of the audio peaks and valleys at the selected zoom level without degrading performance.

User selects an audio sample to play and observes the waveform display to make a sound selection based on visual cues.

Given the user is previewing an audio sample, when they hover over the waveform, then tooltips should appear displaying specific audio characteristics such as ‘peak volume’ and ‘duration’ to assist in decision-making.

User navigates through a library of audio samples and uses the Visual Waveform Display to filter selections based on specific characteristics.

Given the user is browsing audio samples, when they apply filters based on waveform characteristics like ‘length’ or ‘peak volume’, then the displayed samples should update immediately to reflect the applied filter criteria without requiring a page refresh.

User completes a project and references the waveform display to adjust audio levels based on visual feedback.

Given the user has completed editing a project with multiple audio samples, when they examine the final waveform display, then it should accurately reflect all audio adjustments made throughout the editing process, aligning with the audio played back.

User switches between audio samples while monitoring the waveform to compare different sounds visually.

Given the user has multiple audio samples loaded, when they switch from one sample to another, then the waveform display should update seamlessly to show the new sample's waveform without any delay or glitching.

Multi-Track Comparison

User Story: As an audio engineer, I want to compare multiple audio samples side-by-side so that I can decide which sounds work best together in my mix.
Description: The Multi-Track Comparison requirement is intended to enable users to compare multiple audio samples side-by-side within the HarmonixWorks platform. This functionality allows users to load different samples onto distinct tracks and play them simultaneously, facilitating precise evaluation of how each sample interacts with their current work. By providing the ability to discern tonal qualities, frequencies, and overall fit within a mix, this feature is instrumental for producers and engineers who need to make critical decisions on audio selection. The system should support intuitive controls for mixing levels and panning for each track, allowing comprehensive comparison without interrupting the workflow.
Acceptance Criteria: User loads multiple audio samples onto different tracks and initiates playback to compare how each sample sounds together within a current project.

Given the user has added at least three audio samples to separate tracks, when the user presses play, then the system will simultaneously play all selected tracks without noticeable latency.

User adjusts the mixing levels of each track while playback is ongoing to evaluate how changes affect the overall sound mix.

Given the user is playing audio samples from multiple tracks, when the user adjusts the volume of any track, then the change in volume should be reflected in real-time without stopping playback.

User uses panning controls for each track while comparing audio samples in a project.

Given multiple audio samples are loaded and playing, when the user adjusts the panning knob for any track, then the audio should shift accordingly to the left or right speaker, allowing the user to evaluate spatial placement in the mix.

User saves a multi-track comparison setup for future reference while working on different projects.

Given the user has configured multiple audio samples in a comparison session, when the user chooses to save the session, then the system should allow the user to name and store the session for future access without data loss.

User reviews the tonal quality of each audio sample being compared to determine the best fit for their project.

Given the user is comparing audio samples, when the user activates a frequency analysis tool within the platform, then the tool should display accurate visual representations of the frequencies of each track in real-time for analysis.

User swaps audio samples in and out of the comparison to test different sounds easily.

Given the user is in the comparison view, when the user removes an existing audio sample and adds a new one, then the new sample should be available for immediate playback and comparison without needing to restart the session.

Collaborative Sound Curation

This feature enables users to collaborate on sound choices by sharing curated lists of their favorite sounds with team members. It facilitates seamless teamwork by allowing collaborators to contribute their preferred samples, fostering a collective approach to sound discovery.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

User Story: As a music producer, I want to see the sound choices made by my collaborators in real-time so that we can make decisions quickly and enhance our creative process together.
Description: This requirement focuses on enabling real-time collaboration between users as they curate sound lists. Users must be able to see changes made by others instantly, allowing teams to collaborate efficiently regardless of their physical location. This feature will enhance teamwork and communication, providing a dynamic environment that strengthens cooperative efforts in sound selection. The implementation will involve integrating WebSocket technology to support live updates and contribute to a fluid user experience when working together on sound curation.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Collaboration for Sound Curation among Remote Team Members

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they create a curated sound list and invite team members, then all invited members should see the list and any changes made in real-time without needing to refresh their page.

Notification of Changes in Curated Sound Lists

Given a user is collaborating on a sound list, when another team member adds or removes a sound from the list, then all collaborators should receive an immediate notification indicating that a change has occurred.

Visual Indication of Active Collaborators in Real-time

Given a sound list is being curated, when multiple users are collaborating simultaneously, then each user should see a visual representation of other active collaborators in real-time (e.g., avatars or names displayed).

Undo Last Change Feature during Real-time Collaboration

Given a user has made a change to a curated sound list, when they choose to 'undo' that change, then the last alteration should be reverted in real-time for all collaborators without delay.

Reconnect to Collaboration After Network Disruption

Given a user was collaborating on a sound list and experiences a network interruption, when they regain connection, then they should automatically synchronize with the latest version of the sound list and see all changes made by others during their disconnection.

Access Control for Curated Sound Lists

Given a user creates a curated sound list, when they share it with team members, then they should have the option to set access controls (e.g., view-only, edit rights) that are respected by the application during real-time collaboration.

Curated Sound Lists

User Story: As a sound designer, I want to create curated lists of my favorite samples so that I can easily share them with my team and keep our sound selection organized.
Description: Users should be able to create and save multiple curated sound lists for different projects or themes. Each list will act as a repository for preferred samples and sounds that can be easily shared with team members. This feature will facilitate organization and quick access to sounds, saving users time and ensuring that all collaborators are on the same page regarding sound selection. The ability to tag and categorize these lists will also improve usability and efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new curated sound list for an upcoming project involving electronic music production.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the 'Curated Sound Lists' feature and click 'Create New List', then they should be able to name the list and save it successfully.

User adds sounds to a curated sound list from the digital resource library.

Given a user has a curated sound list open, when they browse the digital resource library and select sounds, then the sounds should be added to the list with a confirmation message displayed.

User shares a curated sound list with team members for collaboration on a project.

Given a user has created a sound list, when they click the 'Share' button and enter team member emails, then the selected team members should receive an email invitation with a link to access the sound list.

User categorizes sounds within a curated sound list using predefined tags.

Given a user is viewing their curated sound list, when they select a sound and apply tags from a predefined list, then the tags should be saved and visible when the sound is viewed again.

User edits the name of an existing curated sound list.

Given a user has an existing curated sound list, when they click the 'Edit Name' option and enter a new name, then the list should update to the new name and display in the user's list of sound lists.

User deletes a curated sound list that is no longer needed.

Given a user is viewing their sound lists, when they click the 'Delete' option next to a sound list and confirm the action, then the sound list should be permanently removed from their account.

Sound Rating and Feedback System

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to be able to rate sounds and leave feedback so that I can influence the selection process and help shape the final sound palette for our project.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a system where users can rate and provide feedback on the sounds shared within curated lists. This feature will allow team members to express their preferences and give input on sound choices, fostering collaborative decision-making based on collective feedback. By implementing a rating scale and comment section for each sound, users can collaborate with greater insight and make informed choices together.
Acceptance Criteria: User Ratings and Feedback Submission for Shared Sounds

Given a user is viewing a curated sound list, when they select a sound, then they should be able to rate it on a scale of 1 to 5 and provide written feedback, which must be saved to the system.

Displaying Average Ratings for Sounds in Curated Lists

Given a user is viewing a curated sound list, when the list is displayed, then each sound should show its average rating based on user feedback with a visual representation (e.g., stars) of the rating.

Editing Feedback and Ratings,

Search and Filter Functionality

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want to filter search results by different criteria so that I can quickly find the exact sounds I need without sifting through all available options.
Description: This requirement aims to develop advanced search and filter options within curated lists to help users quickly find specific sounds based on various criteria such as genre, instrument, tempo, and mood. This functionality will significantly enhance the user experience by reducing the time spent searching for sounds and allowing for focused exploration of sound options based on precise needs. Users should also be able to save their frequently used search parameters for quick access.
Acceptance Criteria: User needs to search for specific sounds within a curated list based on distinct criteria such as genre, instrument, tempo, and mood to facilitate collaboration and decision-making in music production.

Given a user is on the curated sound list, when they apply filters for genre, instrument, tempo, and mood, then the displayed sounds should only include those that match the specified criteria.

A user saves their frequently used search parameters to quickly find sounds in the future without reapplying the filters each time.

Given a user has applied a filter setup for their search, when they choose to save the search parameters, then the parameters should be saved successfully and available for quick access in the future.

A team of music professionals collaborates on a project and needs to switch between different sound lists and apply various filters to select the best sounds for their music piece.

Given a user is collaborating on a project and has opened a curated sound list, when they switch between lists, then the search and filter options should be preserved for the user's current session until they log out or select a new list.

A user wants to clear all applied filters to view the full list of sounds in their curated list once more.

Given a user has applied multiple filters in the sound list, when they select the 'clear filters' option, then all filters should be removed, and the full list of sounds should be displayed.

A user is browsing curated sounds for a specific mood and discovers a way to refine their search results based on multiple criteria to enhance their selection process.

Given a user is filtering sounds based on mood, when they apply additional filters (e.g., genre and tempo), then the results should dynamically update to reflect the combined criteria.

Integrated Resource Links

User Story: As a music composer, I want to access external sound resources from within my curated lists so that I can expand my choices and find the best sounds for my projects.
Description: This requirement focuses on providing direct links to external sound libraries or resources within the curated sound lists. Users should have a seamless way to access additional sounds that complement their selections, enhancing the depth and range of their collaborative projects. By integrating resource links, users can explore further options and incorporate a wider variety of sounds into their work, fostering creativity and innovation in sound design.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the curated sound list in HarmonixWorks to share with their team during a project meeting.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they open a curated sound list, then they should see integrated links to external sound libraries displayed alongside their selected sounds.

A team member clicks on an external resource link in the curated sound list to explore additional sounds.

Given the user is viewing the curated sound list, when they click on an external resource link, then the link should open in a new tab, allowing the user to explore the sound library without losing their place in HarmonixWorks.

Multiple users collaborate on a sound list and each contributes their preferred samples and resources.

Given multiple users are editing a shared sound list, when each user adds resource links, then all resource links should be visible to each collaborator in real time, without delay or errors.

A user wants to filter sound choices based on specific genres or styles while viewing resource links.

Given the user is viewing the curated sound list with resource links, when they apply a filter for genre or style, then only the sounds and resource links that match the selected criteria should be displayed.

The user reviews the final curated sound list to ensure all links are active and relevant before sharing it with the team.

Given the user is finalizing the curated sound list, when they click on each resource link, then all links must open correctly and lead to the intended sound library without any errors.

A user edits an existing curated sound list to remove outdated resource links.

Given the user is editing a curated sound list, when they remove an outdated resource link, then the link should no longer appear in the list after saving the changes.

The user receives feedback on suggested sounds from team members in the collaborative environment.

Given the user has shared a curated sound list, when team members provide feedback or suggestions on the sounds and links, then the updates should be logged and reflected in the sound list in real time.

Genre-Based Sound Packs

The Sound Discovery Engine offers curated sound packs categorized by popular music genres. This feature helps users easily find relevant samples and sounds that align with the genre they are working in, streamlining their search process and promoting genre-inspired creativity.

Requirements

Curated Genre Sound Packs

User Story: As a music producer, I want to access curated sound packs based on the genre I’m producing, so that I can easily find samples that fit the style of my project without wasting time searching through unrelated sounds.
Description: The Genre-Based Sound Packs must provide users with curated collections of samples and sounds categorized by popular music genres such as hip-hop, rock, electronic, and jazz. Each sound pack will be designed to reflect the unique characteristics and instruments prevalent in the specified genre, ensuring users can easily locate sounds that suit their project needs. This requirement is crucial for enhancing user experience by decreasing search time and increasing the relevance of sound choices, thus promoting more aligned and inspirational music creation.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to search for specific sounds within the curated genre sound packs after selecting a target genre for a new music project.

Given the user selects 'Hip-Hop' as their genre, When they access the Genre-Based Sound Packs, Then they should see a list of curated sound packs specific to Hip-Hop, containing relevant samples and sounds.

A user is exploring the sound packs and wishes to hear a preview of each sound within a specific genre pack before downloading.

Given a user is viewing a Hip-Hop sound pack, When they click on a sound sample, Then they should hear a 30-second preview of the sound without downloading any files.

A music producer is working on an electronic music track and wants to quickly find sounds to match the tempo and style they are working with.

Given a user is working on an electronic music project, When they browse the Electronic genre sound packs, Then they should see organized sounds tagged by tempo and type, allowing for rapid selection based on the specific music style.

A user wants to confirm the quality and usability of sounds within a curated genre pack before including them in their project.

Given a user has accessed the Jazz sound pack, When they examine the samples, Then they should see detailed descriptions including instrument types, tempo, and license information for each sound.

A beginner user intends to find sounds but is overwhelmed by the options; they need some assistance in narrowing down their selection.

Given a beginner user is browsing the sound packs, When they select 'Help' or 'Suggestions,' then they should receive a tailored list of recommended sound packs based on popular choices for beginners in their selected genre.

A user is collaborating with others via the platform and wants to share a specific sound pack that they found useful.

Given the user is in a project collaboration session, When they click 'Share' on a specific sound pack, Then the selected sound pack link should be easily shareable via platform messaging with their collaborators.

A user wants to assess feedback from the community about the effectiveness and quality of the sound packs before utilizing them in their projects.

Given the user is viewing a sound pack, When they scroll to the feedback section, Then they should see user ratings and comments based on previous experiences, providing insights on each sound pack's relevance and quality.

Dynamic Sound Filtering

User Story: As a music engineer, I want to filter sounds by tempo and instrument type, so that I can quickly find the right samples that match the specific elements of my track.
Description: The Genre-Based Sound Packs will feature a dynamic filtering system that allows users to narrow down their sound selections based on specific criteria such as tempo, key, and instrument type. This functionality will enhance the user experience by providing tailored results that match the user’s specific project requirements. Implementing this feature will empower users to efficiently discover the exact sounds they need, fostering creativity and expediting the music production process.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for sound packs while working on a new electronic music project and wants to find sounds that specifically match the genre, tempo, and instrument type.

Given the user selects the genre as 'Electronic', sets the tempo range between '120-130 BPM', and chooses 'Synthesizer' as the instrument type, When the user applies these filters, Then the system should display only the sound packs that meet all selected criteria, ensuring that the results are relevant and tailored to the user's project requirements.

A music producer is organizing a collaborative session and needs to quickly find sound packs that fit within the key of their project.

Given the user selects a specific key, When the user applies this filter to the sound pack search, Then the system should return only those sound packs that are in the selected key, allowing the user to focus on the relevant options without irrelevant distractions.

A user is experimenting with different genres and wants to browse sound packs without applying any specific criteria to see a variety of options.

Given the user does not apply any filters and clicks on 'Genre-Based Sound Packs', When the user browses, Then the system should display a default selection of sound packs from various genres, ensuring that the user can explore diverse options freely.

An audio engineer is preparing for a session and needs to filter sound packs on multiple criteria including genre, tempo, key, and instrument type all at once.

Given the user selects 'Hip Hop' as the genre, sets the tempo between '80-90 BPM', chooses 'Drum Kit' as the instrument type, and selects key 'C', When the filters are applied, Then the system should display sound packs that satisfy all selected criteria, allowing for precise sound selection.

A beginner user is unsure about how to effectively use the dynamic filtering system for sound packs.

Given the user accesses help documentation, When the user reads through the section on dynamic sound filtering, Then the documentation should clearly explain how to use each filter (genre, tempo, key, instrument type) and include examples to enhance understanding.

A user wants to save their filter preferences for future sessions to streamline their workflow.

Given the user has selected various filters, When the user clicks on the 'Save Filters' option, Then the system should successfully save these filter preferences and recall them automatically in future sessions when the user logs in, ensuring a personalized experience.

User Ratings and Reviews for Sound Packs

User Story: As a user, I want to rate and review sound packs, so that I can express my opinions and help others in the community make informed choices when selecting sounds for their projects.
Description: The system will implement a user feedback mechanism that allows users to rate and review each sound pack. This feature is essential for building a community-driven approach to the sound selection process, enabling users to share their experiences, thus helping others make better choices. It will also provide valuable feedback for continuous improvement of sound packs offered, ensuring that the most useful and popular sounds are easily accessible.
Acceptance Criteria: User rates and reviews a sound pack after using it for a personal project.

Given a user has finished their project using a sound pack, when they access the sound pack details page, then they should see an option to rate the sound pack from 1 to 5 stars and write a review up to 500 characters.

Users filter sound packs by average rating when browsing.

Given a user is on the sound pack browsing page, when they apply a filter for ratings, then only sound packs with the selected average rating or higher should be displayed.

User accesses sound packs and sees reviews and ratings from other users to help make a decision.

Given a user is viewing a sound pack, when they check the reviews section, then they should see a list of user ratings and reviews displayed in descending order of most recent.

A user submits a review for a sound pack after rating it.

Given a user has rated a sound pack, when they submit their review, then their review should be stored and displayed publicly under that sound pack with a timestamp.

An admin reviews user feedback on sound packs for quality control.

Given an admin is accessing the feedback dashboard, when they view the reports, then they should see an aggregated list of user ratings and reviews displayed for each sound pack for continuous improvement analysis.

A user edits their review of a sound pack after receiving feedback.

Given a user has previously reviewed a sound pack, when they choose to edit their review, then they should be able to change their text and rating, which should update immediately on the sound pack page.

Users can report inappropriate reviews for moderation.

Given a user sees a review that they consider inappropriate, when they click the report button, then the review should be flagged for review by the moderation team.

Preview Functionality for Sounds

User Story: As a composer, I want to preview sounds before downloading, so that I can determine their suitability for my music without having to download unnecessary files.
Description: Each sound within the genre-based sound packs will include a preview functionality that allows users to listen to a short clip before downloading. This will improve the decision-making process, allowing users to assess the quality and suitability of sounds for their projects. Implementing this feature will greatly enhance user satisfaction by ensuring they choose sounds that fit their creative vision.
Acceptance Criteria: User in a music production setting is browsing through genre-based sound packs to find suitable audio samples for their latest project.

Given the user is in the genre-based sound packs section, when they click on a sound, then the sound preview should play automatically for a duration of 15 seconds.

User is searching for sounds that match a specific genre to enhance their music project and needs to quickly assess multiple options.

Given the user is browsing sounds within a selected genre, when they preview a sound, then the user should have the option to stop the preview at any time before it finishes.

User wants to understand the quality of a sound before adding it to their project.

Given that the user plays the sound preview, when the preview is played, then the sound quality should be clear and not distorted, allowing the user to evaluate it effectively.

User intends to compare sounds from different genre-based packs to make a more informed choice for their project.

Given the user has played multiple sound previews in succession, when the user selects another sound, then the audio from the previous sound preview should stop immediately to avoid overlap.

User wants to utilize the sound pack feature on a mobile device while working outside of their studio.

Given the user is accessing genre-based sound packs on a mobile device, when they tap on a sound for preview, then the sound should play without significant delay (less than 2 seconds).

User is using the sound preview functionality for project brainstorming and requires feedback on the usefulness of the feature.

Given that the user has finished previewing a sound, when they do not find the sound suitable, then they should be prompted with options to either try another sound or return to the pack list.

Integration with DAWs

User Story: As a producer, I want to import sounds directly into my DAW from HarmonixWorks, so that I can maintain my workflow without interruptions and use the sounds instantly.
Description: The Genre-Based Sound Packs should seamlessly integrate with popular Digital Audio Workstations (DAWs) allowing users to import sounds directly into their projects. This integration will streamline the workflow for users, making it easy to drag and drop sounds from HarmonixWorks into their DAW of choice without any additional steps, enhancing productivity and minimizing interruptions in the creative process.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration of Genre-Based Sound Packs with Ableton Live.

Given a user has access to HarmonixWorks and is using Ableton Live, when they drag a sound from the Genre-Based Sound Packs into an open project, then the sound should be successfully imported without any errors.

Integration of Genre-Based Sound Packs with Logic Pro X.

Given a user has access to HarmonixWorks and is using Logic Pro X, when they drag a sound from the Genre-Based Sound Packs into an active track, then the sound should be seamlessly added to the track and be ready for immediate use.

Integration of Genre-Based Sound Packs with FL Studio.

Given a user has access to HarmonixWorks and is using FL Studio, when they select a sound from the Genre-Based Sound Packs and drag it into the Playlist, then the sound file should appear and be functional within the session without additional configuration.

Integration of Genre-Based Sound Packs with Pro Tools.

Given a user has access to HarmonixWorks and is using Pro Tools, when they drag a sound from the Genre-Based Sound Packs to the Edit Window, then the sound should be placed on a new track and be ready for editing.

User receives feedback after importing a sound into a DAW.

Given a user has imported a sound from HarmonixWorks into their DAW, when the sound has been successfully dragged and dropped, then the user should receive a visual confirmation notification indicating the successful import of the sound.

Integration performance with multiple DAW applications simultaneously.

Given multiple users are concurrently dragging and dropping sounds from HarmonixWorks into different DAWs, when each user performs this action, then all imports should occur without any lag or performance degradation in any of the applications.

Learning Insights

This feature provides users with insights on their sound choices by tracking which samples are frequently used in their projects. By understanding their sound preferences and trends, users can refine their style and quickly identify and access sounds that resonate with their creative identity.

Requirements

Sample Usage Analytics

User Story: As a music producer, I want to see which samples I use most frequently so that I can better understand my sound preferences and discover trends in my musical style.
Description: This requirement focuses on the implementation of an analytics engine that tracks and aggregates data on the samples utilized within user projects. It will analyze frequency and patterns in users' sample choices, allowing them to see which sounds they gravitate towards and how these preferences evolve over time. The insights generated will enable users to refine their creative styles by emphasizing preferred sounds, which can enhance overall satisfaction and confidence in the music production process. This feature will integrate seamlessly with the existing project management tools, presenting users with easy-to-understand visual reports and trends in a dedicated section of the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Sample Usage Analytics feature after completing several projects in HarmonixWorks.

Given a user has completed multiple projects using various samples, when they navigate to the Sample Usage Analytics section, then they should see a graphical representation of their sample usage trends over the last three months.

User examines the details of their most frequently used samples based on their projects.

Given the user is in the Sample Usage Analytics section, when they click on 'Most Frequently Used Samples,' then they should see a detailed list of samples ordered by usage frequency along with usage percentage.

User wants to visualize their evolving sound preferences over time through the Sample Usage Analytics feature.

Given the user has been using the platform for at least six months, when they access the 'Trends Over Time' view, then they should be able to see a line graph illustrating changes in their sample preferences monthly.

User utilizes the Sample Usage Analytics to filter their sample choices based on specific genres.

Given the user is in the Sample Usage Analytics section, when they apply a filter for a specific genre, then they should see analytics that reflect only the samples used from that genre.

User wants to download a report of their sample usage insights for offline analysis.

Given the user is viewing their Sample Usage Analytics, when they click on the 'Download Report' button, then a CSV file containing their sample usage data should be downloaded successfully.

User shares their sample usage insights with collaborators during a project meeting.

Given the user is in the Sample Usage Analytics section, when they click on 'Share Insights' and select collaborators, then those collaborators should receive an email containing a summary of the user's sample usage statistics.

User is prompted to provide feedback on the Sample Usage Analytics feature after using it for a month.

Given the user has accessed the Sample Usage Analytics multiple times in a month, when they receive a feedback prompt, then they should have the option to rate the feature and leave comments.

Personalized Sample Suggestions

User Story: As a composer, I want personalized sample suggestions based on my past projects so that I can quickly find sounds that match my style and save time on my workflows.
Description: This requirement involves the development of a recommendation system that suggests samples based on the user’s previous selections and preferences. By leveraging the analytics data from the Sample Usage Analytics, the system will filter and recommend sound samples that align with the user’s established tastes, thereby expediting the creative process. The goal is to reduce search time by providing a personalized experience, allowing users to focus more on creation rather than searching through countless options. This feature will enhance user engagement by presenting relevant resources that resonate with their musical identity.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Personalized Sample Suggestions feature while working on a new music project.

Given a logged-in user with a defined sample usage history, when they access the 'Personalized Sample Suggestions' section, then the system should display a list of sample suggestions tailored to their previous selections, with at least 5 recommendations visible.

User explores the recommendations provided by the Personalized Sample Suggestions feature.

Given the user is accessing the suggested samples, when they view a recommended sample, then they should see key details such as genre, instrument type, and audio previews to help them decide whether to choose it.

User adds a suggested sample to their project using the Personalized Sample Suggestions feature.

Given the user has a suggested sample displayed, when they click 'Add to Project', then the sample should be added to their current project workspace without errors and be listed in their active samples.

User refines their Personal Sample Suggestions through feedback on recommendations.

Given the user interacts with the suggested samples, when they mark a sample as 'Like' or 'Dislike', then the system should adjust future recommendations based on this feedback, improving relevance on the next access.

User checks the relevance of updated personalized sample suggestions over time.

Given the user regularly uses the platform, when they return after a week of use, then their personalized sample suggestions should reflect changes based on any new trends in their sample usage and preferences.

User requests help or information about how Personalized Sample Suggestions works.

Given a user who is unfamiliar with the feature, when they click on the 'Help' icon within the Suggestions section, then they should receive a concise and clear explanation of how the feature operates and enhances their workflow.

Interactive Sound Library

User Story: As a sound designer, I want an interactive sound library where I can quickly find and preview samples based on different filters so that I can efficiently choose sounds for my projects.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for a dynamic and interactive sound library interface that allows users to browse, preview, and filter samples based on various criteria such as genre, mood, and popularity. The interface will provide visual feedback and capabilities for users to rate and categorize their favorite sounds, making it easier to locate preferred samples. Each sound entry will also display relevant metadata, improving the user experience in terms of accessibility and usability. The interactive library will support the overall Learning Insights feature by ensuring that user preferences are easily identified and utilized.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access the interactive sound library from the main dashboard and utilize filtering options to find desired samples.

Given that a user is on the dashboard, when they navigate to the interactive sound library, then they should see filtering options for genre, mood, and popularity.

Users can preview a selected sound entry before adding it to a project.

Given that a user selects a sound from the library, when they click the preview button, then audio playback should begin, allowing the user to hear the sound before selection.

Users can rate their favorite sounds within the sound library.

Given that a user selects a sound entry, when they click the rating stars, then the sound rating should be saved and visible to the user on subsequent visits.

The sound library interface displays relevant metadata for each sound entry such as artist, tempo, and key.

Given that a user is browsing the sound library, when they hover over a sound entry, then the metadata should display in a tooltip format.

Users can save their categorized sounds for easy access later.

Given that a user has rated or categorized sounds, when they go to their favorites list, then all selected sounds should be visible and accessible in a dedicated section.

The interactive sound library should provide visual feedback when users apply filters.

Given that a user applies filters to the sound library, when they click the apply button, then the library results should update to reflect the selected filters instantly.

The sound library should support integration with the Learning Insights feature to suggest sounds based on user behavior.

Given that a user frequently uses certain sounds, when they access the sound library, then the system should display a 'Recommended for You' section with relevant sounds based on their preferences.

Sample Remix Suggestions

Integrating with the user's project history, this feature recommends ways to remix or reinterpret existing samples. By suggesting variations and combinations based on user preferences and genre trends, it inspires creativity and encourages users to explore new artistic directions.

Requirements

Intelligent Sample Analysis

User Story: As a music producer, I want to receive sample remix suggestions based on my project history so that I can quickly explore new creative directions without starting from scratch.
Description: This requirement focuses on developing an algorithm that analyzes the user's project history, including previously used samples, creation styles, and preferred genres. It will utilize machine learning techniques to better understand individual user preferences. By integrating this feature with the existing project management tools, users can receive personalized remix suggestions that are not only relevant but also creatively stimulating. The implementation of this requirement will enhance user engagement by providing tailored experiences that align with their musical journey, ultimately making the remixing process more accessible and inspiring for users of all skill levels.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Sample Remix Suggestions feature after completing a music project, intending to explore new ideas for remixes based on their past work.

Given the user has completed a project that includes samples, when they navigate to the Sample Remix Suggestions feature, then the system provides at least three tailored remix suggestions that are relevant to the user’s previously used samples and preferred genres.

A musician wants to receive suggestions specifically tailored to their unique style and genre preferences during their remixing session.

Given the user has at least five projects in their history with varied samples and styles, when the algorithm analyzes this data, then it returns remix suggestions that reflect the artist's style and current genre trends.

The user wants to evaluate the effectiveness of the Intelligent Sample Analysis in producing meaningful remix suggestions over time.

Given the user interacts with the suggested remix ideas over a three-month period, when the user logs feedback on these suggestions, then at least 75% of the feedback indicates that suggestions were helpful or inspired further creativity.

Upon integrating the Intelligent Sample Analysis into the existing platform, developers need to ensure it functions seamlessly with project management tools.

Given the Intelligent Sample Analysis algorithm has been implemented, when the user saves a project and later accesses remix suggestions, then the suggestions reflect any updates to their project history including newly incorporated samples.

A novice producer, unfamiliar with various mixing techniques, seeks guidance on potential remix suggestions from their project history.

Given that the user has created a project using various samples but lacks expertise in remixing, when they access the Sample Remix Suggestions feature, then the system recommends user-friendly remixes that take into account the simplicity of the techniques involved.

Genre-based Suggestion Filters

User Story: As a songwriter, I want to filter remix suggestions by genre so that I can find inspiration that fits the style of my current work.
Description: This requirement involves creating a feature that allows users to filter remix suggestions based on specific genres or styles they frequently work with. By enabling genre-based filtering, the system can present targeted suggestions that resonate with the user's current project or musical trends. This feature will integrate seamlessly with the sample remix suggestions, enhancing the user experience by ensuring that recommendations are not only personalized but also relevant to the genre the user is focusing on. It aims to empower users to experiment within their preferred genre while discovering innovative rhythmic or melodic ideas.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to find remix suggestions for a hip-hop project quickly.

Given the user selects 'Hip-Hop' from the genre filter, When they view remix suggestions, Then the suggestions displayed should exclusively feature remixes relevant to hip-hop genres.

A user frequently works with electronic music and seeks suitable remix ideas.

Given the user has a history of electronic music projects, When they apply the genre filter, Then the system should suggest a minimum of five new remix ideas incorporating trends from electronic music.

User wishes to explore mixing various genres in their project.

Given the user selects multiple genres from the filter options, When they view remix suggestions, Then the display should show a diverse range of remixes that blend the selected genres and their characteristics.

The user is working on a rock music track and wants genre-specific suggestions.

Given the user selects 'Rock' as their preferred genre, When they request remix suggestions, Then the system should generate options that include well-known rock samples and current popular remixes.

A user wants to review and adjust the recommendations based on their feedback.

Given the user interacts with the suggested remixes, When they provide feedback on a specific remix, Then the system should update their preferences for future suggestions accordingly.

The user is curious about genre trends and innovation in remixing.

Given the user selects 'Trends' within the genre filter, When they request remix suggestions, Then the suggestions should highlight innovative and trending samples that are gaining popularity in their selected genres.

User needs to see a history of their filtered suggestions for better decision making.

Given the user filters suggestions by genre, When they revisit the filter settings, Then they should have access to a history of previously viewed remix suggestions within that genre.

Collaborative Remix Sharing

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to share remix suggestions with my team so that we can discuss and refine our ideas collaboratively within the platform.
Description: Implementing a feature that allows users to share their remix suggestions with collaborators directly within the platform is essential for fostering teamwork. This requirement will enable users to easily send, receive, and discuss remix ideas with their peers in real time, enhancing the collaborative aspect of HarmonixWorks. The integration of a collaborative workspace will facilitate creativity and ensure that all contributors can provide input and feedback on the remix suggestions presented. This feature will ultimately strengthen the community aspect of the platform and encourage creative exchanges among users.
Acceptance Criteria: User shares remix suggestions with collaborators in a dedicated workspace within HarmonixWorks.

Given a user is logged in and has remix suggestions in their project, when they select a remix suggestion to share, then the system should allow the user to select collaborators from a list and send the suggestion for review.

Collaborators receive and review shared remix suggestions in real-time.

Given a collaborator has been invited to review a remix suggestion, when they receive the notification, then they should have access to view the remix details and provide feedback or comments directly within the platform.

Users can track feedback on their shared remix suggestions.

Given a user has shared remix suggestions, when collaborators leave feedback or comments, then the system should display all feedback in the original user's workspace for easy tracking and follow-up.

Collaborators can suggest changes or improvements to remix suggestions.

Given a collaborator is viewing a shared remix suggestion, when they make a suggestion for improvement, then the system should log this suggestion and notify the original user of the proposed change.

User can organize and categorize shared remix suggestions for future reference.

Given a user has shared multiple remix suggestions, when they access their shared suggestion history, then they should be able to filter and categorize these suggestions based on project or collaborator.

Users can remove collaborators from shared remix suggestions.

Given a user is viewing their shared remix suggestions, when they select a collaborator to remove, then the system should confirm the removal and update the access permissions accordingly.

Notifications are sent to collaborators when a remix suggestion is shared or updated.

Given a user has shared or updated a remix suggestion, when the action is completed, then all collaborators should receive a notification alerting them to the change.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on remix suggestions so that the platform can improve and offer better tailored recommendations in the future.
Description: To continuously improve the quality of the sample remix suggestions, a user feedback mechanism is essential. This requirement entails implementing a system where users can rate and provide feedback on the suggestions they receive. The feedback will be analyzed to enhance the machine learning algorithm that powers the remix suggestions. This loop of continuous improvement will ensure that the platform evolves based on actual user experiences and needs, leading to higher satisfaction and engagement. Additionally, it will allow the platform to adapt to changing musical trends and user preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: User provides feedback on remix suggestions after applying them to their project.

Given a user has received sample remix suggestions, when they apply a suggestion and rate it, then the feedback must be recorded in the system and the user receives a confirmation message.

Admin reviews aggregated user feedback for remix suggestions to identify areas for improvement.

Given that user feedback has been collected, when an admin accesses the feedback report, then they should see statistical summaries, trends, and suggestions for enhancing remix algorithms based on user input.

User submits both a rating and a text comment on the remix suggestions.

Given a user is prompted to give feedback, when they provide a rating and an optional comment, then both should be stored in the database for further analysis and machine learning improvement.

User accesses the feedback page to view history of their ratings and comments.

Given a user navigates to the feedback page, when they are on the page, then they should see a list of their past feedback entries with corresponding suggestions and ratings.

Machine learning system updates based on user feedback to improve future remix suggestions.

Given that new feedback has been submitted, when the machine learning algorithm processes this feedback, then it must update the remix suggestion model to reflect learned user preferences and trends.

User receives personalized remix suggestions after providing feedback during previous iterations.

Given a user has provided feedback on prior remix suggestions, when they log back in, then the suggestions should reflect their preferences and recent trends in their selected genres.

Users are notified of updates or changes resulting from their feedback on remix suggestions.

Given that feedback has led to significant improvements in the remix suggestion feature, when the next update is released, then users should receive a notification outlining these enhancements.

Integration with External Sample Libraries

User Story: As a music producer, I want to access external sample libraries directly within HarmonixWorks so that I can expand my sound palette and incorporate diverse samples into my projects.
Description: This requirement focuses on expanding the range of remix suggestions by integrating external sample libraries into HarmonixWorks. Users will be able to access a wider variety of sounds and samples, increasing their creative options. This integration will allow for seamless searching and retrieving of external resources, ensuring that users can incorporate their favorite sounds without leaving the HarmonixWorks platform. The successful implementation of this requirement will significantly enrich the user experience and provide enhanced flexibility for music creation, aligning with the goals of the HarmonixWorks ecosystem.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Sample Remix Suggestions feature to find new remix ideas.

Given that the user has integrated their external sample libraries, when they access the Sample Remix Suggestions feature, then they should see a list of at least ten remix suggestions that include samples from both internal and external libraries.

User searches for a specific sample from an external library.

Given that the user wants to find a sample called 'Summer Breeze' in their integrated external library, when they perform a search for 'Summer Breeze', then the system should return the sample within five seconds and allow the user to preview it without any errors.

User retrieves and uses an external sample in their project.

Given that the user selects a sample from the search results of an external library, when they click 'Import', then the sample should be successfully imported into their project and be available on the timeline within three seconds.

User navigates to the external sample libraries section.

Given that the user is on the HarmonixWorks interface, when they click on 'External Libraries', then they should see a list of integrated libraries with options to add new libraries or remove existing ones without any performance issues.

User uses the remix suggestions feature after integrating external samples.

Given that the user has imported samples from external libraries, when they use the remix suggestions feature, then at least 30% of the suggested remixes should incorporate these external samples, demonstrating successful integration.

User handles unsupported external samples when integrating libraries.

Given that the user attempts to integrate an unsupported sample library, when they try to add it to their account, then the system should display an error message indicating the library is not supported, preventing the user from proceeding without the necessary resources.

Milestone Highlights

This feature visually showcases key milestones within the project timeline, allowing users to easily track significant achievements and deadlines. By highlighting these pivotal moments, users can maintain motivation and ensure that critical tasks align with overall project goals, improving accountability and project flow.

Requirements

Visual Milestone Display

User Story: As a project manager, I want to see key milestones visually represented on the project timeline so that I can quickly track significant achievements and ensure we stay on schedule with our deliverables.
Description: This requirement involves creating a dedicated section within the project timeline to visually represent key milestones. Each milestone will be marked at specific points along the timeline, using distinct icons or colors to differentiate them from regular tasks. The feature will also include tooltips that provide additional details about each milestone when hovered over. This visual representation will help users quickly assess project progress and identify important deadlines and achievements at a glance, enhancing motivation and focus on critical objectives within the workflow.
Acceptance Criteria: As a project manager, I want to view all key milestones along the project timeline so that I can easily track when major achievements have occurred and upcoming deadlines are approaching.

Given that I am on the project timeline page, when I scroll through the timeline, then I should see distinct icons or colors representing each milestone, visually differentiating them from regular tasks.

As a user, I need to be able to hover over a milestone icon to see more information, ensuring I understand the significance of each milestone without cluttering the timeline.

Given that I hover over a milestone icon, then a tooltip should appear displaying detailed information about the milestone, including the name, date, and description.

As a team member, I want to receive notifications for upcoming milestones so that I can prepare my tasks accordingly and ensure team accountability.

Given that a milestone is approaching, when the milestone is within a specified time frame (e.g., 3 days prior), then I should receive a notification informing me of the upcoming milestone.

As a user, I want to filter my view on the project timeline to only show milestones, to focus on critical achievements without distraction from regular tasks.

Given that I am on the project timeline, when I select the 'Show Milestones Only' filter, then the timeline should update to display only the milestones, removing all other task representations.

As a project lead, I would like to analyze project performance based on milestone completion to evaluate team efficiency and project health.

Given that I access the project performance analytics, when I view the milestone completion report, then I should see metrics on the number of completed milestones versus planned milestones, as well as the time taken to achieve each milestone.

Milestone Notifications

User Story: As a music producer, I want to receive notifications for upcoming milestone deadlines so that I can stay on track with my project timeline and ensure that I complete all necessary tasks on time.
Description: The milestone notification feature will automatically alert users of upcoming milestones and deadlines via email or in-app notifications. Users can customize notifications based on their preferences and project needs, ensuring that they receive timely reminders about critical tasks. This will improve accountability among team members, as they will be well-informed about upcoming responsibilities and can prepare accordingly, thereby reducing the risk of missed deadlines.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification for an upcoming milestone 24 hours prior to the deadline.

Given a milestone is set to occur in 24 hours, When the notification system triggers, Then the user receives an email and in-app notification to remind them of the upcoming milestone.

User customizes notification preferences within their account settings.

Given a user navigates to the notification settings, When the user selects the milestone notification options, Then the chosen preferences are saved and can be modified by the user at any time.

A team member marks a milestone as completed within the platform.

Given a milestone is marked as completed by a user, When this action occurs, Then all team members receive a notification indicating the milestone has been completed.

Notification system successfully logs user notifications for reference.

Given that notifications are sent to users, When a user accesses their notification history, Then they can see a complete and accurate list of all notifications received regarding milestones.

User receives a reminder for a recurring milestone based on their preferences.

Given a recurring milestone is set, When the notification day arrives, Then the user receives a reminder via both email and in-app notification according to their set preferences.

Users are able to snooze notifications for upcoming milestones.

Given a notification for an upcoming milestone is displayed, When the user selects snooze, Then the notification is postponed to a time configured by the user, and the user is notified at the new time.

Admin can view the status of notification deliveries.

Given an admin accesses the notification dashboard, When they check the delivery status, Then the system displays the number of successful and failed notifications sent to users for milestones within a specified timeframe.

Milestone Progress Tracking

User Story: As a project collaborator, I want to track the completion status of milestones so that I can see how our progress aligns with the overall project goals and identify areas that need attention.
Description: This requirement focuses on enabling users to track the completion status of milestones in real-time. Users will be able to mark milestones as complete and provide comments or feedback on the progress associated with each milestone. This functionality will allow users to maintain an accurate record of progress, fostering greater accountability and transparency within the team, and making it easy to assess what has been achieved versus what remains to be done.
Acceptance Criteria: User marks a milestone as complete after successfully achieving a project goal.

Given the user has logged into HarmonixWorks, when the user selects a milestone and marks it as complete, then the milestone status should update to 'Complete' and display the completion date.

User adds comments or feedback on a completed milestone to provide insights on the progress.

Given the user has marked a milestone as complete, when the user enters comments in the feedback section and saves them, then the comments should be displayed under the respective milestone, visible to all team members.

User views the overall progress of all milestones within a project timeline.

Given the user is viewing the project timeline, when the user checks the progress indicators, then all milestones should be displayed with their respective status (Complete, In Progress, Not Started) and comments if available.

User receives a notification when a milestone is marked as complete by a team member.

Given a team member has marked a milestone as complete, when the milestone status changes, then all project members should receive a notification alerting them of the completion with the milestone details.

User filters milestones to view only those that are not yet complete.

Given the user is on the milestones page, when the user applies the 'Not Complete' filter, then only milestones that are still in progress or not started should be shown in the list.

User accesses the milestone history to review past projects' milestone statuses.

Given the user selects a project, when the user navigates to the milestone history section, then a complete list of previously marked milestones with their statuses and feedback should be displayed chronologically.

Milestone Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want to collaborate with my team on specific milestones so that I can contribute to discussions and share resources relevant to our project goals.
Description: The milestone collaboration tools requirement encompasses integrating features that allow users to discuss and collaborate on specific milestones. This includes the ability to leave comments, share resources, and tag team members in discussions related to each milestone. By facilitating communication directly within the context of milestones, this feature enhances teamwork and ensures that all relevant information is centralized, making it easier for team members to collaborate effectively on key project points.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Milestone Collaboration Tools feature to discuss a recently completed milestone.

Given a user is logged in to HarmonixWorks and has navigated to the Milestone Collaboration Tools, when they select a milestone, then they should be able to leave comments, tag team members, and attach resources related to that milestone, all of which should be visible to other users in real-time.

A team member receives a notification about a new comment on a milestone they are tagged in.

Given that a user is tagged in a comment on a milestone, when that comment is posted, then the user should receive a notification via email and within the app, ensuring they are aware of the discussion.

A user searches for previous discussions related to a specific milestone.

Given a user is in the Milestone Collaboration Tools, when they enter a keyword in the search bar related to a milestone discussion, then they should see a list of all comments, tags, and shared resources that match the keyword.

A user uploads a resource to a milestone discussion.

Given a user is in a milestone discussion, when they upload a file, then the uploaded resource should be stored and easily accessible to all team members involved in that milestone.

A user views the activity history of a milestone to check past comments and edits.

Given a user is viewing a milestone, when they click on the 'Activity History' section, then they should see a chronological list of all comments, edits, and tags related to that milestone.

Multiple users collaborate on a milestone at the same time.

Given multiple users are collaborating on a milestone discussion, when they post comments simultaneously, then all users should see the comments appear in real-time without refresh, preserving the order of the conversation.

A user has the option to resolve or archive a milestone discussion after completion.

Given a milestone discussion is complete, when a user clicks on the 'Resolve' button, then the discussion should be marked as resolved and moved to the archived section, making it read-only for future reference.

Milestone Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a project lead, I want to access an analytics dashboard to review our milestone performance so that I can identify trends and improve our project management strategy going forward.
Description: This requirement entails the development of an analytics dashboard that provides insights into milestone performance. Metrics such as milestone completion rates, average time to reach milestones, and team engagement levels will be tracked and presented visually in charts and graphs. This feature will enable users to analyze their project history, identify trends, and make data-driven decisions to improve future project planning and execution.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can access the Milestone Analytics Dashboard from their project homepage after completing a project setup process.

Given that a user is logged into HarmonixWorks and has completed a project setup, when they navigate to the project homepage and select the 'Milestone Analytics Dashboard' option, then the dashboard should load successfully without errors, displaying a navigation menu at the top.

The analytics dashboard displays a visual representation of milestone completion rates for the selected project.

Given that the user has opened the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, when they view the milestone completion section, then it should display a pie chart representing the percentage of completed versus pending milestones.

Users should be able to filter and view milestone analytics by date range.

Given that the user is viewing the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, when they apply a date filter, then the displayed charts and graphs should update to reflect only the data corresponding to the selected date range.

The dashboard generates a visual report of average time taken to reach each milestone.

Given that the user is on the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, when they navigate to the average time section, then it should display a bar graph that illustrates the average time taken to complete each milestone in the selected project.

Team engagement levels are tracked and displayed in the analytics dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, when they check the team engagement section, then it should display a line graph showing changes in team engagement levels over the project timeline.

Users can export the milestone analytics data into a report format.

Given that the user is viewing the Milestone Analytics Dashboard, when they select the 'Export' option, then they should be able to download a PDF or CSV report with all milestone analytics data presented in the dashboard.

The Milestone Analytics Dashboard is responsive and accessible across devices.

Given that a user is accessing the Milestone Analytics Dashboard from different devices (desktop, tablet, smartphone), when they adjust their screen size or orientation, then the layout should adapt appropriately without loss of functionality or data visibility.

Dynamic Goal Setting

Users can set specific, measurable goals for each project segment, which can be monitored in real-time through the dashboard. This feature enhances focus and provides clear benchmarks for success, making it easier for users to prioritize tasks and manage their time effectively.

Requirements

Goal Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a music producer, I want to set measurable project goals so that I can track my progress and stay focused on key deliverables.
Description: The Goal Tracking Dashboard provides an intuitive interface where users can visualize their project goals and progress in real-time. This dynamic feature allows users to set up specific, measurable goals for various aspects of their projects, enabling them to monitor achievements and setbacks effortlessly. Integration with existing project management tools within HarmonixWorks ensures that users can seamlessly navigate between their goals and ongoing tasks, promoting an organized workflow. This functionality not only aids in prioritization but also enhances productivity by providing users with a clear visual representation of their progress, enhancing motivation and focus throughout the project lifecycle.
Acceptance Criteria: User initializes the Goal Tracking Dashboard after logging into HarmonixWorks to set measurable project goals for a new music production project.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they access the Goal Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a clear option to create new goals with fields for specific metrics and deadlines.

A user sets a specific goal using the Goal Tracking Dashboard and tracks their progress over time.

Given the user has created a goal in the Goal Tracking Dashboard, when they log in later, then their dashboard should display the updated progress bar reflecting the percentage of the goal completed.

The user utilizes the integration of the Goal Tracking Dashboard with existing project management tools within HarmonixWorks.

Given the user has goals set in the Goal Tracking Dashboard, when they access the project management tool, then they should see those goals reflected alongside their tasks and timelines.

A user receives real-time notifications about their goal progress and deadlines through the Goal Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user has set a goal with a deadline, when they are approaching that deadline, then they should receive a notification at least 24 hours in advance and on the day of the deadline.

User reviews historical data on past goals to analyze productivity trends in the Goal Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user accesses the Goal Tracking Dashboard, when they select the 'History' option, then they should see a visual report of past goals along with analytics on success rates and time taken to complete each goal.

User customizes the display settings of the Goal Tracking Dashboard to fit their personal workflow preferences.

Given the user is on the Goal Tracking Dashboard, when they select the 'Settings' option, then they should be able to change the layout, color schemes, and notification preferences for their goals.

A user collaboratively sets and monitors goals with team members using the Goal Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user has invited team members to view their project, when they set a goal in the Goal Tracking Dashboard, then the team members should be able to see the goal and its progress in real-time.

Goal Milestone Alerts

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want to receive alerts when I'm nearing important project milestones so that I can adjust my priorities and stay on track.
Description: Goal Milestone Alerts notify users when they reach significant project milestones or are approaching deadlines. This feature is important for maintaining accountability and ensuring that users adhere to their set timelines. By automatically sending reminders and notifications through the application, users can easily stay informed about their progress and make necessary adjustments to their workflow. The alerts will be customizable, allowing users to select which goals trigger notifications, ensuring that they are only alerted to the information that matters most to them. This functionality will increase user engagement and assist in better time management during the creative process.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a goal for a project segment and selects to receive milestone alerts.

Given a user has set a goal with a specific milestone, when the milestone is reached, then the user receives a notification through the application indicating the milestone accomplishment.

User customizes which specific goals will trigger notifications for alerts.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, when they select specific goals to receive notifications for, then only those selected goals should trigger alerts upon milestone achievement.

User is nearing a deadline for a goal and needs a reminder to stay on track.

Given a user has set a due date for a specific goal, when the deadline approaches (within 24 hours), then the user receives a reminder notification to ensure they are aware of the impending deadline.

User completes a project milestone and wants confirmation of the achievement.

Given a milestone is completed, when the user accesses their dashboard, then they should see a visual confirmation of the completed milestone along with relevant performance metrics.

System performance during peak usage hours when alerts are sent remains stable and efficient.

Given the system is experiencing high user traffic, when milestone alerts are triggered, then the system must successfully send notifications without delay or performance degradation.

User wants to disable notifications for specific milestones after they have been set.

Given a user accesses the goal notification settings, when they choose to disable notifications for selected milestones, then those notifications should no longer be sent for the deselected milestones.

User has multiple goals set and needs to manage alert overload without missing critical notifications.

Given a user has multiple active goals, when they set a priority for notifications, then the system should prioritize sending alerts based on the user's defined priority levels, ensuring critical notifications are received first.

Collaborative Goal Setting

User Story: As a band member, I want to collaboratively set our project goals with my team so that everyone is aligned and invested in the project's success.
Description: Collaborative Goal Setting allows multiple users to contribute to the goal-setting process for a shared project. This feature promotes teamwork and ensures that all team members can input their ideas and tasks within the context of their roles. Users can discuss and negotiate objectives during brainstorming sessions, leading to more comprehensive and inclusive project planning. The integration with communication tools within HarmonixWorks facilitates real-time discussions, making it easier for teams to align on goals and responsibilities. This collaborative approach not only builds consensus but also enhances creativity and group synergy in the project planning phase.
Acceptance Criteria: Collaborative Goal Setting during Team Brainstorming Sessions

Given multiple users are participating in a goal-setting session, when a user suggests a goal, then all other team members should be able to view, discuss, and comment on that goal in real-time.

Integration of Communication Tools for Goal Setting

Given a project within HarmonixWorks, when users initiate a collaborative goal-setting session, then they should have access to integrated communication tools (chat, video call) to facilitate discussions.

User Role-Specific Goal Contributions

Given that users have different roles in a project, when a user submits a goal, then the system should categorize and display goals based on the user's role and permissions.

Real-Time Monitoring of Goals Progress

Given that users have set collaborative goals, when any team member updates the status of a goal, then all participants should see the updated status in real-time on the dashboard.

Consensus Building on Goals

Given a set of proposed goals, when users participate in discussions, then at least 80% agreement should be reached for a goal to be marked as agreed upon and actionable.

Logging and Archiving Collaborative Goals

Given that a goal-setting session has concluded, when users finalize the goals, then the goals should be automatically archived in the project's documentation for future reference.

User Notifications for Goal Changes

Given that a collaborative goal has been updated, when any team member modifies a goal, then all other team members should receive a notification of the change.

Progress Visualization Tools

User Story: As a producer, I want to visualize my progress towards project goals so that I can easily adjust my strategies if necessary.
Description: Progress Visualization Tools provide users with graphical representations of their goal achievements over time. Users can view charts and graphs that illustrate their progress toward goals, broken down into phases or tasks. This feature enhances the ability to assess what strategies are working and where improvements are necessary. By having clear visuals of their efforts, users can adapt their approaches and make data-driven decisions regarding resource allocation and priority shifts in their projects. This will foster a more strategic mindset and encourage continuous improvement during the creative process.
Acceptance Criteria: User reviews their project's progress during a scheduled weekly meeting and wants to see a visual representation of their goal achievements.

Given the user has set specific measurable goals, When they access the Progress Visualization Tools dashboard, Then they should see graphical representations (charts/graphs) of their progress against each goal segmented by project phases or tasks.

A user wants to identify which strategies are effectively contributing to their project goals using visual data analysis.

Given a user has been tracking their project progress, When they view the historical data in the Progress Visualization Tools, Then they should be able to identify and compare trends over time to see which strategies led to goal achievement.

A team leader is preparing for a project review and needs to present data on the team's progress toward goals using visualization tools.

Given that the Progress Visualization Tools include export options, When the team leader selects the format for the report, Then they should be able to export the visual representations of goal achievements to a PDF or PowerPoint format without data loss.

A user receives feedback on their project management style and wants to adjust their strategies based on progress visualizations.

Given a user has access to real-time progress visualizations, When they analyze their performance over the last month, Then they should be able to identify at least two areas for improvement in their workflow based on the visual data provided.

A new user signs up for HarmonixWorks and wants to understand how the Progress Visualization Tools can aid their project management.

Given that the user is new to HarmonixWorks, When they access the onboarding tutorial, Then they should see an explanation and demo of the Progress Visualization Tools, including examples of visualizations.

An experienced user wants to compare their current project progress with a previous project using the Progress Visualization Tools.

Given the user has multiple projects in their dashboard, When they select a previous project and use the comparison feature, Then they should see a side-by-side visual representation of goal achievements between the current and previous projects.

A user encounters an issue with the display of progress visualization tools and needs assistance understanding the data presented.

Given that the user is logged into their account and using the Progress Visualization Tools, When they click on the help icon, Then they should be provided with context-sensitive help regarding the visualization data and any reported issues.

Goal Completion Log

User Story: As a music creator, I want to see a log of my completed goals to reflect on my productivity and find ways to improve my workflow.
Description: The Goal Completion Log maintains a record of all completed goals, allowing users to reflect on their achievements. This historical log serves as a motivational tool by showcasing user progress over time. Additionally, users can gain insights into patterns and trends in their productivity, helping to identify what methods or approaches have yielded the best results. This feature goes beyond mere tracking; it encourages users to celebrate their accomplishments and engage in self-analysis to enhance future project planning and goal setting.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Goal Completion Log to review their completed goals after finishing a project segment.

Given a user has completed project goals, when they access the Goal Completion Log, then they should see a list of all completed goals with timestamps and project names.

User reviews their progress in the Goal Completion Log to analyze productivity patterns over the last month.

Given a user selects the date range for the last month, when they view the Goal Completion Log, then they should see visual representations (charts or graphs) of goal completions categorized by week.

User uses the Goal Completion Log to celebrate their achievements with colleagues after a successful project.

Given a user has accessed the Goal Completion Log, when they share it with colleagues, then the shared log should accurately display all completed goals and the total number of achievements.

User engages with the Goal Completion Log to identify successful goal-setting methods for future projects.

Given a user analyzes the Goal Completion Log, when they look for trends, then they should be able to filter completed goals by method or strategy and see which ones were most frequently successful.

User wants to ensure that the Goal Completion Log is storing their achievements securely.

Given that a user has logged goals and achievements, when they check the database backend, then all logged information should be present and retrievable without data loss.

User accesses the Goal Completion Log on a mobile device to check their progress on the go.

Given a user is on their mobile device, when they open the Goal Completion Log, then it should load within 3 seconds and be fully functional and visually responsive to mobile format.

Progress Analytics

This functionality provides detailed analytics that reflect a user's productivity trends over time. By analyzing completed tasks, hours spent, and milestone achievements, users can identify patterns in their workflow, adjust strategies, and ultimately enhance their project efficiency.

Requirements

Automated Trend Reports

User Story: As a music producer, I want automated trend reports on my productivity so that I can quickly identify areas of improvement and optimize my workflow for future projects.
Description: This requirement entails the development of automated reports that summarize user productivity trends based on collected data over specific periods. The reports will generate insights into task completion rates, hours spent on various projects, and key milestones achieved. Users will benefit by receiving these analytics in a visually appealing format, making it easier to identify peak productivity times and areas for improvement. The automation of this process is critical as it ensures users receive timely updates without manual input, fostering a more efficient workflow. This feature is expected to enhance user engagement with the platform as they can readily access detailed insights into their performance without additional effort. The integration of these reports into the existing dashboard will keep the user interface cohesive and user-friendly, reinforcing the platform's commitment to productivity enhancement.
Acceptance Criteria: User views weekly trend reports on the HarmonixWorks dashboard after completing various tasks throughout the week.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see an automated weekly report displaying task completion rates, hours spent on projects, and milestones achieved in a visually appealing format.

Users receive notifications for new automated trend reports generated every week based on their activity.

Given the user has completed tasks during the week, when the automated report is generated, then the user should receive an email notification with a summary of their productivity trends and a link to the report on the dashboard.

User accesses the automated trend report and reviews productivity insights over the past month.

Given the user selects the monthly trend report option on their dashboard, when the report loads, then it displays detailed analytics including graphs and charts illustrating user productivity over the past month along with peak productivity times and areas for improvement.

A new user who has completed some tasks accesses the trend analytics for the first time.

Given the new user has completed tasks, when they access the automated trend report for the first time, then they should be shown a tutorial or guide explaining how to interpret the analytics presented in the report.

User filters automated trend reports by specific projects or tasks to analyze productivity in those areas.

Given the user is viewing the trend report, when they apply a filter for a specific project, then the report should update to show only the analytics related to that filtered project, including task completion rates and hours spent.

Users share their trend reports with team members directly from the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given the user has generated a trend report, when they choose the option to share the report, then the system should allow them to email the report to specified team members or generate a shareable link.

User exports the trend report for offline use.

Given the user is viewing their automated trend report, when they select the export option, then the report should be downloadable in PDF format for offline access, maintaining the visual format of the report.

Real-Time Collaboration Metrics

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want real-time collaboration metrics to know how effectively I am contributing to projects with my team, so that I can enhance my participation and make more impactful contributions.
Description: This requirement focuses on implementing real-time collaboration metrics that allow users to track their engagement and performance during collaborative sessions. Metrics will include participation rates, number of interactions per session, and contributions to shared projects. By providing users with insights into their collaborative behavior, this feature aims to enhance accountability and foster better teamwork. Users will benefit from understanding their collaborative dynamics, which can lead to improved communication and project effectiveness. The integration of these metrics into existing collaboration tools will ensure a seamless user experience without overwhelming users with additional complexity.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the real-time collaboration metrics dashboard during a collaborative session to review engagement and performance metrics after participating in a brainstorming session with team members.

Given a user is in the collaborative session, when they access the collaboration metrics dashboard, then they should see participation rates displayed for all team members who joined the session, including their own contributions.

A user aims to evaluate the effectiveness of their collaborative contributions in multiple projects over the last month.

Given the user selects a time range of one month on the collaboration metrics dashboard, when they view the report, then they should see a breakdown of the number of interactions and contributions for each project during that time period.

During a weekly team review, a manager wants to analyze team performance using real-time collaboration metrics from the last project.

Given the manager accesses the metrics for the last project, when they review the data, then they should see detailed reports with metrics such as total interactions, average participation rate per session, and top contributors' statistics.

While collaborating, a user notices a drop in their participation rate and wants to understand how it compares to past sessions.

Given the user is on the collaboration metrics dashboard, when they select the past sessions comparison option, then they should be able to view a visual chart showing their participation trends over the past three collaborative sessions.

After a series of collaborative sessions, a user wants to receive insights on their overall engagement and suggestions for improvement.

Given the user completes a series of collaborative sessions, when they navigate to the metrics insights section, then they should receive personalized feedback on their engagement levels and actionable recommendations for enhancing participation.

A user attending a session wants to quickly view the total number of contributions they made in real time.

Given the collaborative session is active, when the user clicks on their profile, then they should see a pop-up displaying the count of their contributions made during that session instantly.

The development team tests the integration of real-time collaboration metrics within the existing tools used by users without causing disruptions.

Given the real-time collaboration metrics have been integrated into existing tools, when users access these tools, then they should be able to view real-time metrics without any performance lag or increased complexity in the user interface.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

User Story: As a musician, I want to customize my dashboard widgets to display the analytics that are most relevant to my work, so that I can quickly access the data I need to improve my creativity and productivity.
Description: This requirement proposes the development of customizable dashboard widgets that allow users to personalize their analytics view based on their preferences. Users will have the ability to choose which metrics to display, arrange them as needed, and select visual representations (graphs, charts, tables). Customization enhances user experience by allowing each musician or producer to focus on metrics that matter most to them, leading to a more intuitive understanding of their productivity. This flexibility will facilitate better data-driven decision-making and increase user satisfaction with the platform, as they can tailor their workspace to reflect their unique workflows. The feature will integrate seamlessly with the existing dashboard framework.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes Dashboard Widgets to Display Productivity Metrics.

Given a logged-in user, when they access the dashboard, then they should be able to drag and drop widget components to arrange them, select specific metrics to display, and choose from at least three different visual representation options for each metric.

User Saves Custom Widget Configuration.

Given a user has customized their dashboard widgets, when they click the 'Save' button, then the custom configuration should be preserved and displayed upon the next login session.

User Resets Dashboard to Default Settings.

Given a user is viewing their customized dashboard, when they select the 'Reset to Default' option, then all dashboard widgets should revert to the standard factory settings and configuration without retaining any custom settings.

User Accesses Help Documentation for Dashboard Customization.

Given a user is on the dashboard, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should see documentation detailing steps on how to customize the dashboard widgets and an FAQ section addressing common issues.

User Adjusts Widget Size and Layout Preferences.

Given a user is viewing their customized dashboard, when they utilize the resize feature, then they should be able to change the size of at least four widgets independently and arrange them in a grid format based on their preference.

User Shares Customized Dashboard Layout with Team Members.

Given a user has a customized dashboard, when they select the 'Share Layout' option, then their dashboard configuration should be shareable with designated team members through an email invitation or direct link, allowing them to view the same layout.

Goal Tracking Integration

User Story: As a composer, I want a goal tracking integration within my analytics so that I can set clear objectives and monitor my progress towards achieving them in a structured way.
Description: This requirement encompasses the integration of a goal-tracking feature within the analytics framework that enables users to set, monitor, and analyze their short-term and long-term goals. Users will be able to assign specific tasks to goals and will receive analytics on their progress. This facilitates a proactive approach to productivity, allowing users not only to reflect on past performance but also to direct their efforts toward achieving set milestones. The goal tracking will be visually represented through progress bars and milestone indicators, making it easy for users to see their advance towards their objectives. This feature is critical for users who wish to remain focused and accountable in their music production endeavors, improving overall project outcomes and satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a short-term goal for completing a music track by the end of the week and assigns specific tasks to this goal.

Given the user has logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the goal-tracking feature and set a new goal with assigned tasks, then the system should save the goal and display it on the user's dashboard with a progress bar reflecting current task completion.

User wants to review their long-term goal for improving mixing skills over the span of three months and views associated milestones and task progress.

Given the user accesses the goal-tracking feature, when they select their long-term mixing skills goal, then the system should display the goal with progress bars, milestone indicators, and a summary of completed tasks to date.

User completes a task associated with their current goal and wants to see how this affects their overall goal progress.

Given a user marks a task as complete, when they view the goal to which that task is assigned, then the system should update the progress bar and milestone indicators to reflect the new completion status in real-time.

User encounters issues while setting a new goal and needs guidance through the process.

Given that the user is in the goal-setting interface, when they request help or instructions, then a comprehensive guide should be displayed, detailing the steps for setting and assigning tasks to goals.

User does not receive any analytics or feedback after a substantial amount of time has passed since setting a goal.

Given a user has set a goal more than 30 days ago, when they check the analytics for this goal, then the system should automatically prompt the user to review their goal and suggest adjustments based on their progress and completion rate.

User wants to track multiple goals and understands how they interrelate with each other in their productivity.

Given the user has multiple goals set, when they access their goal-tracking dashboard, then the system should display all goals side by side with a comparison view showing task completion rates and analytics for each goal.

Mobile Analytics Access

User Story: As a busy producer, I want to access my productivity analytics via a mobile app so that I can stay informed about my performance and projects even when I’m away from my computer.
Description: This requirement involves enabling access to productivity analytics through a mobile application for on-the-go users. The mobile analytics feature will provide users with simplified yet comprehensive insights into their productivity trends, task completion rates, and collaborative metrics. Users will benefit from being able to review their performance and stay updated regardless of their location, enhancing flexibility and continuous engagement with their work. Seamless synchronization with the web platform will ensure that users can monitor their analytics in real-time without discrepancies, making it a vital feature for the increasingly mobile workforce in the music industry.
Acceptance Criteria: User opens the mobile application and navigates to the analytics section to view their productivity trends.

Given the user is logged in to the mobile application, when they navigate to the analytics section, then they should see their productivity trends displayed graphically and in a summary format, with options to filter by date range, task type, and collaboration metrics.

User wants to check their task completion rates and milestone achievements while on the move.

Given the user is on the mobile application, when they access the task completion section, then they should see a clear percentage of tasks completed, along with a list of milestones achieved in the selected period.

User needs to understand their collaborative metrics with team members during a project.

Given the user is in the analytics section of the mobile application, when they select the collaborative metrics option, then they should be able to view the contributions of each team member and overall team performance metrics in real-time.

User experiences poor connectivity and wants to ensure their analytics syncs properly with the web platform once they regain connection.

Given the user has accessed the analytics section on the mobile application with poor connectivity, when the connection is restored, then the app should automatically sync all analytics data with the web platform without losing any previously displayed information.

User wants to receive notifications about significant changes in their productivity trends.

Given the user has enabled notifications in the mobile application settings, when there is a significant change in productivity trends (e.g., a drop of more than 20% in completed tasks), then the user should receive a real-time push notification alerting them to this change.

User shares their productivity analytics for a project with a collaborator via the mobile application.

Given the user is viewing their analytics on the mobile app, when they choose to share their analytics through the sharing feature, then they should be able to send it via email or messaging platforms, and the recipient should receive a clear and concise report of the analytics information shared.

Deadline Alerts

This proactive feature sends notifications and reminders as project deadlines approach, ensuring users stay on track with their deliverables. By minimizing the risk of missing key timelines, users can manage their workflows more effectively and reduce last-minute stress.

Requirements

Notification Preferences

User Story: As a music producer, I want to customize my notification preferences for project deadline alerts, so that I can receive reminders in a way that suits my workflow and reduces disruptions.
Description: Users should be able to customize their notification settings for deadline alerts. This includes options to choose which types of notifications they want to receive (e.g., email, in-app, SMS), as well as the timing of the alerts (e.g., one week prior, one day prior, etc.). This customization enhances user experience by allowing individuals to tailor alerts according to their working styles and preferences, ensuring they are alerted at their preferred time and method, thus improving their ability to manage project deadlines efficiently.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes notification preferences through the settings page.

Given a user is on the notification preferences settings page, When they toggle the notification type checkboxes (email, in-app, SMS), Then the settings should save and reflect the chosen options in the user interface.

User chooses timing for deadline alerts in notification preferences.

Given a user has navigated to the notification preferences page, When they select a timing option (one week prior, one day prior, etc.), Then this selection should be saved and displayed under their notification settings.

User receives confirmation that notification preferences have been updated successfully.

Given the user makes changes to their notification settings, When they click the save button, Then a confirmation message should appear indicating the settings have been updated successfully.

User successfully receives deadline alerts through their chosen channels.

Given that a project deadline is approaching, When it is time for a notification according to the user’s preferences, Then the user should receive an alert through the selected channels (email, in-app, SMS) at the designated time.

User accesses notification preferences on different devices.

Given a user updates their notification preferences from a desktop device, When they log in on a mobile device, Then the updated notification preferences should be reflected and accessible on the mobile app.

Notification preferences load accurately for new users.

Given a new user has signed up for HarmonixWorks, When they access notification preferences for the first time, Then the default notification settings should be displayed and ready for customization.

User can reset notification preferences to default values.

Given a user is on the notification preferences settings page, When they click the reset to default button, Then all custom settings should revert back to the default values, and the user should be notified of the reset action.

Snooze Functionality

User Story: As an audio engineer, I want to be able to snooze deadline alerts, so that I can temporarily dismiss the reminder and focus on my current task without losing track of critical deadlines.
Description: The system should provide users with an option to 'snooze' deadline alerts. This allows users to temporarily dismiss an alert and receive it again after a preset duration, such as 1 hour, 3 hours, or 1 day. This feature is essential for managing interruptions effectively, enabling users to focus on their current task without losing awareness of upcoming deadlines, thereby enhancing productivity while maintaining timeliness.
Acceptance Criteria: User chooses to snooze a deadline alert they received for a project within HarmonixWorks.

Given the user has an active deadline alert, when the user selects the 'Snooze' option, then the alert should not be displayed for the specified duration (1 hour, 3 hours, or 1 day) and should reappear after that duration.

User sets a preferred default snooze duration for all deadline alerts within their settings.

Given the user sets a default snooze duration in their settings, when a deadline alert is snoozed, then the alert should automatically use the selected default duration unless a specific duration is chosen.

User receives multiple deadline alerts within a short timeframe and uses the snooze functionality on one of them.

Given multiple deadline alerts are triggered, when the user snoozes one alert, then the other alerts should remain visible and actionable until they are snoozed or dismissed individually.

User attempts to snooze an alert that has already been snoozed previously.

Given the user tries to snooze a previously snoozed alert, when the snooze action is attempted, then the system should not allow another snooze and inform the user that the alert cannot be snoozed again at this time without being first dismissed.

User opts to dismiss the snooze alert instead of snoozing it again after it reappears.

Given a snoozed alert reappears after the set duration, when the user selects 'Dismiss,' then the alert should be removed from their notifications and should not appear again unless a new alert is issued.

User is not receiving notifications when the alert is snoozed.

Given a deadline alert is snoozed, when the alert is snoozed, then the system should ensure that no notifications are sent for that alert until the snooze duration has elapsed and the alert reappears.

Recurring Deadline Reminders

User Story: As a project manager, I want to set recurring deadline reminders for my ongoing projects, so that I can ensure I stay on top of my responsibilities without manually setting reminders each time.
Description: This requirement entails the ability to set recurring reminders for ongoing projects or tasks with periodic deadlines. Users should be able to specify the frequency (daily, weekly, monthly) and receive automated reminders for these deadlines, ensuring that they can consistently manage their deliverables over time. This is especially beneficial for long-term projects or regular tasks, improving time management and reducing the risk of missed deadlines significantly.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets a recurring reminder for a weekly music production session.

Given a user navigates to the reminders section, When they select 'Add Reminder', Then they can choose the frequency as 'Weekly', set the reminder time, and save it successfully.

User updates the frequency of an existing recurring reminder from weekly to monthly.

Given a user accesses their existing reminders, When they select the reminder to edit, Then they can change the frequency from 'Weekly' to 'Monthly' and save the changes without errors.

User receives notifications for a daily reminder set for project progress checks.

Given a user has a daily reminder set for project progress, When the scheduled time occurs, Then they receive a push notification or email alert reminding them of the task.

User deletes a recurring reminder that is no longer necessary for their project.

Given a user accesses the reminders list, When they select the specific recurring reminder and choose 'Delete', Then the reminder is removed from the list without triggering an error.

User sets a monthly reminder that repeats every first Monday of the month.

Given a user selects 'Add Reminder' and specifies the recurrence to be 'Every first Monday of the month', When they save this reminder, Then it should be correctly displayed in their reminders list with the correct recurrence.

User is prompted to confirm before deleting a recurring reminder.

Given a user attempts to delete a reminder, When the confirmation dialog appears, Then they must click 'Confirm' to delete or 'Cancel' to keep the reminder, ensuring no accidental deletions occur.

User views a summary of all their upcoming deadlines and reminders.

Given a user accesses the dashboard, When they navigate to the 'Upcoming Deadlines' section, Then they should see a list of all upcoming reminders and deadlines sorted by date.

Deadline Countdown Timer

User Story: As a music collaborator, I want to see a countdown timer for project deadlines on my dashboard, so that I can visually track how much time I have left to meet my deliverables.
Description: Users should have access to a visual countdown timer that displays the remaining time until each project's deadline. This timer can be visible on the project dashboard and updates in real-time, providing users with an immediate sense of urgency regarding their approaching deadlines. This feature serves to motivate users by visually representing their time left to complete tasks, thereby encouraging better time management and prioritization.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user viewing my project dashboard, I want to see a countdown timer for each of my active projects, so I can gauge how much time I have left to meet my deadlines.

Given that a project has a defined deadline, when I view my project dashboard, then I should see a countdown timer displayed for each active project showing the time remaining until the deadline.

As a user, I need the countdown timer to update in real-time, ensuring that I have the most current information about my project deadlines.

Given that a countdown timer is displayed for a project, when the project deadline is approaching, then the timer should automatically update every second to reflect the remaining time accurately.

As a user managing multiple projects, I want color coding for the countdown timers to indicate urgency, so I can prioritize my tasks effectively based on the time left.

Given that I have multiple projects with different deadlines, when I observe the countdown timers, then timers should be color-coded (green for more than 3 days, yellow for 1-3 days left, and red for less than 1 day) to indicate urgency.

As a user who has just reached a project's deadline, I want the countdown timer to stop and display a 'Deadline Reached' message for clarity and record-keeping.

Given that a project's deadline has passed, when I check the countdown timer, then it should stop counting down and display a 'Deadline Reached' message on the project dashboard.

As a user, I want to receive a visual alert when my countdown timer reaches critical time thresholds (like 24 hours), so that I can take immediate action on my projects.

Given that the countdown timer is for an active project, when the timer reaches 24 hours, then I should receive a visual alert on the dashboard indicating that the deadline is imminent.

As a user, I want the countdown timer to be prominent and easily visible on the project dashboard, so I don't overlook my deadlines.

Given that I am viewing my project dashboard, when I look for my countdown timer, then it should be easily distinguishable and prominently displayed on the interface without requiring scrolling.

Integration with Calendar Apps

User Story: As a musician, I want to integrate my project deadline alerts with my Google Calendar, so that I can see all my deadlines alongside my other commitments and manage my time better.
Description: This requirement involves integrating deadline alerts with popular calendar applications (e.g., Google Calendar, Outlook). Users should be able to sync their project deadlines with their preferred calendar, allowing for a unified view of their schedules. This integration will enable users to manage their time more effectively as they can see all their commitments in one place, enhancing planning and reducing the likelihood of missed deadlines due to scheduling conflicts.
Acceptance Criteria: User is a music producer who wants to keep track of key project deadlines across multiple projects using their preferred calendar application.

Given the user has integrated HarmonixWorks with their Google Calendar, when they set a deadline for a project, then the deadline should automatically appear in their Google Calendar with a notification 24 hours in advance.

User wants to ensure that any changes made to deadlines in HarmonixWorks reflect in their calendar app without manual intervention.

Given the user modifies a project deadline within HarmonixWorks, when the change is saved, then the new deadline should update in the integrated calendar application immediately.

User utilizes Outlook as their primary calendar app and wants to receive deadline notifications through Outlook.

Given the user has linked their HarmonixWorks account with Outlook, when a project deadline is due, then the user should receive an email notification in Outlook to remind them of the upcoming deadline.

User aims to view all their deadlines in a unified calendar that combines deadlines from HarmonixWorks and personal appointments.

Given the user has synchronised their HarmonixWorks deadlines with a calendar application, when the user views their calendar, then it should display both HarmonixWorks deadlines and personal events side-by-side without any discrepancies.

User is managing multiple projects and requires a way to prioritize which deadlines need immediate attention.

Given the user has enabled priority settings in HarmonixWorks, when a project deadline is approaching, then the user should receive a prioritized alert that highlights the most urgent deadlines first in their calendar app notifications.

Collaboration Summary

This feature presents a summary of all collaborators’ contributions to the project’s progress, providing insights into who completed specific tasks and how collective effort impacts timelines. This transparency enhances team accountability and encourages more cohesive project management.

Requirements

Collaborator Task Tracking

User Story: As a project manager, I want to track individual tasks assigned to each collaborator so that I can ensure everyone is contributing effectively towards our project goals.
Description: This requirement involves the development of a task tracking mechanism within HarmonixWorks, enabling users to view and manage individual contributions to a project. Each collaborator's tasks, progress, and completion status will be displayed in real-time, promoting accountability and clarity in the workflow. Implementing this feature will facilitate better understanding of roles and responsibilities among team members, ensuring that everyone is aligned and aware of their contributions towards project deadlines and objectives. This transparency will also assist in identifying any bottlenecks during the production process, enabling proactive problem-solving and enhanced collaboration.
Acceptance Criteria: Collaboration Overview for a New Project Meeting

Given a user is on the project dashboard, when they select the 'Collaboration' tab, then they should see a list of all collaborators along with their assigned tasks and completion statuses displayed in real-time.

Identifying Bottlenecks During Production Phase

Given the user is monitoring the project progress, when they view the task tracking section, then any tasks that are overdue should be highlighted in red with the collaborator's name displayed.

Real-Time Update of Collaborative Contributions

Given a collaborator completes a task, when the task is marked as complete, then the progress should automatically update in the project's activity feed without the need for a page refresh.

Task Assignment and Reassignment Workflow

Given a user has administrative privileges, when they assign a task to a collaborator, then the collaborator should receive a notification, and their task list should update accordingly.

Viewing Detailed Task History and Comments

Given a collaborator clicks on a specific task, when they access the task details, then they should be able to view a complete history of changes made, including comments and updates from all collaborators.

Exporting Task Contributions for Reporting

Given a user wants to generate a report, when they select the 'Export Contributions' option, then a downloadable report must be created that summarizes all tasks, contributors, and statuses in a CSV format.

Real-time Contribution Visualizer

User Story: As a team leader, I want to see a visual representation of each collaborator's contributions in real time, so that I can motivate the team and make informed decisions about workload distribution.
Description: The Real-time Contribution Visualizer requirement focuses on creating a dynamic visualization tool that displays the contributions of all team members in real-time. This interactive dashboard will highlight completed tasks, ongoing efforts, and each collaborator's impact on the overall project timeline. By integrating this feature, users will be able to see how individual and collective contributions shape the project's progress, thus enhancing motivation and engagement among team members. Additionally, this visual representation will help in assessing workflow efficiencies and reallocating resources as needed for optimal productivity.
Acceptance Criteria: As a project manager, I want to see a real-time overview of each team member's contributions during a live project review meeting, so that I can assess progress and redistribute workloads if necessary.

Given that the project is currently active, when I access the Real-time Contribution Visualizer, then I should see a dynamic dashboard displaying the status of completed tasks, ongoing efforts, and each collaborator's contributions, updated in real-time.

As a music producer, I want to track the contributions of my team during different phases of the project, so that I can acknowledge their efforts and encourage further collaboration.

Given that team members are logged into the HarmonixWorks platform, when I view the Contribution Visualizer, then it should provide a detailed breakdown of contributions by each member over specific time frames, such as daily, weekly, or project milestones.

As an audio engineer, I want to identify which tasks are still pending so that I can adjust my focus based on the workload of my teammates.

Given a live project with multiple ongoing tasks, when I filter the dashboard by 'in-progress' tasks, then I should only see the tasks that are actively being worked on, along with the names of the collaborators responsible for each task.

As a collaborator, I want to receive notifications when my teammates complete their tasks, to keep up-to-date with project progress and encourage a supportive environment.

Given that notifications are enabled in user settings, when a team member completes a task, then all collaborators should receive an update through the platform's notification system, including details of the completed task and the contributor's name.

As a team lead, I want to review the overall project timeline to ensure that we are on track to meet our deadlines, so I can report to upper management.

Given the project timeline is established, when I access the Real-time Contribution Visualizer, then it should display a Gantt chart or similar timeline view that reflects the current status and progress of all tasks and contributors, highlighting any risk of delays.

As a user, I want to have the ability to export the contribution data to a report format, so that I can share the progress details with stakeholders.

Given that I am viewing the contribution data in the dashboard, when I select the export option, then I should be able to download a report in CSV or PDF format containing all relevant contribution metrics and visualizations.

Task Impact Analysis

User Story: As a project analyst, I want to analyze the impact of individual tasks on the overall project timeline, so that I can optimize our workflow and improve team performance.
Description: This requirement entails developing an analytical tool that assesses the impact of each team member's contributions on project timelines and outcomes. The Task Impact Analysis feature will provide insights into which tasks are pivotal to meeting deadlines and which may require additional resources or attention. Through data-driven analytics, project managers and team leaders will have the information necessary to make strategic adjustments in workflow and task assignments, ultimately enhancing project efficiency and success rates. This will also support ongoing performance evaluations for team members based on their contributions to project success.
Acceptance Criteria: Task Impact Analysis for a Weekly Project Review Meeting.

Given that the project manager accesses the Task Impact Analysis tool, When they filter by team member and date range, Then they can see a detailed report showing each member's contributions to tasks that impacted project timelines, along with completion status.

Analyzing Task Contributions Before a Key Deadline.

Given that the project is approaching a critical deadline, When team leaders review the Task Impact Analysis, Then they can identify which tasks are behind schedule and which team members are responsible, enabling them to reallocate resources accordingly.

Evaluating Team Member Performance Based on Project Contributions.

Given that the project manager has collected data from the Task Impact Analysis tool, When they generate a performance report for individual team members, Then the report should list each member's contributions, highlighting key tasks that influenced project success or delays.

Visualizing Task Impact Trends Over Multiple Projects.

Given that the project manager uses the Task Impact Analysis tool over several projects, When they generate a comparative analysis report, Then it should visually display trends of task impact on timelines across different projects, allowing for strategic planning.

Receiving Notifications for Critical Task Delays.

Given that a task's completion is critical to the project timeline, When the Task Impact Analysis tool detects a delay in task completion, Then it should send an automated notification to the project manager and relevant team leads to address the issue promptly.

Integrating Task Impact Analysis with Project Management Tools.

Given that the Task Impact Analysis tool is integrated with existing project management software, When a team member updates their task status, Then the impact on project timelines should automatically reflect in the Task Impact Analysis dashboard in real-time.

Exporting Task Impact Analysis Data for Stakeholder Review.

Given that the project manager needs to present findings to stakeholders, When they use the Task Impact Analysis tool to export data, Then the exported report should include visual charts and data summaries that detail contributions and impacts on project timelines.

Collaborative Feedback Loop

User Story: As a musician, I want to give and receive feedback on tasks completed by my collaborators so that we can improve the quality of our project collectively.
Description: The Collaborative Feedback Loop requirement introduces a feature that enables users to provide instant feedback on each other's contributions within the platform. This will facilitate open communication and foster a collaborative environment by allowing team members to acknowledge completed tasks, raise concerns, and suggest improvements in real time. Such a feedback system will help streamline communication, ensuring that everyone is on the same page and leading to better quality outputs. The integration of this feature will strengthen team dynamics and improve the iterative process in music production projects.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Feedback on Task Completion

Given a user completes a task, when they notify their collaborators, then all team members receive an instant notification and can view the feedback options within the platform.

Acknowledgement of Feedback by Collaborators

Given a user provides feedback on a collaborator's task, when the feedback is submitted, then the feedback is visible to all team members, and the original task completer receives an acknowledgment prompt.

Tracking Changes from Feedback

Given a task has received feedback, when changes are made based on that feedback, then the task history reflects the feedback provided and the corresponding updates made.

Feedback Resolution and Closure

Given a piece of feedback was provided on a task, when the task completer resolves the feedback, then they must mark the feedback as resolved, which prompts a final review option for the feedback giver.

User Notifications for New Feedback

Given a user is part of a project, when new feedback is submitted on any tasks they are involved with, then they receive a real-time notification of the feedback on their dashboard.

Feedback Summary Report Generation

Given a project with multiple tasks and feedback instances, when a user requests a summary report, then the system generates a report detailing all feedback provided along with statuses of each task.

Collaborative Feedback Visibility

Given that users are part of a collaborative project, when they view a task, then they can see all feedback provided by team members, along with timestamps and user names to foster accountability.

Progress Reporting Automation

User Story: As a project manager, I want to receive automated reports on project progress so that I can quickly assess our status and communicate updates efficiently.
Description: The Progress Reporting Automation requirement aims to develop an automated system that generates summary reports of project progress based on collaborator contributions. This feature will allow teams and project managers to receive regular updates without manual tracking, making it easier to assess project health and spot potential delays. These automated reports will include key metrics such as task completion rates, contributor engagement, and project milestones achieved. By integrating this feature, HarmonixWorks will enhance project management efficiency and facilitate easier communication with stakeholders regarding project status.
Acceptance Criteria: Collaboration team members review their progress updates at the end of each week to prepare for the upcoming team meeting.

Given the project has been active for one week, when the team leader requests the automated progress report, then the system generates a report summarizing all completed tasks, contributor engagement levels, and milestones achieved.

Project managers need to assess the project health based on the contributions of all team members for a bi-weekly stakeholder meeting.

Given a bi-weekly stakeholder meeting is scheduled, when the automated report is generated, then it includes metrics such as task completion rates, individual collaborator contributions, and visual graphs representing progress over time.

A team is at risk of missing a deadline due to low task completion rates; they rely on the automated reporting system to identify issues.

Given a project milestone is nearing, when the report highlights tasks that are behind schedule, then the team receives notifications about the tasks and contributors that require attention for timely completion.

New team members join mid-project and require information on current progress and their assigned tasks.

Given new team members are added, when they access the automated progress report, then they find a clear summary of ongoing tasks, responsibilities, and recent contributions from existing team members.

Team leaders leverage the automated reporting feature to provide insights during project review sessions.

Given the reporting feature is utilized in a project review meeting, when the report is presented, then it includes actionable insights and recommendations based on task completion trends and contributor performance.

External stakeholders seek regular updates to ensure project alignment with business objectives.

Given stakeholders request updates, when the automated progress report is distributed, then it provides a comprehensive overview of progress metrics, contributor involvement, and alignment with initial project goals.

Visual Progress Tracker

A graphical representation of project completion percentage displayed on the dashboard. Users can see at a glance how close they are to achieving their goals, which keeps them motivated and informed about their project’s status.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration Integration

User Story: As a music producer, I want to collaborate in real time with my team so that we can make immediate adjustments and share ideas seamlessly as we create music together.
Description: This requirement entails the integration of a real-time collaboration feature that enables multiple users to work on a project simultaneously within HarmonixWorks. Users can see each other’s changes live, facilitating synchronous collaboration, reducing miscommunication, and improving overall workflow efficiency. This feature is crucial for teams working remotely, as it allows them to coordinate effectively in real-time, ultimately enhancing productivity and creativity by fostering a more dynamic working environment.
Acceptance Criteria: Users are collaborating on a project in HarmonixWorks during a virtual recording session.

Given multiple users are logged into the same project, When one user makes an edit, Then all users can see the change reflected in real-time within 2 seconds.

While collaborating, users need to communicate through the chat function integrated within the project space.

Given users are collaborating on a project, When a user sends a message in the chat, Then all users see the message in real-time without needing to refresh the interface.

A user wants to identify who is currently active in the project and what they are working on.

Given multiple users are working on the project, When a user views the project dashboard, Then they can see an updated list of active collaborators and their current changes without delay.

Users are reviewing the project's history to understand modifications made during collaboration.

Given users are collaborating on the project, When they access the project history feature, Then they can view a chronological list of changes made by each collaborator, including timestamps.

A user encounters a network issue while collaborating and wants to reconnect without losing progress.

Given a user experiences a temporary disconnection, When they reconnect to the project, Then all actions made prior to disconnection are seamlessly restored without data loss.

Team members need to synchronize their work without conflicts or overwrites occurring.

Given two or more users edit the same section of a project, When they save their changes, Then the system prompts users to resolve any conflicts before finalizing the changes.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

User Story: As a user, I want to customize my dashboard with widgets that show me the information I need, so that I can work more efficiently without having to navigate through multiple screens.
Description: The requirement involves creating customizable widgets for the dashboard where users can choose which metrics and tools are displayed according to their preferences. This can include visual progress trackers, recent project updates, or quick access to frequently used tools. By personalizing their dashboard, users will have quicker access to relevant information and functionalities, allowing them to streamline their workflow and focus on creativity instead of navigating through menus.
Acceptance Criteria: User customizes their dashboard by adding and removing widgets based on their workflow needs.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on the 'Customize' button, then they should be able to add or remove widgets from their dashboard.

User saves their dashboard layout after customization.

Given the user has customized their dashboard, when they click the 'Save Layout' button, then their dashboard layout should be saved and reflected upon next login.

User views the updated visual progress tracker on their dashboard after adding it as a widget.

Given the user adds the visual progress tracker widget to their dashboard, when they refresh the page, then the widget should display the correct project completion percentage based on the latest project status.

User re-arranges dashboard widgets to prioritize their workflow.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click and drag a widget to a new position, then the widget should move to the new position without losing its functionality.

User personalizes dashboard with frequently used tools for quick access.

Given the user selects tools to add as widgets, when they add these tools to their dashboard, then the tools should be accessible as interactive widgets on the dashboard.

User removes a widget from the dashboard and confirms the action.

Given the user clicks on the 'Remove' option for a widget, when they confirm the action, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard without affecting other widgets.

User views a help tooltip while customizing dashboard widgets.

Given the user is customizing their dashboard, when they hover over the 'Help' icon next to the customization options, then a tooltip explaining the features should be displayed.

Integration with Digital Audio Workstations (DAWs)

User Story: As a music engineer, I want to integrate HarmonixWorks with my preferred DAW so that I can ensure a seamless workflow and avoid the hassle of transferring files manually between different platforms.
Description: This requirement is focused on developing integration capabilities with popular digital audio workstations (DAWs) that music professionals use. The feature will allow users to import and export projects seamlessly between HarmonixWorks and selected DAWs, ensuring a smooth workflow. The integration supports various file formats and maintains project fidelity, which is vital for professional music production workflows.
Acceptance Criteria: User imports a project from their preferred DAW (e.g., Ableton Live) into HarmonixWorks for the first time to start collaboration with team members on a new music track.

Given a DAW project file is ready for import, when the user selects the 'Import from DAW' option and uploads the file, then the project should open in HarmonixWorks without loss of data or functionality, maintaining the integrity of the original project structure.

A user exports a completed project from HarmonixWorks to their DAW to finalize mixing and mastering processes.

Given a project is fully completed within HarmonixWorks, when the user chooses to export the project and selects their desired file format, then the resulting file should be successfully saved in the DAW-specific format and include all audio tracks, effects, and metadata.

A user wants to collaborate on a project currently being worked on in HarmonixWorks without differences in project fidelity between the DAW and HarmonixWorks.

Given the user has set up synchronization between HarmonixWorks and their selected DAW, when a change is made in HarmonixWorks, then the corresponding project in the DAW should update in real-time without any lag or corruption of audio quality.

A user selects a project in HarmonixWorks that was previously imported from their DAW to review and edit it further.

Given that the user has a project imported into HarmonixWorks, when they load the project from the dashboard, then all tracks, automation, and effects should appear exactly as they were in the DAW, allowing for seamless editing.

A user utilizes the Visual Progress Tracker to monitor the percentage completion of their project that is being integrated with their DAW.

Given the user is actively working on a project that is synchronized with a DAW, when they check the Visual Progress Tracker on their dashboard, then the percentage displayed must accurately reflect the completion status of the project based on defined checkpoints within HarmonixWorks.

A user faces an error while trying to import a project from their DAW into HarmonixWorks due to file format incompatibility.

Given the user tries to import a project file with an unsupported format, when they attempt the import, then a clear error message should be displayed outlining the format issue and suggesting supported file types.

A user wants to know if HarmonixWorks supports their specific DAW for project integration.

Given the user checks the integration settings, when they view the list of supported DAWs, then the interface should provide a clear list of compatible DAWs indicating the level of functionality supported for each (e.g., full integration, limited features).

Task Assignment and Management System

User Story: As a project manager, I want to assign tasks to team members and track their progress, so that I can ensure that everyone is on track and deadlines are met.
Description: This requirement pertains to the implementation of a task assignment and management system within HarmonixWorks that allows users to create, assign, and track tasks related to music projects. Users can set deadlines, add notes, and categorize tasks based on roles or project phases, improving organization and accountability. This system will enhance collaboration and ensure all team members are aligned with their responsibilities, thereby increasing productivity and project clarity.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new task for a music project.

Given the user is on the task management page, When the user clicks 'Add Task', Then a new task form should appear allowing the user to input task details, assign to a team member, set a deadline, and categorize the task.

User assigns a task to a team member.

Given a task is created, When the user selects a team member from the assignment dropdown and saves the task, Then the selected team member should receive a notification regarding the assigned task along with the due date and any notes.

User marks a task as completed.

Given a user is viewing their assigned tasks, When the user selects a task and checks the 'Completed' checkbox, Then the task status should update to 'Completed' and be visually represented as such on the dashboard.

User sets a deadline for a task.

Given a user is creating or editing a task, When the user selects a date from the deadline picker and saves the task, Then the task should display the selected deadline date clearly on the task list and in the task details.

User adds notes to a task.

Given the user is creating or editing a task, When the user inputs notes in the designated notes section and saves the task, Then the notes should be visible in the task details and accessible for future reference by all assigned members.

User categorizes tasks based on project phases.

Given the user is creating or editing a task, When the user selects a category from the categories dropdown, Then the task should be labeled accordingly and filterable by category in the task list.

User views overall task completion percentage on the dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard, When tasks are created and updated with completion statuses, Then the Visual Progress Tracker should reflect the percentage of completed tasks out of the total tasks available.

Enhanced Resource Library Search Functionality

User Story: As a composer, I want to filter my searches in the resource library by genre and instrument, so that I can quickly find the right sounds for my tracks without wasting time scrolling through irrelevant material.
Description: This requirement involves enhancing the search functionality of the digital resource library to include filters such as genre, mood, tempo, and instrument type. Users will be able to find the exact sounds and resources they need quickly, reducing time spent searching and allowing for a more focused and efficient creative process. This improvement is key to ensuring users can maximize the use of HarmonixWorks’ extensive library.
Acceptance Criteria: User applies multiple filters to search for specific sounds after logging into HarmonixWorks to create a new music track.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they select filters for genre, mood, tempo, and instrument type, then the displayed search results should only include resources that match all selected criteria.

A user attempts to use the search functionality to find a sound based specifically on its tempo and genre.

Given the user is on the resource library page, when they input a specific tempo and select a genre, then the system should return search results within 2 seconds that only include tracks matching both the selected tempo and genre.

A user with varying experience levels adjusts the filters in the resource library to find sounds suitable for a collaborative project.

Given the user accesses the resource library, when they adjust the filters, then the system should provide a clear visual indication of the number of resources available after each filter adjustment, updating in real-time.

A professional music producer searches for a specific instrument type within the library before an important project deadline.

Given the producer enters a keyword for an instrument type and applies additional filters, when the search is executed, then the system should return relevant results that include the requested instrument type within 1 second.

A beginner user tries to filter sounds by mood in the resource library for their first project.

Given the beginner user navigates to the resource library, when they select a mood from a predefined list, then the system should display only the sounds associated with that mood, ensuring the selection process is intuitive and user-friendly.

A user running an ad hoc search for sounds without applying any filters to explore available resources.

Given the user does not select any filters and performs a search, then the system should return a comprehensive list of all available resources, paginated for ease of navigation.

User Onboarding and Tutorial System

User Story: As a new user, I want a guided onboarding experience that shows me how to use HarmonixWorks effectively, so that I feel comfortable and confident in utilizing all its features.
Description: This requirement relates to creating a comprehensive onboarding and tutorial system that helps new users navigate HarmonixWorks effectively. This will include guided tours, tooltips, and interactive tutorials, ensuring that users, regardless of their experience level, can easily understand and utilize the platform’s features. An effective onboarding process will boost user adoption and satisfaction by reducing the learning curve associated with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: New users access the HarmonixWorks platform for the first time and are greeted with a clear onboarding tutorial that guides them through essential features.

Given a new user logs into HarmonixWorks for the first time, when they are on the dashboard, then a guided tutorial should automatically start, explaining key features and navigation.

Users encounter a tooltip when hovering over an unfamiliar feature within the platform, providing context and usage instructions.

Given the user is using the HarmonixWorks application, when they hover over any new or unfamiliar tool, then a tooltip should appear displaying a brief description and usage tips.

After completing the onboarding tutorial, users should feel confident in utilizing the platform features to manage their projects effectively.

Given a user has completed the onboarding tutorial, when they successfully create and manage a project without external assistance, then a user satisfaction survey should show a score of 4 or higher out of 5 regarding their confidence in using the platform.

Users receive ongoing tips and tutorials based on their interactions and usage patterns within the platform to further enhance their skills.

Given a user has completed the initial onboarding, when they engage with certain features multiple times, then the system should present additional contextual tutorials tailored to their usage patterns.

Users should be able to quickly access help and support resources directly from the onboarding tutorial or any tooltips.

Given that a user is utilizing the onboarding system or using a tooltip, when they click on a help link, then they should be taken to a relevant support page that provides additional resources.

The onboarding system should track user progress and completion rates for analytics and improvements.

Given that a user is engaged in the onboarding process, when they complete each section of the tutorial, then the system should log their progress and completion rate in the backend analytics dashboard.

Custom Workflow Templates

This feature allows users to create and save custom workflow templates that can be applied to similar projects, streamlining the setup process. By reusing proven workflows, users can save time and ensure consistency across their projects.

Requirements

Template Creation Interface

User Story: As a music producer, I want to create custom workflow templates so that I can streamline my project setup and maintain a consistent process across similar projects.
Description: The Template Creation Interface allows users to design custom workflow templates through a user-friendly graphical interface. Users can drag and drop components, define task dependencies, and save their templates for future use. This functionality ensures that users can quickly set up new projects with predefined steps that reflect their unique workflow processes, leading to increased efficiency and reduced project initiation time.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully creates a custom workflow template by dragging and dropping components into a workspace.

Given the user is on the Template Creation Interface, when they drag and drop at least one component into the workspace and click 'Save', then a new template should be created and listed in the user's templates.

User edits an existing custom workflow template to add additional components and update task dependencies.

Given the user has an existing template, when they select the template to edit, drag additional components into the workspace, define new task dependencies, and click 'Update', then the changes should be saved and reflected in the template details.

User successfully deletes a custom workflow template that is no longer needed.

Given the user is viewing their list of saved templates, when they select a template and click 'Delete', then the template should be removed from the list and no longer accessible.

User views a preview of the custom workflow template before saving it.

Given the user is creating a template, when they click on 'Preview', then a modal should display the current state of the workflow template with all components and dependencies clearly illustrated.

User saves the template without defining any components or dependencies.

Given the user is on the Template Creation Interface, when they attempt to save a template without any components, then an error message should display indicating that at least one component is required to save a template.

User can share their custom workflow template with other users.

Given the user has a saved custom workflow template, when they select 'Share' and input the recipient's email, then the recipient should receive a notification with a link to access the shared template.

User imports a previously exported custom workflow template.

Given the user has an exported workflow template file, when they select 'Import' and choose the file, then the template should be successfully added to their list of custom templates and available for editing.

Template Library Management

User Story: As a project manager, I want to manage my custom workflow templates in a centralized library, so that I can easily find, organize, and share effective workflows with my team.
Description: This feature provides users with a comprehensive library to organize, manage, and retrieve their custom workflow templates. Users can categorize templates, add tags for easy searchability, and have the ability to share templates with team members or the community. This functionality not only fosters collaboration among users but also enhances productivity as users can reuse successful workflows across different projects.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user, I want to categorize my workflow templates into specific genres (like Pop, Rock, Jazz) so that I can easily find and apply relevant templates for my projects.

Given I have custom templates saved, when I view my template library, then I should see options to categorize each template based on genre and should be able to filter by these categories.

As a user, I want to add tags to my workflow templates so that I can quickly search for them later using keyword searches.

Given I have created workflow templates, when I access the template editing options, then I should see a field to add tags, and those tags should be searchable in the template library.

As a team member, I want to share my custom workflow templates with my colleagues so that we can collaborate more effectively on projects.

Given I have a workflow template, when I select the option to share the template, then I should be able to send the template to specific team members, who should receive a notification of the shared template.

As a user, I want to retrieve my saved workflow templates quickly in a user-friendly interface so that I can start my projects without delay.

Given I have saved templates, when I navigate to the template library, then I should see a sorted list of my templates with options to view details, edit, and delete without any noticeable delay.

As a user, I want to share my workflow templates with the community so that others can benefit from my successful workflows.

Given I have a workflow template, when I select the option to share with the community, then the template should be publicly accessible in a community library with proper attribution to me.

As a user, I want to have a preview option for workflow templates so I can review their structure before applying them to a project.

Given I am viewing my workflow templates, when I select a template, then I should see a preview of its structure and components without applying it to my current project.

Version Control for Templates

User Story: As a sound engineer, I want version control for my workflow templates so that I can experiment with new processes while retaining the option to revert to previous successful setups.
Description: Version Control for Templates allows users to maintain multiple versions of their custom workflow templates. Users can create, edit, and revert to previous versions, ensuring that they can experiment with changes without losing their original workflows. This capability is crucial for users who frequently refine their processes and need to track different iterations, enhancing data integrity and user confidence during project adjustments.
Acceptance Criteria: Multiple Versions Management for Custom Workflow Templates

Given a user has created a custom workflow template, when they create a new version, then the system should allow them to save the new version without losing the original.

Reverting to Previous Versions of Templates

Given a user has multiple saved versions of a custom workflow template, when they select a previous version and confirm the revert, then the system should replace the current version with the selected previous version and notify the user of the successful action.

Displaying Version History for Templates

Given a user is working within the custom workflow template section, when they access a specific template, then the system should display a clear list of all versions along with timestamps and descriptions of changes made.

Error Handling for Version Creation

Given a user is attempting to create a new version of a workflow template, when the version creation fails due to missing information, then the system should show an error message detailing what information is required.

Access Rights for Template Versions

Given a team of users sharing custom workflow templates, when a user attempts to edit a template version, then the system should check their permissions and allow or deny access based on their role.

User Notification for Version Changes

Given a user has edited a custom workflow template, when they save the changes as a new version, then the system should send a notification to any collaborators about the changes made.

Version Comparison for Workflow Templates

Given a user has multiple versions of a custom workflow template, when they select two versions to compare, then the system should visually highlight the differences between the two versions for easy reference.

Template Application Wizard

User Story: As a music professional, I want an easy-to-use wizard that applies my custom workflow templates to new projects so that I can start creating music without delay.
Description: The Template Application Wizard facilitates the quick application of custom workflow templates to new projects. This feature guides users through a simple step-by-step process, allowing them to select a template and automatically set up their project according to the predefined workflow steps. This integration reduces setup time and helps users immediately focus on content creation instead of administrative tasks.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user, I want to quickly apply a saved workflow template to a new project using the Template Application Wizard so that I can avoid repetitive setup tasks every time I start a new project.

Given the user has created at least one custom workflow template, when they access the Template Application Wizard, then they should be able to view a list of all saved templates categorized by type.

As a music producer, I want the Template Application Wizard to guide me step-by-step through the template application process so I can ensure I select the correct workflow and settings for my new project.

Given the user selects a template, when they proceed through the wizard, then the user should see prompts that guide them through each step of the application process, including a summary of the selected template's features.

As a user, I want to confirm that my project is correctly set up with the selected workflow by verifying the presence of all predefined steps and resources after applying the template.

Given the user has completed the Template Application Wizard process, when they open their new project after template application, then they should see all steps from the template successfully implemented in the project with the associated resources readily accessible.

As a beginner user, I want the Template Application Wizard to provide tooltips and help options so that I can understand how to use the templates effectively without prior experience.

Given the user accesses the Template Application Wizard, when they hover over or click on help icons, then they should receive contextual support regarding each step and feature in the process.

As a team of musicians collaborating on a project, we want to apply the same workflow template to multiple projects to maintain consistency across our work.

Given that multiple users are working on their projects, when one user applies a custom workflow template, then all collaborating users should see the same predefined steps and structure reflected in their individual projects.

As a user, I want to easily navigate back and forth in the Template Application Wizard without losing my current selections so that I can adjust my choices if I change my mind.

Given the user is in the middle of applying a template, when they choose to go back to a previous step, then the wizard should retain all selections made up to that point without resetting any information.

As a user, I want to be notified if a selected template is incompatible with my project type to avoid setup errors.

Given the user selects a template that does not match the current project type, when they attempt to apply the template, then an alert should be displayed notifying the user of the incompatibility and suggesting compatible alternatives.

Feedback and Rating System for Templates

User Story: As a user, I want to give feedback on custom workflow templates so that I can help others in the community identify effective workflows and improve the shared resources available.
Description: This requirement introduces a feedback and rating system where users can review and rate custom workflow templates created by themselves or shared by others. This interactive feature will help users identify popular and effective templates, encourage community engagement, and continuously improve the quality of workflows within the HarmonixWorks platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User leaves feedback on a custom workflow template after using it in a project.

Given a user has accessed a custom workflow template, when they complete their project using it, then they can submit a feedback form with a star rating and optional comments.

User views a list of templates ranked by their ratings and feedback.

Given a user is browsing workflow templates, when they filter the templates by highest rating, then the displayed list should show templates sorted from highest to lowest rating.

User can edit their previously submitted feedback for a workflow template.

Given a user has left feedback on a workflow template, when they navigate to their feedback history, then they should be able to edit or delete their existing reviews.

Users can see the total number of ratings and average rating for each template.

Given a user is viewing the details of a custom workflow template, when they look at the rating summary, then both the total number of ratings and the average star rating should be displayed clearly.

User reports inappropriate feedback or ratings for a workflow template.

Given a user sees feedback they deem inappropriate or irrelevant, when they click the 'Report' button next to the feedback, then the system should prompt for a reason and submit the report for review.

Users receive notifications for new feedback on their shared workflow templates.

Given a user shares a workflow template, when another user leaves feedback on that template, then the original user should receive a notification indicating new feedback has been posted.

User can search for templates based on keywords and categories.

Given a user is on the template search page, when they enter a keyword or select a category, then the displayed templates should be filtered to match the search criteria.

Interactive Workshop Sessions

Live, interactive workshops where users can engage directly with industry experts, participate in discussions, and receive real-time feedback. This feature enhances learning by allowing users to apply concepts in a collaborative environment, ensuring they grasp practical applications of music production techniques.

Requirements

Live Session Scheduling

User Story: As a music producer, I want to schedule live interactive workshops with experts so that I can learn directly and have my questions answered in real-time, increasing my skills and confidence in music production.
Description: The Interactive Workshop Sessions require a robust scheduling interface that allows users to book live sessions with industry experts. This requirement must include functionalities for viewing available time slots, sending calendar invites, and allowing users to reschedule or cancel sessions. The scheduling feature should integrate seamlessly with the existing platform calendar and send notifications to users. By enabling users to easily manage their workshop participation, this feature enhances the overall user experience and ensures greater engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Users should be able to view and select available time slots for scheduling live workshop sessions with industry experts.

Given a user is on the live session scheduling interface, when they view the calendar, then they should see all available time slots for booking a session with experts for the next 30 days.

Users should receive confirmation notifications after booking a live workshop session.

Given a user successfully books a live workshop session, when the booking is confirmed, then the user should receive an email and in-app notification confirming the session details and time.

Users need the ability to reschedule an already booked live workshop session effortlessly.

Given a user has a booked session, when they select the option to reschedule, then they should be able to choose from available time slots and receive a new confirmation notification after successfully rescheduling.

Users must be able to cancel a live workshop session they no longer wish to attend.

Given a user has an upcoming booked session, when they select the cancel option, then the session should be removed from their schedule, and they should receive a cancellation confirmation notification.

The scheduling system must integrate seamlessly with the existing platform calendar feature.

Given a user has booked a live workshop session, when they check their platform calendar, then the scheduled session should automatically appear in their calendar without requiring further action.

Users should receive reminders about their upcoming live workshop sessions 24 hours in advance.

Given a user has a scheduled workshop session, when the time is 24 hours prior to the session, then the user should receive a reminder via both email and in-app notifications.

The scheduling interface should be user-friendly and accessible to all users, including beginners.

Given a user accesses the scheduling interface for the first time, when they navigate through the options, then they should be able to book a session without any confusion or needing additional assistance.

Real-Time Video Streaming

User Story: As a participant in a workshop, I want to engage in high-quality video streaming with the instructor so that I can fully understand the concepts being taught without disruptions or technical issues.
Description: To support the Interactive Workshop Sessions, a real-time video streaming capability must be implemented. This requirement involves high-quality video and audio transmission, ensuring that all participants can see and hear the instructor clearly. The streaming service must be reliable and capable of handling multiple concurrent users with minimal latency. It should also include features such as screen sharing and interactive Q&A functionality. This feature is vital for creating engaging and informative workshop experiences, allowing users to learn effectively from experts.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time video streaming during an interactive workshop session with multiple participants engaging with an expert instructor.

Given a workshop is live and participants are logged in, when the instructor starts the video stream, then all participants can see and hear the instructor clearly without any noticeable delay.

Participants use the screen sharing feature during a workshop to present their work to the instructor and peers.

Given a participant has been granted screen sharing permissions, when they share their screen, then the video and audio from that participant are transmitted clearly to all other attendees with no lag.

Users participate in an interactive Q&A session after a workshop, asking questions and receiving responses in real-time.

Given the Q&A feature is activated during the workshop, when a user submits a question, then the question appears on the platform for the instructor to answer within 30 seconds.

Multiple users join an interactive workshop session simultaneously without degradation of video or audio quality.

Given that there are up to 50 participants in a workshop, when the session is live, then the system maintains high-quality video and audio for all participants without any interruptions.

The instructor can moderate the workshop using controls to manage participant engagement, such as muting participants or ending the session.

Given the instructor is in the workshop, when they click the mute button for a participant, then that participant's audio is muted immediately without any delay.

The performance of the video streaming service is tested under various network conditions to ensure reliability.

Given different network bandwidth scenarios, when users participate in the workshop, then the video stream adjusts to maintain at least 720p quality under moderate bandwidth conditions (e.g., 3 Mbps).

User Feedback System

User Story: As a workshop attendee, I want to provide feedback on the session so that I can share my thoughts and help shape future workshops to be more effective and engaging.
Description: An integrated user feedback system is essential for the Interactive Workshop Sessions to gather participant insights and suggestions for improvement. This requirement involves creating a mechanism for users to submit feedback immediately after each session, as well as a rating system for instructors and content. The feedback collected must be actionable and analyzed to help improve future workshops. Implementing this system will ensure continuous enhancement of workshop quality and user satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback at the end of a workshop session.

Given a user has completed an Interactive Workshop Session, when they are prompted to submit feedback, then they should be able to fill out a feedback form that includes a rating system from 1 to 5 stars and a text box for comments.

Administrator reviews the feedback submissions from users.

Given feedback has been collected after multiple workshop sessions, when an administrator accesses the feedback dashboard, then they should see an aggregated view of ratings and user comments categorized by workshop.

Feedback data is analyzed to identify trends and areas for improvement.

Given feedback has been submitted over a period of time, when the data analysis is performed, then the system should generate a report that highlights the average ratings and common themes in user comments.

Users receive notification confirming their feedback submission.

Given a user submits their feedback after a workshop, when submission is successful, then the user should receive an email notification confirming their feedback has been received.

Users can access past feedback submissions.

Given a user has submitted feedback in the past, when they log into their account and navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to view their previous feedback along with ratings and comments.

Instructors can review their ratings and feedback.

Given an instructor has conducted a workshop, when they access their profile, then they should be able to view the collected rating for their session along with any additional feedback left by participants.

Resource Sharing Portal

User Story: As a music professional, I want to access shared workshop materials after the session so that I can review concepts at my own pace and continue learning from the experience.
Description: To complement the Interactive Workshop Sessions, a resource sharing portal must be created. This feature allows instructors to share relevant materials, notes, and recordings from the workshops with participants. Users should be able to download or access these resources later, contributing to ongoing learning and mastery of workshop topics. Integration with the digital resource library within HarmonixWorks will enhance users' access to valuable materials and support their continued education even after the sessions end.
Acceptance Criteria: Accessing Shared Resources After a Workshop Session

Given a user has attended an interactive workshop session, when they log into the HarmonixWorks platform, then they should see a dedicated section for accessing resources from that session, including notes, materials, and recordings available for download or streaming.

Downloading Resources from the Portal

Given a user is on the resource sharing portal after a workshop session, when they choose a resource to download, then the resource should download successfully without any errors and be in a usable format (e.g., PDF, audio file).

Integration with Digital Resource Library

Given the resource sharing portal includes links to materials, when a user clicks on a link to access a resource, then they should be directed to the relevant section of the digital resource library without latency or navigation issues.

Sharing Resources by Instructors

Given an instructor is conducting an interactive workshop session, when they upload materials to the resource sharing portal, then other participants in the workshop should immediately see those materials in their portal section with correct labeling and descriptions.

User Notifications for New Resources

Given a user is enrolled in a workshop session, when an instructor uploads new resources to the sharing portal, then the user should receive an automatic notification via email and/or within the HarmonixWorks platform indicating the availability of new materials.

Feedback on Shared Resources

Given a user accesses a shared resource, when they complete their review, then they should be able to submit feedback or rate the resource, and receive confirmation that their feedback has been recorded successfully.

Searching for Workshop Resources

Given a user is on the resource sharing portal, when they enter a search term related to a workshop topic, then relevant resources should be displayed in a list format including titles and descriptions for user selection.

Interactive Polling Feature

User Story: As a workshop participant, I want to respond to polls during the session so that I can contribute to the discussion and engage more deeply with the topics being taught.
Description: An interactive polling feature is necessary to engage participants during the Interactive Workshop Sessions actively. This requirement allows the instructor to pose questions or quizzes and receive real-time responses from attendees. The results should be displayed live, fostering discussion and interactivity among participants. This dynamic engagement tool will enhance the collaborative learning environment and encourage active participation throughout the workshops, ultimately increasing retention and understanding of the material.
Acceptance Criteria: Instructor can create a new interactive poll during a live workshop session.

Given the instructor is logged into the HarmonixWorks platform, when they navigate to the interactive polling feature and select 'Create Poll', then they should see fields to enter the poll question and response options, and be able to publish the poll successfully.

Participants can respond to a live poll during a workshop session.

Given that a poll is active in the workshop, when a participant selects a response option and submits their answer, then their response should be recorded in real-time and they should see a confirmation message indicating their answer has been accepted.

Real-time poll results are displayed to all participants during the workshop.

Given that a poll has been created and participants have submitted their answers, when the instructor chooses to display poll results, then all participants should see the results update live without needing to refresh the page.

The interactive polling feature supports various question formats, including multiple choice and true/false.

Given that the instructor is creating a poll, when they select the type of question, then they should have the option to choose between multiple choice, true/false, and rating scale formats.

The instructor can view detailed analytics of poll responses after the workshop.

Given that a workshop has ended, when the instructor accesses the analytics dashboard, then they should be able to view the total number of responses, response distribution for each option, and comments provided by participants.

Participants have the option to provide anonymous feedback at the end of each poll.

Given that a poll is finished, when participants receive the option to provide feedback on the poll, then they should be able to submit their feedback anonymously and confirmation of feedback submission should be displayed.

The interactive polling feature is accessible on both desktop and mobile devices.

Given that a user accesses the HarmonixWorks platform on a mobile device, when they join a live workshop session that includes the polling feature, then they should be able to view and respond to polls just as they would on a desktop.

Expert Q&A Corner

A designated space for users to submit questions ahead of time and receive answers during live sessions from experienced professionals. This feature promotes an accessible learning experience, allowing users to gain insights tailored to their specific challenges and interests.

Requirements

User Question Submission

User Story: As a music professional, I want to submit my questions in advance so that I can receive tailored answers during the live Q&A session, helping me overcome specific challenges I face in my work.
Description: The system must allow users to submit questions prior to live Q&A sessions with experts. This feature should include a user-friendly interface for entering questions, the ability to categorize questions by topic, and a confirmation notification once the question is submitted. This functionality will foster user engagement and ensure that the most relevant questions are addressed during live sessions, thus enhancing the learning experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Expert Q&A Corner and submits a question before a scheduled live session.

Given a logged-in user who is on the Expert Q&A Corner page, when they enter a valid question in the submission field and click 'Submit', then they should receive a confirmation notification indicating successful submission of their question.

User categorizes their question before submission in the Expert Q&A Corner.

Given a logged-in user on the Expert Q&A Corner, when they select a category from the provided list before submitting their question, then the system should save this categorization with the question submission.

User enters an invalid question format during submission in the Expert Q&A Corner.

Given a logged-in user who attempts to submit a question that does not meet the required format (e.g., too short, offensive content), when they click 'Submit', then they should receive an error message indicating the reason for rejection and prompting them to rephrase their question.

User views the status of their submitted questions in the Expert Q&A Corner after submission.

Given a logged-in user who has previously submitted questions, when they check the submission history, then they should see a list of their questions along with their submission status (e.g., Pending, Answered) and the related live session details.

User accesses the Expert Q&A Corner during a live session and sees submitted questions.

Given a live session is ongoing, when a user accesses the Expert Q&A Corner page, then they should see the questions submitted by themselves and others that are queued to be addressed in the session, displaying the relevant topics and submission times.

System saves questions from multiple users without data loss in the Expert Q&A Corner.

Given multiple users are simultaneously submitting questions in the Expert Q&A Corner, when they submit questions, then all submissions should be saved correctly without any loss or mix-up of data, ensuring every user's question is recorded accurately.

Live Q&A Session Interface

User Story: As a user, I want to see which questions have been answered during the live Q&A, so that I can focus on new questions and maximize the value of the session.
Description: Develop an interactive interface for live Q&A sessions where users can view previously submitted questions and track which ones have been answered. The interface should also allow for live voting on submitted questions to prioritize the order in which experts will address them. This feature will improve user satisfaction by ensuring the most pertinent questions are answered and making the session more dynamic.
Acceptance Criteria: Live Q&A Session Interface can be accessed by all users during a scheduled live event.

Given a scheduled live Q&A session, When the user navigates to the Live Q&A Session Interface, Then the interface should load successfully within 3 seconds.

Users can submit questions in advance for the live Q&A session.

Given a user has logged into the HarmonixWorks platform, When the user submits a question for the live Q&A session, Then the question should be stored and visible to the user in the interface.

Users can view previously submitted questions during the live session.

Given a live Q&A session is in progress, When the user accesses the interface, Then they can see a list of all previously submitted questions.

Users can vote on submitted questions during the live session.

Given a live Q&A session is active, When a user clicks on the vote button next to a question, Then the vote count for that question should increase by one, and the user should see a confirmation message.

Questions answered by experts are marked as such in the interface.

Given a question has been answered by an expert during the live session, When the user views the question list, Then that question should be marked as 'answered' and display the name of the expert who answered it.

The interface should update in real-time to reflect new votes and answers.

Given that users are voting on questions and experts are answering during the live session, When a vote is cast or an answer is provided, Then the interface should refresh within 2 seconds to show the updated vote count and answered status.

Expert Response Management

User Story: As an expert, I want a management interface to track and respond to user questions during live sessions, so that I can provide clear and organized answers to help users effectively.
Description: Implement a backend management tool for experts to efficiently handle user questions during live sessions. This tool should enable experts to review questions, mark them as answered, and filter questions by category or popularity. This requirement is crucial to ensure that experts can deliver insightful and organized responses, enhancing the overall effectiveness of the Q&A sessions.
Acceptance Criteria: Experts are able to access the Expert Response Management tool prior to live sessions to prepare for questions submitted by users.

Given the expert has logged into the system, When the expert navigates to the Expert Response Management tool, Then the expert should see a list of all submitted questions categorized by topic.

During the live session, experts need to filter questions to prioritize based on popularity or category.

Given the expert is in a live session, When the expert selects a filter option for questions, Then the system should dynamically update the displayed questions based on the selected filter criteria.

Experts want to mark questions as answered after they have provided a response during the live session.

Given the expert has answered a question, When the expert marks the question as answered in the management tool, Then the question should be visually indicated as answered and removed from the active list of unanswered questions.

Users should receive confirmation that their questions have been addressed during the live session.

Given a question has been answered, When the expert marks the question as answered, Then the user who submitted the question should receive a notification indicating their question has been addressed during the session.

Experts need to provide detailed analytics on the questions asked during live sessions for future improvements.

Given the live session has concluded, When the expert accesses the analytics report in the management tool, Then they should see a comprehensive summary of questions including categories, number of questions answered, and user engagement statistics.

Experts require a tagging system to easily categorize questions as they review them.

Given the expert is reviewing submitted questions, When the expert tags a question with relevant keywords, Then the system should allow easy retrieval of similarly tagged questions in future sessions.

Experts want to ensure a balanced distribution of questions answered across different categories.

Given multiple categories of questions, When the expert reviews the answered questions list, Then the system should provide visual indicators of how many questions have been answered in each category to ensure balanced attention.

FAQ Compilation Feature

User Story: As a user, I want access to a regularly updated FAQ section so that I can find answers to common questions without needing to join every live session, saving time while still gaining valuable insights.
Description: Create a feature to compile frequently asked questions and their answers from past sessions into a searchable FAQ section. This will allow users to access previously discussed topics without needing to attend live sessions. The FAQ section should be easily navigable and regularly updated with new content from ongoing Q&A sessions, providing a valuable resource for users seeking knowledge on specific topics.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for a specific question in the FAQ section to find previously answered topics from past Q&A sessions.

Given the user is on the FAQ section, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the search results should display relevant FAQs that contain the keyword.

User browses through the FAQ section to explore questions and answers categorized by topics.

Given the user is on the FAQ section, when they select a topic category, then the system should display a list of FAQs related to that category.

An admin updates the FAQ section with new content from recent Q&A sessions.

Given the admin has new questions and answers ready, when they publish the new content to the FAQ section, then the updated FAQs should be accessible to all users immediately.

Users view an FAQ entry to find detailed information on a specific topic.

Given a user clicks on an FAQ entry, when they view the entry, then it should display the question, answer, and the date it was last updated.

Users provide feedback on the usefulness of an FAQ entry.

Given a user is viewing an FAQ entry, when they click on the feedback option, then they should be able to submit their rating and comments regarding the usefulness of that entry.

Users access the FAQ section on a mobile device.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they navigate to the FAQ section, then it should be fully responsive and easy to use without any layout issues.

Notification System for Q&A Updates

User Story: As a user, I want to receive notifications about live Q&A sessions and updates, so that I can stay informed and not miss valuable opportunities to learn from experts.
Description: Develop a notification system to alert users about upcoming Q&A sessions, reminders to submit questions, and announcements of new FAQ entries. This will help maintain user engagement and ensure users are informed about opportunities to participate in learning sessions with experts. Notifications should be customizable based on user preferences to enhance user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: Notification for Upcoming Q&A Sessions

Given a user is registered for an upcomig Q&A session, when the session date approaches, then the user should receive a notification at least 24 hours before the session.

Reminder for Question Submission

Given a user has signed up for a Q&A session, when the submission deadline for questions is near, then the user should receive a reminder notification 48 hours before the deadline.

Notification for New FAQ Entries

Given a user is subscribed to the FAQ updates, when a new FAQ entry is added, then the user should receive a notification immediately after the FAQ goes live.

Customizable Notification Preferences

Given a user is in their account settings, when they adjust their notification preferences, then the updated preferences should be saved and reflected in future notifications.

Multi-Channel Notification Delivery

Given a user has chosen multiple notification delivery methods, when a notification is triggered, then the user should receive it through all selected methods (email, SMS, in-app).

Tracking User Engagement with Notifications

Given the notification system is implemented, when notifications are sent, then a report should be generated to track user engagement metrics, such as open rates and click-through rates.

Feedback Collection Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback after the Q&A sessions so that my thoughts can help improve future sessions and enhance the learning experience for everyone.
Description: Introduce a feature that allows users to submit feedback on the Q&A sessions after attending. The feedback should include ratings and comments regarding the session's usefulness and content delivery by experts. Collecting feedback is essential for continuous improvement in the quality of future sessions and helps tailor content to user needs.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback submission after a live Q&A session is conducted with a music expert, where users are encouraged to rate their experience and provide comments on the session's usefulness and content delivery.

Given a user attends a live Q&A session, when the session ends, then the user should be prompted to submit feedback that includes a rating (1-5 stars) and a comment section.

A user accesses the feedback submission form after a Q&A session, aiming to evaluate the knowledge and presentation skills of the expert.

Given the user is on the feedback submission page, when they fill out the rating and comment fields and click 'Submit', then their feedback should be successfully recorded and a confirmation message should be displayed.

Users review the feedback they provided on previous Q&A sessions to assess their learning and the quality of responses received.

Given a user navigates to their feedback history section, when they select a previous session, then they should see their submitted feedback including the rating and written comments.

The platform's admin or moderators analyze the accumulated feedback from multiple Q&A sessions to inform content improvements and expert selections for future sessions.

Given the feedback is collected and stored in a database, when the admin accesses the summary report, then it should show aggregated ratings and notable comments for each session for easy evaluation.

New users want to understand the value of participating in feedback mechanisms based on past feedback trends.

Given a user accesses the feedback trends section, when they view the historical feedback data, then they should see statistics on average ratings and common themes in comments over time.

After submitting feedback, users expect to see a thank you message and potentially, suggestions for future sessions based on their feedback.

Given a user submits their feedback, when the feedback is processed, then they should receive a thank you message and a prompt for recommending future sessions that align with their interests.

On-Demand Replay

Access to recorded sessions of past workshops and tutorials, enabling users to learn at their own pace. This feature ensures that users can revisit complex topics, reinforce their understanding, and find particular insights whenever they need a refresher.

Requirements

On-Demand Video Access

User Story: As a music professional, I want access to recorded sessions of past workshops and tutorials so that I can learn at my own pace and revisit complex topics whenever I need a refresher.
Description: The On-Demand Video Access requirement ensures that users have seamless access to a library of recorded sessions from past workshops and tutorials. This feature will enable users to learn at their own pace, allowing them to revisit complex topics, reinforce their understanding, and discover specific insights whenever they need a refresher. The integration of this capability within the HarmonixWorks platform will enhance user engagement and satisfaction by providing a valuable educational resource that complements the real-time collaboration tools available. Users will benefit from the ability to tailor their learning experiences according to their individual needs, thereby promoting a more effective learning environment.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the On-Demand Video Access section to view available recorded sessions from a workshop they missed.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they access the On-Demand Video Access section, then they should see a list of recorded sessions with titles, descriptions, and duration for each video.

A user selects a recorded session to watch and plays the video to learn from it.

Given the user has chosen a specific recorded session, when they click the play button, then the video should start playback within 3 seconds without interruptions or buffering.

The user wants to revisit a particular segment of a recorded session to clarify a complex topic.

Given the video player is open, when the user uses the timeline scrubber to navigate to a specific timestamp, then the video should jump to that timestamp and resume playback without delay.

User desires to bookmark or save their progress in a video for later review.

Given the user is watching a recorded session, when they click the 'Bookmark' button, then their current timestamp should be saved, and they should receive a confirmation message that the bookmark was created successfully.

The user searches for specific topics within the On-Demand Video Access library.

Given the user is in the On-Demand Video Access section, when they enter a keyword in the search bar, then the system should display only video sessions that match the keyword in the title or description.

The system needs to ensure that users can view videos on different devices and screen sizes effectively.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks on any device, when they access a recorded session, then the video should be responsive and display correctly on desktop, tablet, and mobile formats without loss of quality or functionality.

Users should be able to provide feedback on the recorded sessions they have watched.

Given a user has finished watching a recorded session, when they click on the 'Feedback' button, then they should be able to submit their feedback via a form that includes ratings and comments, which should be saved in the system.

Session Filtering Options

User Story: As a music producer, I want to filter recorded sessions by topic and difficulty level so that I can efficiently find the content most relevant to my current projects.
Description: The Session Filtering Options requirement will provide users with the ability to filter on-demand video sessions based on various criteria such as topic, date, difficulty level, and instructor. By implementing this feature, users can quickly locate specific content that meets their learning needs, improving their overall experience on the HarmonixWorks platform. This capability not only promotes efficient navigation of the educational resources available but also ensures that users can focus on the material most relevant to their current projects and skills. Such targeted access is essential for busy professionals who may have limited time for learning.
Acceptance Criteria: User filters on-demand video sessions by topic to find specific content related to audio mixing.

Given that the user selects 'Audio Mixing' from the topic filter, when they apply the filter, then only sessions related to audio mixing should be displayed.

User wants to find workshop sessions conducted by a specific instructor for personalized learning.

Given that the user selects an instructor's name from the instructor filter, when they apply the filter, then the results should only display sessions led by that instructor.

User filters sessions based on difficulty levels to locate beginner-friendly tutorials.

Given that the user selects 'Beginner' as the difficulty level, when they apply the filter, then only sessions rated as 'Beginner' should be shown in the results.

User checks for sessions conducted within a specific date range to retrieve recent content.

Given that the user selects a start date and an end date for filtering, when they apply the date filter, then only sessions that occurred within that date range should be displayed.

User combines multiple filtering options to refine their search for a workshop.

Given that the user selects a topic, instructor, and difficulty level simultaneously, when they apply all the filters, then only sessions that meet all selected criteria should be displayed in the results.

User clears all filters to return to the full list of available sessions.

Given that the user has applied multiple filters, when they click on 'Clear Filters', then the session list should reset and display all available sessions without any filters applied.

User attempts to filter sessions without any selected criteria to see available options.

Given that no filters have been selected, when the user views the session list, then the user should see a message indicating that they can select filters to narrow down the results.

Bookmarking and Notes Functionality

User Story: As a user, I want to bookmark important sections of videos and take notes so that I can create a personalized study guide for future reference.
Description: The Bookmarking and Notes Functionality requirement aims to allow users to bookmark specific timestamps in recorded sessions and take notes directly within the platform. This feature will enhance the learning experience by enabling users to easily reference key insights and revisit important moments in the videos. By creating a personal study guide that combines bookmarks and notes, users can maximize the effectiveness of their self-directed learning. This functionality not only empowers users to create a customized and organized learning pathway but also integrates seamlessly with other collaborative features of HarmonixWorks, supporting cross-disciplinary work and knowledge sharing among users.
Acceptance Criteria: User bookmarks a specific timestamp in a recorded workshop session to revisit later.

Given a recorded session is playing, when the user clicks the 'Bookmark' button, then the system should save the current timestamp and allow the user to label the bookmark for future reference.

User takes notes while watching a recorded tutorial session and saves them for later access.

Given a recorded session is open, when the user types into the notes section and clicks 'Save', then the system should store the notes associated with the current session, allowing retrieval upon reopening the session.

User views a list of their bookmarked timestamps and can jump to any specific moment in the recorded session.

Given the user has bookmarked timestamps, when they access the bookmarks list, then they can select any bookmark and the playback should jump to the corresponding timestamp in the session.

User wants to review notes and bookmarks together to prepare for a project.

Given the user has both notes and bookmarks saved for a session, when they open the session's summary view, then both the notes and bookmarks should be displayed in a cohesive manner for easy reference.

User interacts with the notes feature to edit previously saved notes.

Given the user has saved notes, when they click on the edit button for those notes, then they should be able to modify the content and save the changes successfully.

Users can share their bookmarks and notes with other collaborators on a project.

Given the user has bookmarks and notes saved, when they select the share option, then the system should allow them to send their bookmarks and notes to other users in a collaborative project.

Interactive Q&A Feature

User Story: As a learner, I want to ask questions on recorded sessions and get answers from instructors so that I can better understand the material and clarify any doubts I have.
Description: The Interactive Q&A Feature requirement will allow users to submit questions related to the content of the recorded sessions and receive responses from instructors or community experts. This feature enhances the learning process by promoting interaction and engagement amongst users, thereby facilitating a deeper understanding of the material. Questions can be categorized based on topics, and users can navigate and search through previously asked questions and answers, making the learning experience more dynamic and enriching. This will also foster a collaborative learning community that extends beyond the live session, creating a supportive environment for professional growth.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to ask a question about specific content from a recorded workshop after watching the session for a clearer understanding.

Given a user has watched a recorded workshop session, when they submit a question related to the content, then the question should be logged and a notification should be sent to the instructors or community experts for response.

User wants to view answers to previously asked questions on the same topic to enhance their understanding of the material covered in the workshop.

Given a user is browsing questions categorized by topic, when they select a specific topic, then they should see a list of all previously asked questions and corresponding answers.

User plans to search for questions regarding a specific concept discussed during the recorded session to find relevant insights.

Given a user is on the Q&A page, when they enter a search term related to a concept, then the system should return all questions that contain the search term in their content or categories related to that concept.

An instructor wants to respond to a question submitted by a user to encourage learning and interaction.

Given an instructor is reviewing user-submitted questions, when they provide a response to a question, then the response should be recorded and displayed under that specific question for all users to see.

Users want to categorize and tag their questions to improve searchability and organization of content.

Given a user is submitting a question, when they input relevant tags or categories, then the question should be saved with those tags for future filtering and searching.

A user wants to receive notifications when a question they submitted receives a response.

Given a user has submitted a question, when an instructor or community expert responds, then the user should receive an email or in-app notification about the response.

Users want to navigate to the Q&A feature from the main dashboard promptly after watching a recorded session.

Given a user is on the main dashboard, when they click on the 'Q&A' section, then they should be taken directly to the Q&A page associated with the recorded session they just viewed.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a user, I want to see my learning progress and accomplishments in a dashboard so that I can stay motivated and focused on my learning goals.
Description: The Progress Tracking Dashboard requirement will provide users with a visual representation of their learning progress through the on-demand sessions. This feature will include metrics such as hours watched, topics completed, and user-established goals. The dashboard will enhance user motivation and accountability by allowing them to visualize their achievements and identify areas for improvement. By integrating progress tracking within the platform, users can easily assess their learning journey, while the feature encourages continuous engagement with educational content. This will also help users better manage their time and set realistic learning objectives based on their individual learning pace.
Acceptance Criteria: User navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard after completing several on-demand sessions to review their learning progress.

Given that the user has completed at least one on-demand session, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of their total hours watched, topics completed, and any personal goals they have set.

A user set a goal to watch 10 hours of on-demand content over a month, tracking their progress on the dashboard.

Given that the user has set a learning goal of watching 10 hours of content, when they check the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the dashboard should display the total hours watched and indicate their progress towards the 10-hour goal as a percentage.

A user watches multiple on-demand workshop sessions and wants to identify which topics they have completed for future reference.

Given that the user has completed multiple topics, when they view the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see a list of topics marked as completed, alongside any associated notes or comments they may have added during the sessions.

A beginner user accesses the dashboard for the first time to understand their engagement with learning materials.

Given that the user is new and has not viewed any content yet, when they access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then it should display a message indicating that there is no progress yet, but provide options to explore available on-demand sessions.

An experienced user monitors their progress over multiple weeks to adjust their learning strategies based on insights from the dashboard.

Given that the user has tracking data over several weeks, when they log into the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should see trends over time displayed graphically, including fluctuations in hours watched week by week and average completion rates of topics.

A user receives notifications after achieving milestones as per their tracked learning goals.

Given that the user has completed a defined percentage of their learning goals, when they achieve a milestone, then they should receive a notification congratulating them on their progress and encouraging them to continue.

A user desires to reset their learning goals for the upcoming month as they feel their current ones are unachievable.

Given that the user wants to reset their goals, when they access the goal-setting feature on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then they should be able to edit or reset their learning goals successfully, with a confirmation message displayed after.

Community Collaboration Board

An interactive forum for users to connect with one another, share insights from masterclasses, and discuss music production topics. This feature fosters a sense of community, encouraging peer feedback and collaboration beyond the live sessions.

Requirements

User Registration and Profiles

User Story: As a music producer, I want to create a user profile so that I can showcase my projects and connect with other professionals in the community.
Description: The Community Collaboration Board requires a user registration and profile management system to allow users to create accounts, customize their profiles, and manage settings. This feature supports seamless interaction by enabling users to connect through their profiles, maintain a portfolio of their projects, and showcase their skills. It enhances the community experience by allowing personalized interactions and connections based on users' interests and expertise in music production.
Acceptance Criteria: User Registration Process for New Account Creation

Given a user is on the registration page, when they enter valid information in all required fields and submit the form, then a new user account should be created successfully, and the user should receive a confirmation email.

User Profile Customization

Given a registered user is logged into their account, when they navigate to the profile settings page and update their profile information, then the changes should be saved and displayed correctly on their profile page immediately after submission.

Viewing and Managing User Profiles on the Community Collaboration Board

Given a user is browsing the Community Collaboration Board, when they click on another user's profile, then they should be able to view that user's project portfolio and skills displayed on their profile.

Password Recovery for Registered Users

Given a registered user has forgotten their password, when they request a password reset link and follow the instructions in the email, then they should be able to set a new password and log in successfully using the new credentials.

Privacy Settings for User Profiles

Given a registered user is logged into their account, when they access the privacy settings and modify their profile visibility options, then those changes should be reflected accurately on their profile and in the Community Collaboration Board.

Multiple Account Registration Prevention

Given a user attempts to register with an email address already associated with an existing account, when they submit the registration form, then they should receive an error message indicating that the email is already in use and prompted to log in instead.

User Interaction via Profiles

Given a user is viewing another user's profile, when they click the 'Connect' button, then a connection request should be sent to the other user, and the requesting user should see a confirmation message indicating the request was sent successfully.

Masterclass Insights Sharing

User Story: As a participant of a masterclass, I want to share my notes and key insights with others in the Community Collaboration Board so that we can discuss and enhance our understanding of the material together.
Description: This requirement focuses on enabling users to share insights and key takeaways from masterclasses directly on the Community Collaboration Board. It involves integrating a text and media sharing feature that allows users to post summaries, audio snippets, or video highlights from sessions. This promotes knowledge sharing and encourages discussion among users, ultimately enhancing the learning and collaboration experience within the community.
Acceptance Criteria: User posts a summary from a masterclass on the Community Collaboration Board.

Given a registered user has attended a masterclass, When they navigate to the Community Collaboration Board and click on 'Add Insight', Then they should see a form to enter text, upload media, and submit their insights.

User shares audio snippets of a masterclass on the Community Collaboration Board.

Given a registered user is on the Community Collaboration Board, When they click on 'Add Insight' and select the audio upload option, Then they should be able to upload an audio file that is no larger than 5MB without errors.

User shares video highlights from a masterclass on the Community Collaboration Board.

Given a verified user has a video file from a masterclass, When they click 'Add Insight' and choose to upload a video, Then the video should be processed and displayed correctly on the board if it's under 10MB in size.

Community members reply to insights shared on the board.

Given an insight has been posted on the Community Collaboration Board, When another user views this insight, Then they should see a 'Reply' option that allows them to comment or provide feedback on the insight.

Users can filter insights based on the type of media shared (text, audio, video).

Given the Community Collaboration Board is populated with insights, When a user selects filters for type of media, Then the insights should dynamically update to only show the selected media type without refresh.

Users receive notifications for new insights relevant to their interests.

Given a user has selected their interests in their profile, When a new insight is posted on the board that matches their interests, Then they should receive a notification alerting them of the new insight.

Insights can be edited or deleted by the original poster.

Given a user has posted an insight on the Community Collaboration Board, When they view their own post, Then they should have options to edit or delete the post, with confirmation prompts to prevent accidental removals.

Discussion Threads and Commenting System

User Story: As a user, I want to start discussion threads about music production techniques so that I can engage with other users and exchange ideas.
Description: The Community Collaboration Board will include a robust discussion thread functionality that allows users to start conversations on various music production topics and comment on others' posts. This feature should support nested replies, upvote/downvote options, and tagging users. This promotes engaging discussions and helps users to easily follow conversations, fostering a vibrant community atmosphere.
Acceptance Criteria: Creating a New Discussion Thread

Given a logged-in user, when they navigate to the Community Collaboration Board and click on 'Start New Thread', then they should be able to enter a title and description for their discussion topic and successfully submit it to the board.

Commenting on a Discussion Thread

Given a user is viewing an existing discussion thread, when they enter a comment in the provided text box and click 'Post Comment', then their comment should appear under the thread and be visible to all users.

Nested Replies in Discussion Threads

Given a user has posted a comment on a discussion thread, when another user clicks 'Reply' on that comment, then they should be able to enter their response, submit it, and see their reply nested under the original comment.

Upvoting a Comment

Given a user sees a comment they agree with, when they click on the upvote button, then the total upvote count for that comment should increase by one, and the button should be visually distinct to show it has been selected.

Downvoting a Comment

Given a user sees a comment they disagree with, when they click on the downvote button, then the total downvote count for that comment should increase by one, and the button should be visually distinct to show it has been selected.

Tagging Users in Comments

Given a user is composing a comment, when they mention another user's username using the '@' symbol, then that user's name should be highlighted, and the mentioned user should receive a notification of the mention.

Viewing All Comments on a Thread

Given a user is on a discussion thread, when they scroll down, then all comments, including nested replies, should be displayed in a clear and organized manner, allowing easy navigation through the discussion.

Resource Sharing Features

User Story: As a user, I want to share valuable resources with the community so that we can all benefit from useful tools and information in music production.
Description: To enhance collaboration, users should have the ability to share resource links and files, such as sample packs, plugins, or articles relevant to music production. This requirement includes implementing a user-friendly interface for uploading and linking resources, as well as a categorization system for easy navigation. This capability encourages collaboration and resource sharing, enriching the community experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a sample pack to the Community Collaboration Board.

Given a logged-in user on the Community Collaboration Board, when they click the 'Upload Resource' button and select a valid sample pack file, then the system should successfully upload the file and display a confirmation message with a link to the newly uploaded resource.

User categorizes a shared resource while uploading.

Given a user is in the upload process for a resource, when they select a category from a dropdown menu that includes predefined categories relevant to music production, then the system should successfully associate the resource with the selected category and display it for easy navigation.

Users browse shared resources by category.

Given users are on the Community Collaboration Board, when they select a specific category (e.g., 'Sample Packs'), then they should see a list of all resources under that category presented with titles, upload dates, and uploaders' names.

User shares a link to an article on the Collaboration Board.

Given a user is on the Community Collaboration Board, when they access the 'Share Resource' feature and input a valid URL and description of an article, then the system should create a clickable link to the article and include it in the list of shared resources.

User searches for shared resources using keywords.

Given users are on the Community Collaboration Board, when they input a keyword into the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should return a list of relevant shared resources that match the keyword.

User receives feedback on shared resources.

Given a user has shared a resource on the Community Collaboration Board, when another user clicks the 'Comment' button on that resource, then they should be able to leave feedback that gets displayed below the resource along with a timestamp and commenter's name.

User edits the details of their uploaded resource.

Given a user is viewing their own uploaded resource, when they click the 'Edit' button, modify the resource title or description, and save changes, then the system should update the resource details and show the updated information on the Community Collaboration Board.

Real-time Notifications and Updates

User Story: As a user, I want to receive notifications when someone comments on my posts, so that I can engage promptly and keep the conversation going.
Description: This requirement includes a real-time notification system that alerts users about new messages, comments on their threads, or activity in their followed discussions. By implementing push notifications and in-app alerts, users will remain engaged and updated on community activities. This increases interaction and ensures that users are timely informed about relevant discussions and feedback.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives real-time notifications for new comments on their discussion thread.

Given a user is logged into the HarmonixWorks platform, when a new comment is posted on their discussion thread, then they should receive a push notification and in-app alert within 5 seconds.

User opts in to receive notifications for followed discussions.

Given a user has followed a discussion thread, when they enable notification settings, then they should receive real-time updates on any new activity within 10 seconds of the event occurring.

User receives notifications for direct messages from other community members.

Given a user is active on the HarmonixWorks platform, when they receive a direct message from another user, then they must get an immediate push notification and an in-app alert.

User can customize notification preferences.

Given a user accesses notification settings, when they modify their preferences (e.g., enable/disable specific notifications), then the changes should be saved and reflected in their user profile instantly.

User checks notification history after being alerted of activity.

Given a user has received notifications during their absence from the platform, when they log in and check the notification history, then they should see a complete list of all missed notifications with timestamps.

User receives notifications while using the mobile app.

Given a user is using the mobile version of HarmonixWorks, when new community activity occurs, then they should receive push notifications even when the app is running in the background.

Resource Library

A curated library containing supplementary materials, such as downloadable guides, tutorial notes, and example projects from masterclasses. This feature enriches the learning experience by providing users with valuable resources to further develop their skills.

Requirements

Resource Categorization

User Story: As a music producer, I want to categorize resources in the library so that I can easily find tutorials relevant to my current projects and skill level.
Description: The Resource Library must include a categorization system that allows users to easily sort and filter resources such as guides, tutorials, and projects. This functionality is essential for enhancing user experience by enabling quick access to materials tailored to varying skill levels and specific topics. By allowing users to navigate the library effortlessly, it ensures that they find relevant content quickly, promoting efficient learning and skill development.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for a specific tutorial based on their skill level and topic of interest.

Given the user is on the Resource Library, when they apply a filter for 'Beginner' and the topic 'Mixing Techniques', then they should see only resources that fall under this category displayed on the page.

User wants to view all available example projects for advanced users.

Given the user clicks on the 'Advanced Projects' category in the Resource Library, when the page loads, then all projects categorized as 'Advanced' should be listed with relevant details such as title, description, and download link.

User attempts to access a specific guide in the Resource Library but makes a typo in the search bar.

Given the user types 'Mixign Guide' in the search bar, when they press enter, then they should receive a suggestion for 'Mixing Guide' based on a spell correction algorithm in the search functionality.

User wants to reorganize the resources they have saved as favorites.

Given the user has multiple resources marked as favorites, when they select the 'Manage Favorites' option, then they should be able to reorder resources via drag and drop functionality or remove them from the favorites list.

User is interested in resources that are not only relevant to their skill level but also have a high user rating.

Given the user filters resources by 'Intermediate' skill level, when they also sort the results by 'Highest Rated', then only the top 5-rated resources should be displayed on the screen.

User reviews how many total resources are available in a specific category.

Given the user selects a category from the Resource Library, when they view the category details, then they should see the total number of resources available indicated prominently, along with a breakdown of different types (guides, tutorials, projects).

User wants to recommend resources to a colleague via email directly from the Resource Library.

Given the user is viewing a resource, when they click the 'Share via Email' option, then they should be prompted to enter an email address and a message, and upon submission, the email should be sent with a link to the resource.

Downloadable Formats

User Story: As a music engineer, I want to download resources in various formats so that I can use them in my preferred tools and workflows.
Description: The Resource Library should support multiple downloadable formats for all resources available, including PDF, MP3, and project files compatible with popular DAWs. This requirement is crucial for accommodating different user preferences and software environments. Providing varied formats enhances usability and ensures that users can integrate resources seamlessly into their workflows, increasing the value of the library for diverse users.
Acceptance Criteria: As a music producer, I want to download a guide from the Resource Library in PDF format so that I can use it offline while working on my projects.

Given that I am on the Resource Library page, when I click the download button for the PDF guide, then I should receive a downloadable PDF file containing the guide.

As a beginner musician, I want to access and download MP3 audio examples from the Resource Library to practice along with the tutorials.

Given that I am viewing the audio resources in the Resource Library, when I click the download button for an MP3 file, then I should be able to save the MP3 file to my local device without any errors.

As an audio engineer, I want to download project files compatible with Ableton Live from the Resource Library so that I can immediately integrate them into my current projects.

Given that I am searching for project files in the Resource Library, when I select a project file compatible with Ableton Live and click the download button, then the file should download correctly and be usable in Ableton Live without any compatibility issues.

As a music educator, I want to access a tutorial notes document in DOCX format from the Resource Library for classroom use.

Given that the tutorial notes are available in the Resource Library, when I select the DOCX option and click download, then I should receive a DOCX file that can be opened in Word processing software.

As a user, I want to be notified if a resource in the library does not have my preferred format available for download.

Given that I am viewing a resource with no compatible download formats, when I attempt to download it, then I should receive a notification indicating that the requested format is not available.

As a subscriber, I want to be able to filter resources by format in the Resource Library so that I can easily find the files I need.

Given that I am in the Resource Library, when I use the format filter to select PDF, MP3, or project files, then only the resources that match the selected format should be displayed.

As a user, I want to ensure that I can download multiple resources at once to optimize my time.

Given that I have selected multiple resources in the Resource Library, when I click the download button, then all selected resources should begin downloading simultaneously without errors.

User Ratings and Reviews

User Story: As a user, I want to rate and review resources so that I can share my experiences and help others find the best materials.
Description: The Resource Library should include a user ratings and reviews system that allows users to rate and provide feedback on the resources they access. This functionality will not only foster community engagement but also guide other users in selecting high-quality materials. By incorporating a review system, the platform enhances transparency and reliability, encouraging users to share their experiences and improve overall resource quality.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses a resource in the Resource Library and is prompted to rate it after usage.

Given a user accesses a resource from the Resource Library, when the user finishes using the resource, then a prompt for rating and reviewing the resource should appear.

User submits a rating and review for a resource, and it is successfully saved in the system.

Given a user rates a resource and submits a review, when the submission is successful, then the resource's average rating should update and the review should appear in the user's account and on the resource's page.

User browses resources in the Resource Library and can see the average rating and number of reviews for each resource.

Given a user is browsing the Resource Library, when they view resources, then each resource should display the average rating and the number of reviews next to it.

User attempts to submit a review that does not meet validation criteria (e.g., too short).

Given a user submits a review that is shorter than the minimum character requirement, when the user attempts to submit it, then an error message should indicate that the review must be longer.

Admin reviews reported reviews for inappropriate content or spam.

Given an admin accesses the review management interface, when a review is reported, then the admin should be able to view, respond, and take action (approve, delete, or edit) on the reported review.

User tries to submit duplicate reviews for the same resource.

Given a user has already submitted a review for a resource, when they attempt to submit another review for the same resource, then the system should prevent the submission and display a message indicating that duplicate reviews are not allowed.

Search Functionality

User Story: As a musician, I want to search for resources using keywords so that I can instantly find the materials I need for my projects.
Description: Implement a robust search functionality within the Resource Library, allowing users to quickly find specific resources based on keywords or tags. This feature is essential for enhancing user efficiency and satisfaction, ensuring that they can easily locate the content they need without sifting through irrelevant materials. A strong search capability is vital for making the library user-friendly and efficient.
Acceptance Criteria: User performs a keyword search to find a specific tutorial within the Resource Library.

Given that the user enters a keyword in the search bar, when they click the search button, then the search results should display resources that contain the keyword in the title or description.

User filters search results by tags to narrow down options in the Resource Library.

Given that the user applies one or more tags to their search, when they submit the filter, then the results list should only display resources that match the specified tags.

User searches for a resource that does not exist in the Resource Library.

Given that the user enters a keyword or tag that does not match any available resources, when they perform the search, then a message should display stating 'No results found' without showing irrelevant content.

User searches for a resource using partial keywords or phrases.

Given that the user types a partial keyword or phrase, when they initiate the search, then the system should return results that include the partial match in the title or description.

User checks the responsiveness of the search functionality on mobile devices.

Given that the user is using a mobile device, when they access the Resource Library and perform a search, then the search results should be displayed properly formatted and responsive to the mobile screen size.

User wants to sort search results based on relevance or date added.

Given that the user has received search results, when they choose to sort the results by 'Relevance' or 'Date Added', then the results should update accordingly to reflect the selected sorting criteria.

User experiences the autocomplete feature while typing in the search bar.

Given that the user starts typing in the search bar, when they input at least three characters, then the system should suggest possible resource titles or tags relevant to the input.

Regular Content Updates

User Story: As a new user, I want the Resource Library to be updated regularly so that I can access the latest materials and techniques in music production.
Description: Establish a schedule for regular content updates in the Resource Library to ensure that materials remain current and relevant. This requirement is important for maintaining user interest and engagement over time. By continually refreshing content, users will perceive the library as a dynamic resource that evolves with the industry, enhancing its overall value and utility.
Acceptance Criteria: Content Refresh Schedule Implementation

Given the Resource Library has an established content update schedule, When the update is due, Then at least one new resource should be added to the library each month.

User Notification for New Content

Given that new resources have been added to the Resource Library, When a user logs into the platform, Then they should receive a notification about the newly available content.

Content Variety and Relevance

Given the Resource Library is regularly updated, When reviewing the monthly additions, Then at least 70% of the new resources should be rated as relevant by user feedback.

Resource Accessibility

Given that new content has been added to the Resource Library, When a user searches for specific categories or keywords, Then they should find at least 90% of the new resources searchable and accessible within 24 hours of publication.

Engagement Metrics Tracking

Given regular content updates are made, When analyzing user engagement metrics, Then the average time spent on the Resource Library should increase by at least 15% within three months of each update.

User Feedback Collection for Continuous Improvement

Given that new content is available, When users access the Resource Library, Then they should be prompted to provide feedback on the usefulness of each resource within a week of accessing it.

Masterclass Inclusion in Updates

Given that masterclass projects are part of the Resource Library, When scheduling content updates, Then at least one new masterclass example project should be included every quarter.

Personalized Learning Paths

Customized recommendations based on user interests and skill levels, guiding users towards relevant workshops and resources. This feature enhances user experience by helping them find targeted learning opportunities that align with their goals.

Requirements

Personalized Resource Recommendations

User Story: As a music producer, I want personalized recommendations for workshops and resources based on my interests and skill level so that I can efficiently locate opportunities that will enhance my abilities and knowledge.
Description: This requirement focuses on developing an algorithm that analyzes user profiles, including interests, skill levels, and past interactions, to generate tailored recommendations for resources, workshops, and tutorials. This integration into the HarmonixWorks platform will enhance user engagement by ensuring that users are constantly presented with learning opportunities that align with their specific goals and preferences. As a result, users will be more likely to participate in relevant workshops and utilize beneficial resources, thereby improving their overall learning experience and productivity within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: Personalized Resource Recommendations for Beginners

Given a user who is new to music production, When they complete their user profile indicating their interests and skill level, Then the system should recommend at least 5 introductory workshops and 10 relevant tutorials tailored to beginners within 24 hours.

Follow-up Recommendations Based on User Engagement

Given a user who has participated in one or more recommended workshops, When they complete the workshops, Then the system should analyze their feedback and engagement data to generate 3 additional, more advanced recommendations within 48 hours.

Real-Time Notification of New Resources

Given a user with a skill level of intermediate in music production, When new resources or workshops relevant to their profile are added to the platform, Then the user should receive a notification within 1 hour, including the title and a brief summary of each recommendation.

Adjusting Recommendations Based on Skill Progress

Given a user who has been using the platform for 3 months, When they complete their skill assessment indicating an improvement in skill level, Then the system should automatically refresh their recommendations to include at least 5 advanced resources and workshops.

User Feedback Loop for Resource Improvement

Given that a user has completed a recommended tutorial, When they provide feedback rating it from 1 to 5, Then the system should adjust future recommendations based on aggregated feedback data to prioritize resources with higher ratings.

Skill Assessment Tool

User Story: As a beginner audio engineer, I want to assess my skills and receive feedback on areas I need to improve, so that I can create a more effective learning plan and track my development over time.
Description: This requirement entails creating an interactive skill assessment tool that allows users to evaluate their current skills through quizzes and practical exercises. By integrating this tool into HarmonixWorks, users can receive feedback on their strengths and areas for improvement, which will inform the personalized learning paths. This tool is crucial for helping users set realistic goals and track their progress, making the overall learning journey more focused and effective.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes the skill assessment tool and receives immediate feedback on their performance.

Given a user has completed the skill assessment quiz, when they submit their answers, then they should receive detailed feedback on each question including correct answers and explanations.

Users can access personalized learning paths based on their assessment results.

Given a user has completed the skill assessment tool, when they view their dashboard, then they should see personalized learning path recommendations aligned with their skill levels and interests.

Users can retake the skill assessment tool for tracking progress over time.

Given a user has previously completed the skill assessment, when they access the tool again, then they should have the option to retake the assessment and compare results over time.

Users can share their assessment results with mentors or peers for feedback.

Given a user has completed the skill assessment tool, when they opt to share their results, then the system should provide a shareable link or option to send results via email.

The skill assessment tool integrates seamlessly with existing user profiles.

Given a user has a profile in HarmonixWorks, when they complete the skill assessment, then their results should be automatically saved to their user profile for future reference.

Users receive suggestions for workshops based on their assessment scores.

Given a user has completed the skill assessment, when their scores are evaluated, then they should receive suggestions for relevant workshops tailored to their skill gaps and interests.

The skill assessment tool is user-friendly and accessible across devices.

Given a user accesses the skill assessment tool, when they use it on any device (desktop, tablet, mobile), then the interface should be responsive, easy to navigate, and visually appealing.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As an active learner, I want a dashboard that shows my progress through various workshops and resources so that I can stay motivated and set future learning objectives based on my achievements.
Description: This requirement is for designing a user-friendly dashboard that displays users' progress in their learning paths, including completed workshops, certificates earned, and areas for future focus. By implementing this dashboard within the HarmonixWorks platform, users can visually track their improvement over time, which will motivate them to continue their education and engagement with available resources. The dashboard will serve as an essential tool for users to take ownership of their learning journey and prompt them to set new learning goals.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their progress dashboard after completing multiple workshops to gauge their learning journey and identify areas for improvement.

Given that the user has completed at least two workshops, When the user navigates to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the dashboard should display a summary of completed workshops, certificates earned, and suggestions for future learning paths based on their progress.

User wants to track their progress over time and compare it against their learning goals set previously.

Given that the user has set learning goals in the system, When the user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the user should see a visual representation of their progress over time that includes a timeline graph and milestones achieved.

A user attempts to view their dashboard on a mobile device to ensure accessibility and usability on different platforms.

Given that the user is logged into their HarmonixWorks account on a mobile device, When the user selects the Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the dashboard should be fully responsive and display all relevant information without loss of functionality or clarity.

User has earned a certificate and wants to verify that it is reflected on their Progress Tracking Dashboard immediately after completion.

Given that the user completes a workshop, When the workshop completion is verified by the system, Then the user should see an update on their Progress Tracking Dashboard that includes the newly earned certificate within one minute.

A user is receiving personalized learning path suggestions based on their past workshop completions and current skill levels.

Given the user has completed workshops and provided skill level information, When the user accesses their Progress Tracking Dashboard, Then the dashboard should present tailored learning path suggestions based on their progress and skills.

User wants to access help or resources directly from the dashboard to enhance their learning experience.

Given that the user is viewing the Progress Tracking Dashboard, When the user clicks on any resource or help link, Then the user should be redirected to the relevant workshop resource page or help center without errors.

Integrated Workshop Calendar

User Story: As a busy musician, I want a calendar that shows all upcoming workshops and events relevant to my learning path, so that I can easily manage my time and ensure I don’t miss any opportunities to learn.
Description: This requirement covers the development of an integrated calendar feature that lists all upcoming workshops, tutorials, and events relevant to users' personalized learning paths. Users will be able to view, filter, and register for workshops directly through this calendar, which will facilitate better planning and scheduling of their learning activities. By providing a centralized location for learning events, the calendar enhances user convenience and encourages greater participation in workshops tailored to their skill level and interests.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the integrated workshop calendar from their dashboard after logging into HarmonixWorks.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, When they navigate to the dashboard, Then they should see the integrated workshop calendar displayed with upcoming events listed by date.

User filters the workshop calendar based on their skill level (Beginner, Intermediate, Expert).

Given the user is viewing the workshop calendar, When they select the filter for 'Beginner', Then only workshops suitable for beginners should be displayed in the calendar.

User registers for a workshop directly from the calendar.

Given a user has identified a workshop from the calendar, When they click on the 'Register' button for that workshop, Then they should receive a confirmation message and see the workshop added to their personal event list.

User accesses workshop details by clicking on an event in the calendar.

Given a user clicks on an event in the workshop calendar, When the event details page loads, Then it should display the workshop date, time, description, instructor name, and a registration link.

User receives email notifications for upcoming workshops they have registered for.

Given a user has registered for a workshop, When the workshop date approaches, Then the user should receive an email reminder 24 hours before the event.

User navigates back to the calendar after viewing workshop details.

Given the user is viewing the details of a workshop, When they click the 'Back to Calendar' button, Then they should be taken back to the workshop calendar with their previous filter settings intact.

User sees a notification for new workshops added to the calendar.

Given a user logs into HarmonixWorks, When new workshops are added to the calendar, Then the user should see a notification indicating the count of new workshops available.

Feedback Mechanism for Workshops

User Story: As a workshop participant, I want to provide feedback on the sessions I attend so that I can help improve future workshops for myself and others, and share my experiences with the community.
Description: This requirement involves creating a feedback system that allows users to rate and review workshops they have attended. The collected feedback will be utilized to improve workshop quality and provide social proof for other users considering enrollment. By incorporating a feedback mechanism, HarmonixWorks can enhance the overall user experience and ensure that workshops continuously evolve to meet the community's needs and expectations.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user who has just completed a workshop, I want to provide feedback on the workshop experience to help others make informed decisions and to contribute to the continuous improvement of the workshop quality.

Given that the user has completed a workshop, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should be able to submit a rating (1-5 stars) and a text review.

As an administrator, I want to view the aggregated feedback from all users for each workshop to identify areas for improvement and recognize outstanding workshops.

Given that feedback has been submitted for a workshop, when the administrator accesses the workshop feedback dashboard, then they should see average ratings and a list of reviews associated with that workshop.

As a prospective user, I want to read reviews and ratings from previous participants before enrolling in a workshop to ensure it aligns with my learning goals.

Given that the feedback mechanism is in place, when I view a workshop's details, then I should see the average user rating and a selection of the most recent reviews prominently displayed.

As a user, I want to receive a confirmation that my feedback has been successfully submitted, so I know my input was taken into account.

Given that the user submits feedback, when the feedback submission is processed, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating successful submission.

As a developer, I want the feedback mechanism to be secure and prevent spam or fraudulent reviews, ensuring the integrity of the user feedback system.

Given that a user submits feedback, when the feedback is evaluated, then the system should filter out spam using predefined criteria like minimum character count and detection of predefined spam keywords.

As a user, I want to be able to edit or delete my feedback if I change my mind or need to update my review after further reflection.

Given that I have previously submitted feedback for a workshop, when I navigate to my feedback, then I should have the option to edit or delete my review at any time within 30 days of submission.

As an administrator, I want to analyze trends in user feedback over time to assess the effectiveness of changes made to workshops based on previous feedback.

Given that multiple feedback submissions have been collected, when the administrator generates a report on workshop feedback, then the report should include historical trends in ratings and common themes in user comments over a specified timeframe.

Certification Programs

Formal recognition for users who complete specific masterclasses or workshops, showcasing their newly acquired skills and knowledge. This feature adds value to the user experience by enhancing professional credibility and motivating users to continue learning.

Requirements

Certification Program Structure

User Story: As a music professional, I want to enroll in certification programs so that I can enhance my skills and gain formal recognition that boosts my credibility in the industry.
Description: Develop a structured certification program that outlines specific skills and knowledge areas users must complete to gain certification. This program will include various masterclasses and workshops tailored to different proficiency levels, ensuring that users can choose the path that best suits their learning needs. The structure must be easily navigable and integrated into the HarmonixWorks platform, allowing users to track their progress through each course, receive feedback, and understand the requirements for certification. By formalizing the certification process, users are encouraged to engage in continuous learning, enhancing their professional credibility and skill set.
Acceptance Criteria: User Navigation Through Certification Program Structure

Given a user is logged into the HarmonixWorks platform, when they access the Certification Programs section, then they should be able to view a clearly structured layout of masterclasses and workshops organized by proficiency level, including detailed descriptions and prerequisites for each course.

Progress Tracking for Certification Modules

Given a user is enrolled in a masterclass, when they complete a course module, then their progress should be updated in real-time in the Certification Programs section, showing completion percentages and achieved badges or milestones.

Feedback Mechanism for Completed Courses

Given a user completes a masterclass or workshop, when they submit their course evaluation, then they should receive personalized feedback from an instructor within 48 hours, along with an indication of any next steps towards certification.

Certification Requirements Overview

Given a user is interested in a specific certification, when they navigate to the corresponding certification overview page, then it should display clear requirements, including necessary courses, assessments, and estimated time for completion.

User Eligibility Confirmation for Certification

Given a user attempts to apply for certification, when they meet all course completion criteria, then the system should allow them to proceed to the certification assessment without errors and confirm their eligibility.

Displaying Certification Status to Users

Given a user has successfully completed all required courses, when they check their Certification Programs dashboard, then the system should display their certification status as 'Completed' with downloadable certificate options.

Integration of Certification Programs into User Profiles

Given a user achieves certification, when they view their profile, then their completed certifications should be prominently displayed along with relevant skills acquired and endorsements received.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a user of HarmonixWorks, I want a progress tracking dashboard so that I can easily see how far along I am in my certification program and what I need to complete.
Description: Implement a progress tracking dashboard that allows users to monitor their advancement through the certification programs. This feature will display completed modules, pending tasks, and overall progress towards certification. Users will appreciate the visual representation of their learning journey, promoting motivation and engagement. The dashboard should be user-friendly, integrating seamlessly with the existing layout of HarmonixWorks, ensuring that users can easily access their learning data while working on music production projects.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user of HarmonixWorks, I want to view my progress in the certification programs so that I can understand how far I am in my learning journey.

Given that I am logged into my HarmonixWorks account, when I navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then I should see a visual representation of my progress including completed modules, pending tasks, and overall certification progress.

As a user, I want to receive notifications for pending tasks in the certification programs so that I can stay updated and complete my learning on time.

Given that I have pending tasks in my certification program, when I access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then I should receive a notification highlighting those pending tasks prominently.

As a user, I want to filter my progress by different certification programs so that I can focus on my advancements in specific areas of learning.

Given that I am on the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when I select a specific certification program from the filter options, then I should see relevant progress data only for that program.

As a user, I want the dashboard to be visually appealing and easy to navigate, so that I can efficiently monitor my progress without confusion.

Given that I access the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the interface should have a clean design, with clear labels, intuitive navigation, and visually distinct sections for completed modules, pending tasks, and progress bar.

As a user, I want to access the Progress Tracking Dashboard from any device (desktop, tablet, mobile) so that I can monitor my progress on the go.

Given that I access HarmonixWorks from any device, when I navigate to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then it should be responsive and provide the same functionality and clarity across all devices.

As a user, I want the Progress Tracking Dashboard to load quickly so that I can get immediate feedback on my progress.

Given that I click on the Progress Tracking Dashboard link, when the page loads, then it should load within 3 seconds or less without any loading errors.

Certificate Generation and Distribution

User Story: As a user who completes a certification program, I want to receive a digital certificate so that I can showcase my accomplishment in my professional portfolio.
Description: Create a system for automatically generating and distributing digital certificates upon successful completion of the certification programs. The certificates will include the user's name, program details, completion date, and a unique verification code. This feature serves to provide users with tangible proof of their achievements, which can be shared on professional platforms like LinkedIn or included in resumes. Additionally, the system should ensure easy access for users to download their certificates anytime after completion.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully completes a certification program and initiates the process to receive their digital certificate.

Given a user has completed a certification program, when they navigate to the certificate section, then a digital certificate should be automatically generated and displayed for download, including their name, program details, completion date, and unique verification code.

User downloads their digital certificate after completion of a certification program.

Given a user has generated their digital certificate, when they click on the download link, then the certificate should download in PDF format without errors and be accessible in their account for future downloads.

User shares their digital certificate on a professional platform like LinkedIn.

Given a user has downloaded their digital certificate, when they choose to share it on LinkedIn, then the certificate should upload successfully and appear correctly formatted with a visible verification link.

Admin accesses the system to verify if a digital certificate can be generated for a user.

Given an admin accesses the certification management system, when they input a user’s details for a completed certification, then the system should generate and display the correct certificate details including a verification code for the user.

User attempts to access their digital certificate before completing the certification program.

Given a user has not completed a certification program, when they navigate to the certificate section, then they should see a message indicating that the certificate is not available until program completion.

System maintains records of generated certificates for auditing purposes.

Given certificates have been generated, when an admin accesses the certificate logs, then they should see a complete record of all certificates issued including user details and generation timestamps.

User receives a notification upon successful generation of their digital certificate.

Given a user has successfully completed a certification and the certificate is generated, when the process completes, then the user should receive an email notification containing a link to download their certificate.

User Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a participant in a certification program, I want to provide feedback on the course so that I can influence future improvements and share my thoughts about the learning experience.
Description: Integrate a user feedback mechanism that allows participants to provide input on each certification course, including suggestions for improvement and satisfaction ratings. This feedback is vital for continuously enhancing the quality of the certification programs. The mechanism should be straightforward to use and accessible at the end of each course module, ensuring that user suggestions can be collected systematically. Analyzing this feedback will help HarmonixWorks understand user needs better and adapt the programs to maximize engagement and relevance.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback after completing a certification course module.

Given a user completes a certification course module, when they navigate to the feedback form, then they should see fields for satisfaction rating (1-5 stars) and suggestions for improvement.

User attempts to submit feedback without filling required fields.

Given a user accesses the feedback form after completing a course module, when they try to submit the form without completing required fields, then they should receive a validation message indicating which fields need to be filled.

User inputs feedback successfully after a certification course.

Given a user has filled in their feedback, when they click the submit button, then their feedback should be recorded in the system and the user notified of the successful submission.

Admin reviews submitted feedback for a particular certification course.

Given an admin user accesses the feedback collection dashboard, when they select a specific certification course, then they should see a consolidated list of all feedback submissions including satisfaction ratings and comments.

User accesses feedback history for previously completed courses.

Given a user has completed multiple certification courses, when they navigate to their account settings, then they should see a section labeled 'Feedback History' with a list of all submitted feedback.

User provides feedback anonymously.

Given a user completes a certification course module, when they choose the option to provide anonymous feedback, then their name and email should not be recorded with their feedback.

System analyzes feedback data to extract insights.

Given multiple feedback submissions for a certification course, when the system runs its data analysis, then it should generate a report highlighting the average satisfaction rating and common suggestions for improvement.

Public Certification Display

User Story: As a user, I want to display my earned certifications on my HarmonixWorks profile so that I can demonstrate my skills and attract collaboration opportunities.
Description: Develop a public display feature that allows users to showcase their certifications on their HarmonixWorks profiles. This functionality will enable users to highlight their achievements to potential collaborators and employers, providing an effective way to market their skills. The display should include badges or digital representations of the certifications earned, linking them to the respective courses taken. This feature not only incentivizes users to complete courses but also fosters a sense of community within the HarmonixWorks platform by acknowledging users' efforts.
Acceptance Criteria: User Profile Certification Display

Given a user has completed a certification course, when they navigate to their HarmonixWorks profile page, then they should see their certification displayed as a badge with the course title and a link to the course details.

Public View of Certifications

Given a user has certifications displayed on their profile, when another user views that profile, then they should see all the displayed certifications clearly with no broken links or missing images.

Certification Badge Link Functionality

Given a user clicks on a certification badge from another user's profile, then they should be redirected to the specific course page containing more information and details about that certification.

Mobile Display Compatibility

Given a user accesses their HarmonixWorks profile from a mobile device, then the certification badges should be displayed responsively and be visually appealing on all screen sizes.

User Notification of Certification Display Update

Given a user has completed a certification course, when their profile is updated to display this certification, then they should receive a notification confirming that the update has been made successfully.

Certification Update in Profile Settings

Given a user completes additional certifications, when they navigate to their profile settings, then they should be able to manage and update their displayed certifications easily, including adding or removing badges as needed.

Community Recognition of Certifications

Given a user shares their HarmonixWorks profile link on social media or forums, then the shared link should show a preview that includes the user’s certifications prominently, enhancing their visibility and appeal.

Course Enrollment Management

User Story: As a user, I want to manage my course enrollments easily so that I can tailor my learning experience to fit my schedule and preferences.
Description: Create a course enrollment management system that allows users to easily register for, drop, or switch their masterclasses and workshops within the certification programs. This feature should also include notifications regarding enrollment deadlines, prerequisites, and class availability. By simplifying the enrollment process, users can better manage their learning paths according to their schedules and interests, thus enhancing the usability of the certification programs and overall satisfaction with the HarmonixWorks platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User Registration for a Masterclass

Given a user is logged into their account, when they browse the available masterclasses, then they should be able to register for a class by selecting it and clicking on the 'Enroll' button, provided the class is available and prerequisites are met.

Notification of Enrollment Deadline

Given a user is enrolled in a masterclass, when the enrollment deadline approaches, then they should receive an email notification reminding them of the upcoming deadline at least 48 hours in advance.

Dropping a Masterclass

Given a user is enrolled in a masterclass, when they choose to drop the class, then their enrollment should be removed, and the system should send confirmation of the drop via email immediately.

Switching Between Classes

Given a user is enrolled in a masterclass, when they select a different class with available spots and no conflicts, then they should be able to switch their enrollment without any errors and receive a confirmation email.

Viewing Class Availability

Given a user is on the course enrollment page, when they filter the available masterclasses by date or category, then they should see an accurate list of classes that match their filters and indicate if they are fully booked or available.

Managing Prerequisites for Enrollment

Given a user is attempting to enroll in a masterclass, when they do not meet the prerequisite requirements, then the system should display an error message informing them of the unmet prerequisites and suggest alternative classes.

Instant Invoice Generator

This feature allows users to create and send professional invoices swiftly within the platform. By automating invoice generation, users can eliminate tedious paperwork and ensure timely billing, enhancing cash flow and fostering positive client relationships.

Requirements

Invoice Customization Options

User Story: As a music professional, I want to customize my invoices with my logo and preferred colors so that I can present a professional appearance to my clients and enhance my brand identity.
Description: This requirement involves allowing users to customize their invoices with various templates, colors, and logos. Users should be able to select pre-defined templates or design their own, adjust fonts, sizes, and add personalized messages. This functionality enhances professionalism and branding, making invoices more appealing and tailored to individual client needs, which can positively impact client relationships and payment efficiency.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes Invoice Template with Logo and Colors

Given a user is in the invoice customization section, when they select a template and upload their logo, then they can change the colors of the invoice elements and save the template for future use.

User Adds Personalized Messages to Invoice

Given a user has selected a template, when they enter a personalized message in the designated field and save the invoice, then the message should appear on the finalized invoice.

User Selects from Pre-Defined Invoice Templates

Given a user wants to create an invoice, when they access the template selection dropdown, then they should see a list of at least five pre-defined templates available for selection.

User Adjusts Fonts and Sizes on Invoice

Given a user is editing an invoice, when they select a text field and choose a different font and size, then the changes should reflect immediately on the invoice preview.

User Saves Customized Invoice for Future Use

Given a user has customized an invoice, when they click the save button, then their custom template should be stored in their account for future access and reuse.

User Generates an Invoice with Customization Options Applied

Given a user has finalized their invoice with custom colors, logo, and message, when they click on 'Generate Invoice', then the generated invoice should reflect all customization options properly.

User Views and Edits Saved Invoice Templates

Given a user has saved an invoice template, when they navigate to the 'Saved Templates' section, then they should be able to view and edit any previously saved templates.

Automated Payment Reminders

User Story: As a freelancer, I want automated reminders for due invoices so that I can ensure timely payments and maintain healthy cash flow for my projects.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating automated payment reminders into the invoicing process. Users should have the option to set up reminders that will be sent to clients via email or SMS a few days before the due date. This feature helps users manage cash flow and reduce late payments by proactively reminding clients of upcoming payment deadlines.
Acceptance Criteria: Setting Up Automated Payment Reminders for an Invoice.

Given a user has created an invoice, when the user selects the option to set up automated payment reminders and specifies a reminder date, then the system should allow users to choose to send reminders via both email and SMS.

Receiving Payment Reminders Before Due Date.

Given a user has set up automated payment reminders, when the due date of the invoice is approaching, then the client should receive a payment reminder via the selected communication method (email or SMS) at least three days before the due date.

Editing Automated Payment Reminder Settings.

Given a user has previously set up automated payment reminders, when the user navigates to the invoice settings and selects the reminder option, then the user should be able to edit the reminder date and communication method before saving the changes.

Testing Payment Reminder Delivery.

Given a user has set up automated payment reminders, when the reminder is triggered as scheduled, then the system should log the delivery status and allow the user to view whether the reminder was successfully sent or failed to deliver.

Automatic Reminder Updates Upon Invoice Modification.

Given an invoice is modified in terms of due date or amount, when the user adjusts these details, then the system should automatically update the scheduled payment reminder to reflect the new due date and resend the updated reminder accordingly.

Viewing Reminder History for Invoices.

Given a user has sent payment reminders for various invoices, when the user accesses the invoice history, then the system should display a clear record of all sent reminders, including the date, time, and method of delivery for each.

Multi-Currency Support

User Story: As a music producer working with international clients, I want to generate invoices in different currencies so that I can simplify billing and avoid confusion regarding payments.
Description: This requirement entails enabling the system to support invoicing in multiple currencies, allowing users to generate invoices in the currency that is convenient for their clients. This feature should automatically calculate exchange rates based on user-selected options and ensure accurate billing in accordance with local laws and standards, thereby facilitating international transactions and expanding user market reach.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects multiple currencies from a dropdown list while creating an invoice for international clients, ensuring they can choose the currency their client prefers.

Given the user is creating an invoice, when they click on the currency dropdown, then they should see a list of available currencies to choose from, including at least USD, EUR, and GBP.

User sets a specific currency for an invoice, and the system correctly reflects this currency throughout the invoice details including line items, totals, and footer notes.

Given the user has selected a specific currency for the invoice, when they review the invoice, then all monetary values should be displayed in the selected currency format.

User generates an invoice in a foreign currency and then sends it to a client via email, ensuring the invoice is received with the correct currency displayed.

Given the user has created an invoice in a selected foreign currency, when they send it via email, then the email should reflect the invoice in the correct currency with all amounts accurately represented.

User needs to calculate exchange rates for different currencies when generating an invoice to ensure accurate billing rates.

Given the user selects a specific currency for invoicing, when the invoice is generated, then the system should automatically calculate and display the applicable exchange rate and adjust the total amount accordingly.

User checks the invoice history to verify that previously sent invoices maintain the correct currency information and amounts in the records.

Given the user accesses their invoice history, when they view a previously sent invoice, then the currency and amounts should match the values that were originally sent, ensuring historical accuracy.

User is informed about the legal requirements for invoicing in different currencies based on the country selected in the profile settings.

Given the user updates their profile with a specific country, when they generate an invoice in a different currency, then they should see a notification about legal requirements for that currency and country.

User interacts with the help documentation for multi-currency invoices to understand how to use this feature effectively.

Given that multi-currency support is available, when the user accesses the help section, then the documentation should include clear instructions on how to generate invoices in multiple currencies, including examples

Detailed Expense Tracking

User Story: As a project manager, I want to track expenses and link them to invoices so that I can provide clients with detailed reports on project costs and enhance trustworthiness in my billing.
Description: This requirement includes the implementation of a feature that allows users to track expenses related to specific projects or clients. Users should be able to input expenses, categorize them, and associate them with corresponding invoices. This functionality not only aids users in understanding their project costs but also enhances financial transparency for clients during invoicing.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to input a new expense related to a specific music project.

Given the user is on the expense tracking page, when they select 'Add Expense' and enter valid details (amount, category, project), then the expense is saved and displayed in the expense list associated with that project.

User needs to categorize an expense previously added to their project.

Given the user has a saved expense in their list, when they edit the expense and select a category from the predefined list, then the expense should update to reflect the new category and retain its association with the project.

User wants to view a summary of all expenses associated with a specific client.

Given the user selects a client from their list and clicks 'View Expenses', when the user accesses the expenses summary, then the system displays all expenses linked to that client along with total amounts categorized by type.

User needs to generate an invoice that includes detailed expenses for a project.

Given the user is in the invoice creation view, when they select a project with previously entered expenses, then the expenses should automatically populate in the invoice as line items with their respective amounts and categories listed.

User wants to filter their expenses by date range to analyze project costs over a specific period.

Given the user is on the expense tracking page, when they select a start and end date and apply the filter, then only expenses that fall within the selected date range should be displayed.

User wishes to delete an expense that has been incorrectly entered.

Given the user is viewing their list of expenses, when they select an expense and click the 'Delete' button, then that expense should be removed from the list, and the total expense amount should be updated accordingly.

Invoice History and Analytics

User Story: As a busy musician, I want to see the history of my invoices and payment status so that I can follow up on overdue invoices effectively and understand my income trends.
Description: This requirement involves creating a dashboard that displays the history of all invoices sent and received, along with analytics on payment status, recurring clients, and overdue invoices. Users should have the ability to search, filter, and analyze this data to gain insights into their invoicing performance, helping them improve financial processes and client follow-ups.
Acceptance Criteria: User views all invoices sent and received on their dashboard.

Given that the user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the Invoice History and Analytics dashboard, then they should see a list of all invoices, including details such as client names, amounts, dates sent, and payment statuses.

User filters invoices by payment status.

Given that the user is on the Invoice History and Analytics dashboard, when they select a specific payment status filter (e.g., Paid, Unpaid, Overdue), then the dashboard should display only those invoices matching the selected status.

User searches for a specific invoice using the search functionality.

Given that the user is on the Invoice History and Analytics dashboard, when they enter a keyword related to an invoice (e.g., client name or invoice number) into the search bar, then the dashboard should display only the invoices that match the search criteria.

User accesses analytics on recurring clients.

Given that the user is on the Invoice History and Analytics dashboard, when they click on the 'Recurring Clients' analytics feature, then they should see a list of clients who have made repeat payments, along with the total amounts invoiced and received.

User identifies overdue invoices at a glance.

Given that the user is on the Invoice History and Analytics dashboard, when they view the invoices, then any invoice that is overdue should be visually distinct (e.g., highlighted in red) and should display the days past due next to it.

User receives a summary report on invoicing performance.

Given that the user is on the Invoice History and Analytics dashboard, when they select the option to generate a summary report, then the system should provide a report that includes total invoices sent, total amount billed, total collected, and outstanding amounts.

User gets prompted to follow up on overdue invoices via notifications.

Given that the user has overdue invoices, when they log into the platform, then they should receive a notification prompt reminding them to follow up on the overdue invoices listed on the dashboard.

Expense Tracking Dashboard

A dedicated dashboard that provides users with a clear overview of all expenses and incomes related to their projects. Users can categorize, track, and analyze their financial performance, facilitating better budgeting and financial planning, which helps to maintain profitability.

Requirements

Categorization and Tagging

User Story: As a music producer, I want to categorize my expenses by project phases so that I can better manage my budget and identify potential areas for cost reduction.
Description: The Expense Tracking Dashboard should allow users to categorize and tag their expenses and incomes according to specific project needs, genres, or phases of production. This feature enables users to easily filter and sort their financial data, helping them to quickly analyze spending patterns and make informed financial decisions. By having a customizable categorization feature, users can tailor the dashboard to reflect the unique aspects of their projects, leading to enhanced budgeting accuracy and financial awareness.
Acceptance Criteria: User categorizes an expense for a recording session under the 'Production' category.

Given a user is on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they input a new expense and select 'Production' as the category, then the expense should appear under the 'Production' category with the correct amount.

User tags an expense with multiple tags like 'Studio' and 'Travel'.

Given a user is adding an expense on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they input the expense details and assign multiple tags 'Studio' and 'Travel', then both tags should be applied to the expense and visible in the tag list for filtering.

User filters expenses by the 'Marketing' category.

Given a user has multiple expenses categorized under different categories on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they apply the filter for the 'Marketing' category, then only expenses categorized as 'Marketing' should be displayed on the dashboard.

User views a summary report of expenses categorized by project phase.

Given a user has categorized expenses by project phase on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they view the summary report, then they should see a breakdown of total expenses by each phase of the project clearly displayed.

User edits a previously categorized expense.

Given a user has entered an expense categorized as 'Equipment' on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they select the expense and change the category to 'Supplies', then the category of the expense should be updated to 'Supplies' and reflected immediately on the dashboard.

User removes a tag from an existing expense.

Given a user has tagged an expense with 'Collaboration', when they choose to remove the 'Collaboration' tag from the expense on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, then the tag should no longer appear in the list of tags associated with that expense.

User searches for expenses using a specific keyword.

Given a user is on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they enter a specific keyword related to an expense in the search bar, then only expenses containing that keyword in their description should appear in the results.

Real-time Financial Analytics

User Story: As a financial manager, I want to see real-time analytics of my project's income and expenses so that I can adjust our financial strategy based on current performance.
Description: The dashboard must include real-time financial analytics that provide users with insights into their income and expenses as they occur. This feature will allow users to track their financial performance dynamically, enabling them to make timely and informed financial decisions. The analytics should present users with graphs, charts, and comparative reports to better visualize their financial status, helping them adapt their strategies based on instantaneous data.
Acceptance Criteria: User views the real-time financial analytics dashboard after completing several transactions related to their latest project.

Given that the user has logged into the HarmonixWorks platform and navigated to the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when the user checks the financial analytics section, then the dashboard should display updated graphical representations of expenses and income reflecting all transactions made in real-time within the last 24 hours.

A user wants to compare their current project's financial performance against a previous project using the dashboard.

Given that the user has selected two projects from the dashboard, when the user requests a comparative financial report, then the dashboard should generate a side-by-side comparison of key metrics such as total income, total expenses, and profitability for both projects in visually distinct charts.

A user examines the insights provided by the dashboard while actively managing their project budget.

Given that the user is actively engaged in the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when the user clicks on different categories of expenses, then the dashboard should dynamically update the visualizations to reflect only the selected category's performance, providing a focused view that shows trends over time.

An audio engineer checks their financial data during a meeting with collaborators to justify budget allocations.

Given that the user is at a collaborative meeting using the HarmonixWorks platform, when the user presents the financial analytics dashboard, then the content must load within 2 seconds and include all current financial metrics formatted for easy interpretation and presentation.

A user wishes to set specific thresholds for expenses and income alerts via the dashboard.

Given that the user has accessed the settings within the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when the user inputs threshold values for income and expenses and saves the settings, then the dashboard should enable alerts to notify the user when these thresholds are exceeded in real-time.

A user navigates to the dashboard while offline and regains connectivity.

Given that the user has accessed the Expense Tracking Dashboard while offline, when the user regains internet connectivity, then the dashboard should automatically refresh all financial data and real-time analytics without requiring further user action.

Export Functionality

User Story: As a project administrator, I want to export my financial reports in different formats so that I can share them easily with my team and manage our budget collaboratively.
Description: The Expense Tracking Dashboard should offer an export functionality that allows users to download their financial data in multiple formats such as CSV, PDF, and Excel. This feature is crucial for users who wish to share their financial reports with stakeholders or for personal record-keeping. It enhances flexibility, enabling users to analyze their data outside of the platform, and ensures that they have control over their financial information.
Acceptance Criteria: User wishes to export their financial data from the Expense Tracking Dashboard for a quarterly report review.

Given the user is on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, When they select the 'Export Data' button and choose 'CSV' as the format, Then the system should generate a CSV file containing all relevant financial data for the selected period and download it to the user's device.

A project manager needs to share a PDF report of expenses with stakeholders during a financial meeting.

Given the user has filtered the financial data by project and selected the date range, When the user selects 'Export Data' and opts for 'PDF', Then the system should generate a PDF file with a clear summary of the project expenses and download it to the user's device.

An audio engineer wants to analyze their financial data using Excel to create advanced visualizations and reports.

Given the user is viewing the financial data on the dashboard, When they choose to export their data and select 'Excel', Then the system should create an Excel file that includes all expenses, incomes, and categories for the given parameters and provide a downloadable link.

A user needs to ensure their exported financial data is secure and formatted correctly for submission to their accountant.

Given that the user has exported their financial data, When they open the downloaded file in the respective application (CSV, PDF, Excel), Then the file should display all data accurately, including proper formatting without any missing entries or corrupted data.

A user wants to quickly export their data to keep personal records of their projects without confusion over format options.

Given that the user selects the 'Export Data' option, When they are presented with format choices, Then the system should clearly label the formats (CSV, PDF, Excel) with tooltips explaining the primary use case for each format to assist in their selection.

Users need to frequently export their historical financial data for a specific project within a date range easily.

Given the user accesses the dashboard, When they specify the project and enter a date range before choosing 'Export', Then the system should include only the data corresponding to the selected project and date range in the exported file, ensuring it is relevant and concise.

The user uses the system across different browsers and wants to ensure the export functionality works consistently.

Given the user is on the Expense Tracking Dashboard using various web browsers, When they execute the export functionality for any format, Then the export feature should function consistently, allowing for successful downloads across all tested browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge).

Budget Setting and Alerts

User Story: As a project manager, I want to set budgets for each project and receive alerts when expenses approach the limit so that I can ensure we stay within financial constraints.
Description: Users should be able to set budgets for individual projects within the Expense Tracking Dashboard. This requirement includes the ability to establish financial thresholds and receive alerts when nearing or exceeding these budgets. By enabling budget setting and alerts, users will be able to maintain tighter control over their finances, prevent overspending, and ensure that projects remain profitable. Alerts can be configured to send notifications via email or within the dashboard.
Acceptance Criteria: User wants to set a budget for a new music project in the Expense Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they select a project and enter a budget amount, then the budget should be saved and displayed correctly in the project details.

User exceeds the set budget for a project while recording expenses.

Given a user has set a budget for a project, when they add expenses that exceed this budget, then an alert notification should trigger and be displayed both within the dashboard and sent via email.

User wants to receive budget alerts when financial thresholds are approaching.

Given the user has set thresholds for budget alerts, when their expenses approach these thresholds, then the user should receive a notification alerting them of the potential budget overage.

User wants to edit the budget of an existing project in the dashboard.

Given the user is viewing their project, when they edit the budget amount and save the changes, then the updated budget should reflect immediately in the Project's financial summary.

User checks their total spent vs. budgeted amount for a project.

Given the user is on the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they view their project's financial summary, then it should display the total spent and the remaining budget accurately.

User wants to disable email notifications for budget alerts.

Given the user is in their notification settings, when they choose to disable email notifications for budget alerts, then no email notifications should be sent for any future budget alerts.

Integration with Payment Platforms

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to automatically import my transactions from my payment platform so that I can save time on manually entering expenses.
Description: The Expense Tracking Dashboard should integrate with popular payment platforms (such as PayPal and Stripe) to allow users to automatically import their transaction data. This integration streamlines the financial tracking process, reducing manual entry errors and saving time for users. By providing seamless connection with payment platforms, users will have immediate access to up-to-date financial information, improving accuracy and efficiency in expense tracking.
Acceptance Criteria: Integration with PayPal payment platform for automatic transaction importing.

Given a user has connected their PayPal account to the HarmonixWorks Expense Tracking Dashboard, when the user completes a transaction through PayPal, then the transaction data should automatically appear in the dashboard's transaction list without manual input.

Integration with Stripe payment platform for automatic transaction importing.

Given a user has connected their Stripe account to the HarmonixWorks Expense Tracking Dashboard, when the user receives a payment through Stripe, then the payment details should be automatically pulled into the dashboard, updating the user's income and expense categories accordingly.

User categorization of expenses imported from payment platforms.

Given the user has imported transactions from a connected payment platform, when the user views their transaction history, then they should have the option to categorize each transaction into pre-defined categories (e.g., equipment, software, marketing), and these categories should remain saved for future reports.

Real-time updates of transaction data in the dashboard.

Given the user is actively using the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when a new transaction is processed through a connected payment platform (PayPal or Stripe), then the dashboard should reflect this new transaction in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Error handling when connection to payment platforms is lost.

Given the user has connected a payment platform to the dashboard, when the connection is disrupted (e.g., account credentials are invalid), then the user should receive a clear error notification explaining the issue and steps to resolve it.

User interface accessibility for transaction importing feature.

Given a user with visual impairments is accessing the Expense Tracking Dashboard, when they attempt to import transactions from payment platforms, then all elements related to this feature must be fully accessible using screen reader technology and keyboard navigation.

Analytics on imported transactions for budgeting.

Given the user has imported transactions from payment platforms, when they access the analytics section of the Expense Tracking Dashboard, then they should see categorized breakdowns of their expenses and incomes over specified time frames (weekly, monthly, annually) to support budgeting decisions.

Secure Payment Processing

This feature ensures all transactions are processed through a secure, encrypted payment gateway. Users can confidently manage payouts and receive payments quickly and safely, minimizing the risk of fraud and financial discrepancies.

Requirements

User Authentication

User Story: As a music producer, I want to securely log in to my account using multi-factor authentication so that I can ensure only I have access to my financial transactions and sensitive project information.
Description: This requirement mandates the implementation of a robust user authentication system ensuring that only authorized users can access features involving financial transactions. The system should support multi-factor authentication to add an additional layer of security, allowing users to verify their identity through various methods like SMS or email codes. By integrating this feature, HarmonixWorks enhances security, builds user trust, and minimizes the risk of unauthorized access, protecting sensitive financial data and user information.
Acceptance Criteria: User logs in to HarmonixWorks and initiates a payment transaction using their account.

Given the user is on the login page, when they enter valid credentials and complete multi-factor authentication, then they should gain access to the payment features of the application.

User attempts to perform a financial transaction without being authenticated.

Given an unauthenticated user tries to access the payment processing feature, when they are denied access, then an appropriate error message should be displayed indicating the need for authentication.

User has forgotten their password and is attempting to reset it to access their account for payment processing.

Given the user selects the 'Forgot Password' option, when they enter their registered email and confirm the reset, then they should receive a password reset email within 5 minutes.

User completes a payment transaction successfully.

Given the user is authenticated and has entered valid payment information, when they submit the payment, then a confirmation message should be displayed, and the transaction should be recorded in the user's account history.

User tries to access payment features from a different device after enabling multi-factor authentication.

Given the user has multi-factor authentication enabled, when they login from a new device and complete authentication, then they should be allowed to access the payment features securely.

Administrative user manages payment settings within the application.

Given the administrative user is authenticated, when they access the payment settings page, then they should be able to view, edit, and save payment processing configurations without any errors.

User verifies their identity through SMS during multi-factor authentication.

Given the user opts for SMS authentication, when they request the authentication code, then a code should be sent to their registered mobile number, and upon entering it correctly, access should be granted.

Transaction History Logging

User Story: As a finance manager, I want to view my transaction history so that I can keep track of all payments and receipts and manage my budget effectively.
Description: The transaction history logging requirement involves creating a detailed and accessible log of all completed transactions made through the platform. Users should be able to view their past payments and receipts in a user-friendly interface, with filters available for dates, amounts, and payment types. This feature is vital for transparency and allows users to easily track their financial activities, enabling better budget management and fostering trust in the payment processing system.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their transaction history after completing a series of payments, wanting to verify the amounts paid and dates of transactions to ensure accuracy in their financial records.

Given a user has completed at least one transaction, When the user navigates to the transaction history section, Then the user must see a complete list of all transactions with details including date, amount, and payment type.

A user wants to filter their transaction history to see payments made in the last month, to analyze their spending patterns and ensure they are within budget.

Given a user is on the transaction history page, When the user selects a date range filter for the last month and applies it, Then the transaction list must update to display only transactions made within that selected period.

After completing a transaction, a user checks to ensure they received a receipt that includes the relevant transaction details immediately after the transaction is completed.

Given a user has just completed a transaction, When the transaction is finalized, Then the user must receive a digital receipt via email and be able to view it in their transaction history for confirmation.

A user has several types of payments in their transaction history and wants to review all their credit card payments to keep track of expenses related to a particular source.

Given a user is viewing their transaction history, When the user selects the filter option for payment type and chooses 'Credit Card', Then the transaction list must display only those transactions made with a credit card.

A user encounters an issue where their transaction history does not show all payments made in a month, leading to concerns about incomplete records.

Given a user logs into their account and views their transaction history, When the user identifies a transaction they believe should be listed but isn't visible, Then the system must accurately show all completed transactions up to the present date without omission.

A user decides to download their transaction history to keep a personal record, wanting this feature to provide them a convenient way to track finances offline.

Given a user is on the transaction history page, When the user clicks the 'Download' button, Then a CSV file containing all transaction details must be generated and downloaded successfully without errors.

Real-time Payment Notifications

User Story: As a music professional, I want to receive real-time notifications about my payments so that I can stay updated on whether I need to take further action on my transactions.
Description: This requirement calls for real-time notifications to inform users of payment status changes, whether successful, pending, or failed. Notifications can be sent via email and in-app messages, ensuring that users are immediately aware of the status of their transactions. By implementing instant notifications, HarmonixWorks improves user experience, reduces anxiety regarding payment processing, and allows users to act quickly in case of transaction issues.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives an instant notification via email when a payment is successfully processed for a subscription renewal.

Given the user has an active subscription, when their payment is processed successfully, then they should receive an email notification confirming the successful transaction within 5 minutes.

User receives a notification in the app indicating a pending payment status for a recent transaction.

Given the user initiates a payment, when the payment is pending due to processing times, then the user should receive an in-app notification within 3 minutes indicating the payment is in pending status.

User gets alerted to a failed payment via both email and in-app message to facilitate immediate follow-up actions.

Given the user attempted a payment that failed, when the payment fails, then the user should receive both an email and in-app notification within 5 minutes that details the failure and suggests next steps.

Admin checks the system's notification logs to verify that payment notifications have been sent out correctly to users.

Given the admin is logged into the system, when they access the notification logs, then they should see entries for all payments processed in the last 24 hours, including timestamps and user details, reflecting successful, pending, and failed statuses.

User can customize their notification preferences regarding payment updates in their account settings.

Given the user is in their account settings, when they update their notification preferences for payment status updates, then those preferences should be saved and immediately applied to future notifications going forward.

User can view their payment history along with the corresponding notification statuses in their account dashboard.

Given the user accesses their account dashboard, when they navigate to the payment history section, then they should see a list of all transactions along with their respective notification statuses (successful, pending, failed) clearly displayed.

Recurring Payment Feature

User Story: As a user, I want the ability to set up recurring payments for my subscriptions so that I can avoid the hassle of manual payments each time a fee is due.
Description: The recurring payment feature will allow users to set up automatic payments for services, subscriptions, or project fees. This functionality should provide options for users to customize payment frequencies (weekly, monthly, annually) and manage their subscriptions easily through their account settings. Implementing this feature improves user convenience, guarantees timely payments, and enhances user satisfaction by making financial management seamless.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up a recurring monthly payment for a subscription service through their account settings.

Given the user is logged into their account, When the user navigates to the subscription settings and selects the option for recurring payments, Then the user can specify the payment amount, frequency (monthly), and payment method, and see a confirmation message that the recurring payment has been successfully set up.

User modifies an existing recurring payment to change the payment frequency from monthly to annually.

Given the user has an active monthly subscription, When the user accesses the subscription settings and chooses to modify the payment frequency to annually, Then the user is prompted to confirm the new payment schedule and receives an email notification confirming the change.

User cancels their recurring payment subscription.

Given the user is on the subscription management page, When the user selects the option to cancel their recurring payment subscription, Then the user receives a confirmation prompt, and upon confirmation, the subscription is canceled, and the user is notified via email about the cancellation.

User attempts to set up a recurring payment with invalid payment information.

Given the user is on the recurring payment setup page, When the user enters invalid payment information (e.g., expired credit card), Then the system displays an error message indicating the nature of the issue and prompts the user to correct it before proceeding.

User views a summary of all their recurring payments in their account dashboard.

Given the user is logged into their account, When the user navigates to the dashboard, Then the user can see a summary list of all active recurring payments with details including payment amount, frequency, and next payment date.

User receives notifications prior to the next scheduled payment of their subscription.

Given the user has active subscriptions set up with recurring payments, When the scheduled payment date is approaching (e.g., 3 days prior), Then the user receives a notification email reminding them of the upcoming payment along with details of the subscription.

Payment Method Management

User Story: As a user, I want to easily manage my payment methods in my account settings so that I can choose the most convenient option for my transactions without hassle.
Description: This requirement focuses on providing users with the capability to easily manage their payment methods, including credit/debit cards and digital wallets. Users should be able to add, edit, or remove payment methods securely within their account settings, ensuring a smooth and user-friendly experience when processing transactions. This capability is essential for user satisfaction, allowing flexibility in choosing preferred payment options, thereby enhancing engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User adds a new credit card to their account in order to facilitate future payments for services.

Given a logged-in user on the payment method management page, when they enter valid credit card details and submit, then the new credit card should be saved and displayed in the user's payment methods list.

User edits the details of an existing payment method to update expiration dates or billing addresses.

Given a logged-in user on the payment method management page, when they select an existing payment method and update the card details, then the updated information should be saved and reflected immediately in the user's payment methods list.

User removes a credit card from their list of payment methods due to it no longer being in use.

Given a logged-in user with multiple payment methods, when they select a payment method to delete and confirm the action, then the payment method should be removed from the list and not available for future transactions.

User attempts to add a digital wallet as a payment method for the first time.

Given a logged-in user on the payment method management page, when they select to add a digital wallet and successfully authenticate through the wallet provider, then the digital wallet should be added and ready for use in transactions.

User tries to add a payment method with invalid card details.

Given a logged-in user on the payment method management page, when they enter invalid credit card details (e.g., incorrect card number, expired card), then an error message should be displayed indicating the details are invalid and the payment method should not be added.

User views the option to set a default payment method for transactions.

Given a logged-in user with multiple payment methods, when they select one payment method to set as default, then that payment method should be marked as the default and used automatically for future transactions.

User tests the secure transaction process after adding a new payment method.

Given a logged-in user who has just added a new payment method, when they attempt to complete a transaction, then the transaction should process securely, and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user, confirming payment success.

Automated Payment Reminders

With this feature, users can set automated reminders for due invoices to be sent to clients. This proactive approach reduces the chances of late payments and leverages professional follow-ups, improving cash flow without extra effort from the user.

Requirements

Automated Invoice Reminders

User Story: As a music producer, I want to receive instant reminders about due invoices, so that I can ensure timely payment from my clients without having to manually track them myself.
Description: This requirement involves implementing an automated system for sending reminders to clients about due invoices. The system should allow users to customize reminder settings, such as frequency and timing of reminders, ensuring they can maintain professional relationships without manual follow-up. This integration will enhance workflow efficiency and automate the follow-up process, which reduces the likelihood of late payments and promotes better cash flow for users. Additionally, it will integrate seamlessly with the existing project management tools within HarmonixWorks, linking reminders to specific projects and invoices.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up automated invoice reminders for a client, selecting the frequency and timing of the reminders within the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the 'Automated Payment Reminders' section, and set the reminder frequency to 'weekly' and the timing to '3 days before due date', then the system should save these settings and display a confirmation message.

The user modifies the reminder settings for a specific client after initially setting them up.

Given a user has previously configured automated reminders, when they change the reminder frequency to 'bi-weekly' and click 'Update', then the system should reflect the new settings and display a success notification.

A client has a due invoice, and the automated reminder system sends a reminder email based on the user's customized settings.

Given the automated reminders are set up, when an invoice is due in 3 days, then an email reminder should be sent to the client at the time specified by the user, containing invoice details and payment instructions.

User wants to deactivate automated reminders for a specific client.

Given a user has set up automated reminders for a client, when they select the option to 'Deactivate Reminders' and confirm the action, then the system should stop sending reminders to that client and notify the user of the change.

User checks the log of sent reminders to ensure the system is functioning correctly.

Given automated invoice reminders have been configured for multiple clients, when the user navigates to the 'Reminder Log', then they should see a list of reminders sent, including timestamps and email addresses of the clients.

The user wishes to link reminders to specific projects and invoices within the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given the user is creating a new invoice under a project, when they check the option 'Send Automated Reminder', then the reminder should be linked to that specific invoice and project, and the settings be applied accordingly.

Client Customization Options

User Story: As a music professional, I want to customize invoice reminder messages, so that I can tailor my communication based on my relationship with each client.
Description: This requirement outlines the need for users to have the ability to customize the types of reminders sent to their clients. Options should include different messaging templates, the ability to add personal notes, and settings to choose the frequency of reminders (e.g., one week before due date, on due date, etc.). This personal touch will help maintain professional relationships while still utilizing an automated system, enhancing user effectiveness in cash collection processes. This feature should integrate with client profiles to save preferences for future interactions.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes Reminder Templates for Clients

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the payment reminders section, then they should be able to select from predefined message templates for client reminders and save their selections successfully.

User Adds Personal Notes to Invoice Reminders

Given a user is setting up a reminder for an invoice, when they choose to customize the reminder, then they should be able to add a personal note, which gets saved and included in the reminder message sent to the client.

User Sets Reminder Frequency for Different Clients

Given a user is customizing reminders for a specific client, when they select the frequency option, then they should be able to choose different frequency settings (e.g., one week before, on due date) and save these settings for that client.

User Views Saved Reminder Preferences for Clients

Given a user has previously customized reminder settings for a client, when they access the client profile, then the user should see the saved reminder preferences displayed clearly, including message template and frequency settings.

User Receives Confirmation of Reminder Set

Given a user has configured a payment reminder for a client, when they save the settings, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating the reminder has been successfully set and is scheduled for sending.

User Tests Reminder Functionality with Test Client

Given a user wants to test the reminder functionality, when they set a reminder with a test client profile, then the reminder should be sent as per the configured settings and logged correctly in the user's activity history.

User Edits Existing Reminder Templates

Given a user wants to update their reminder templates, when they access the template section, then they should be able to edit existing templates and save the changes successfully.

Reporting and Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a music business owner, I want to access a dashboard showing my invoicing status and analytics, so that I can better understand my cash flow and make data-driven decisions.
Description: This requirement involves creating a dashboard that provides users with analytics on their invoicing status, such as the number of pending invoices, average time to receive payments, and response rates to reminders. This feature should allow users to visualize their cash flow in real-time, empowering them to make informed decisions and enhance their financial strategies. By presenting this data clearly and aesthetically within the HarmonixWorks platform, users can assess the effectiveness of their reminders and adjust their strategies accordingly, leading to improved financial health.
Acceptance Criteria: Invoicing Status Overview

Given the user is on the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they view the invoicing status section, then they should see the total number of pending invoices displayed prominently.

Average Time to Payment Calculation

Given the user has sent multiple invoices, when they access the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should see the average time taken to receive payments calculated accurately and visualized in a graph.

Response Rates to Reminders Analysis

Given the user has sent invoice reminders, when they check the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should see the percentage of clients who responded to reminders shown alongside the pending invoice stats.

Real-Time Cash Flow Visualization

Given the user is monitoring their cash flow, when they open the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a real-time visualization of their cash flow trends over the past 30 days.

Actionable Insights Display

Given the user is analyzing their financial data, when they review the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should be provided with actionable insights or recommendations based on the invoicing and payment data displayed.

User-Friendly Interface

Given the user is navigating the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, when they attempt to access different sections of the dashboard, then they should find the interface intuitive and easy to understand, with all necessary data points clearly labeled.

Performance on Reminder Effectiveness

Given the user has set up automated reminders, when they examine the Reporting and Analytics Dashboard, then they should see the effectiveness of reminders displayed, including metrics such as payment completion rates after reminders were sent.

Multi-Channel Notification System

User Story: As a music producer, I want to choose how my clients receive invoice reminders (email or SMS), so that I can ensure they see the reminders in the way that works best for them.
Description: This requirement entails developing a multi-channel notification system that allows users to choose how they wish to send reminder notifications to clients. Options should include email, SMS, and within the HarmonixWorks platform itself. This flexibility ensures that users can communicate through their preferred channels, improving the likelihood that clients will receive and respond to reminders. The system should allow users to manage their communication preferences and maintain a professional approach when interacting with clients.
Acceptance Criteria: User sets up a notification preference for invoice reminders via email.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks, When the user navigates to the 'Notification Settings' section and selects 'Email' as their preferred channel for invoice reminders, Then the user's preference should be saved, and the system should send an email reminder to the specified client when an invoice is due.

User sets up a notification preference for invoice reminders via SMS.

Given the user has entered their phone number in the 'Notification Settings' section, When the user selects 'SMS' as their preferred channel for invoice reminders, Then the user's preference should be saved, and the system should send an SMS reminder to the specified client when an invoice is due.

User receives a reminder notification through the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given the user has selected 'In-app Notifications' as their preferred channel for invoice reminders, When an invoice is due, Then the user should receive a reminder notification within the HarmonixWorks platform.

User changes their notification preferences from email to SMS.

Given the user is on the 'Notification Settings' page, When the user changes their preference from 'Email' to 'SMS' for invoice reminders and saves the changes, Then the updated preference should be reflected in the system, and future invoice reminders should be sent via SMS.

User tests the notification system to ensure it sends reminders correctly.

Given that the user has set up all notification preferences (Email and SMS), When the user triggers a test for invoice reminders, Then the system should accurately send reminders through the selected channels without errors.

User manages notification preferences for multiple clients.

Given the user has multiple clients, When the user navigates to the 'Client Notification Preferences' page and sets different notification preferences for each client, Then each client's preference should be saved individually and respected during the invoice reminder sending process.

User receives confirmation of notification settings changes.

Given the user successfully updates their notification preferences, When the changes are saved, Then the system should display a confirmation message indicating that the notification settings have been updated successfully.

Integration with Payment Gateways

User Story: As a music professional, I want my invoice reminder messages to include direct payment links, so that my clients can easily pay their invoices without additional steps.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating the automated reminder system with various payment gateways, allowing users to add direct payment links within their reminder messages. This feature aims to streamline the payment process, making it easier for clients to fulfill their invoices directly from the reminder message. This integration should ensure seamless transactions and enhance overall user experience, ultimately leading to faster payment turnaround times and improved cash flow management within HarmonixWorks.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully integrates the automated payment reminder system with a payment gateway to send reminders to clients.

Given that the user has valid credentials for the payment gateway, when they integrate the payment gateway with the automated payment reminder system, then the system must enable the user to add direct payment links in reminder messages.

A user sets up an automated reminder for a due invoice, including a payment link in the reminder message.

Given that the user has set an invoice as due, when the user configures the automated reminder, then the reminder message must include a valid, clickable direct payment link for the invoice.

Clients receive the automated payment reminders containing the payment link and click to pay.

Given that the automated reminder is sent to a client with a payment link, when the client interacts with the reminder, then they must be redirected to the payment gateway's interface to fulfill their payment securely.

User reviews the status of sent automated payment reminders and their effectiveness in collecting payments.

Given that automated reminders have been sent out, when the user accesses the dashboard, then they must see a report detailing the number of reminders sent, payment link interactions, and payment statuses (paid/unpaid).

User receives notifications for any failed attempts to send automated reminders due to integration issues.

Given that the user has set up the automated reminders, when a reminder fails to send due to integration issues with the payment gateway, then the user must receive a notification detailing the reason for failure.

User can edit payment links within the automated reminders after initial setup.

Given that a user has previously set up automated reminders, when they access the reminder settings, then they must be able to edit and update the payment links accordingly.

The system logs all payment transactions initiated through the reminder links for future reference.

Given that transactions have been made through the payment links in reminders, when the user checks the transaction history, then they must see a complete log of all transactions initiated from the reminders, including timestamps and amounts.

Flexible Payment Options

Users can offer clients various payment methods (credit/debit cards, digital wallets, and bank transfers) for increased convenience. This flexibility caters to different client preferences, streamlining transactional processes and enhancing user experience.

Requirements

Credit/Debit Card Integration

User Story: As a music professional, I want to accept credit and debit card payments from my clients so that I can streamline transactions and improve cash flow.
Description: This requirement entails implementing a reliable and secure method for users to accept credit and debit card payments directly within the HarmonixWorks platform. The feature will securely handle sensitive card information and comply with relevant security standards (like PCI-DSS). The integration should provide real-time transaction processing, instant notifications of payment confirmations, and detailed reporting features to track sales. This capability is vital for enhancing the user experience by providing immediate payment options to clients, thereby reducing transaction times and increasing client satisfaction.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a payment for a service using a credit card through the HarmonixWorks platform, requiring real-time transaction processing and confirmation before the service is rendered.

Given a valid credit/debit card is entered, When the user submits the payment, Then the payment should be processed in real-time and a confirmation notification should be sent to the user and the client immediately.

A user accesses the payment module to view the history of transactions made through credit/debit card payments, ensuring transparency and easy tracking.

Given the user navigates to the transaction history section, When they select the date range for the transactions, Then the system should display all transactions processed via credit/debit cards within that range correctly.

The user encounters an error while attempting to process a payment and is provided with clear feedback on the issue to take corrective action.

Given an invalid credit/debit card is entered, When the user attempts to submit the payment, Then an error message should be displayed with a clear explanation of the issue and guidance on how to correct it.

User ensures compliance with PCI-DSS by testing the security measures in place for handling card information during transactions.

Given the user initiates a payment, When the credit/debit card information is submitted, Then it should be encrypted and stored securely, ensuring all PCI-DSS compliance requirements are met before completion of the transaction.

User wants to issue refunds to clients through credit card payments and requires a straightforward refund process integrated into the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given a transaction exists for a client, When the user selects the transaction for refund, Then the system should allow the user to process the refund and notify the client upon successful completion of the refund.

Digital Wallet Support

User Story: As a music producer, I want to offer digital wallet payment options to my clients so that they can pay quickly and conveniently using their preferred method.
Description: This requirement focuses on integrating popular digital wallet platforms, such as PayPal, Apple Pay, and Google Pay, into the HarmonixWorks payment system. This Inclusion will allow users to offer these methods to clients who prefer quick and easy payment solutions. The integration should ensure secure transactions, support for refund processes, and detailed transaction history. This flexibility will help cater to a broader range of client preferences, ultimately enhancing user satisfaction and engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a payment using a digital wallet on the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given the user has selected a digital wallet as the payment method, When they enter their digital wallet credentials and confirm the payment, Then the transaction should process successfully without errors and display a confirmation message.

A client requests a refund for a transaction made via a digital wallet.

Given the user selects a transaction from their transaction history, When they initiate a refund process, Then the system should successfully process the refund through the original digital wallet and update the transaction status accordingly.

A user reviews their transaction history after making payments through digital wallets.

Given the user navigates to the transaction history section, When they filter for transactions made with digital wallets, Then all relevant transactions should display accurately with details including date, amount, and transaction status.

A user tries to make a payment using an unsupported digital wallet.

Given the user selects an unsupported digital wallet as their payment method, When they attempt to initiate the payment, Then the system should display an error message indicating that the selected digital wallet is not supported.

A user attempts to make a payment with insufficient funds in their digital wallet.

Given the user selects a digital wallet with insufficient funds, When they confirm the payment, Then the system should prevent the transaction from going through and alert the user about insufficient funds.

A user accesses the payment options during the checkout process.

Given the user is on the checkout page, When they select the payment method dropdown, Then the available digital wallet options should be displayed alongside other payment methods, allowing for seamless selection.

A user wants to verify the security of digital wallet transactions.

Given the user accesses the FAQ or support section, When they inquire about the security measures for digital wallet transactions, Then the system should provide clear information regarding encryption, authentication processes, and compliance with financial regulations.

Bank Transfer Capability

User Story: As a freelancer, I want to receive payments via bank transfer so that I can have direct access to my funds without involving third-party payment services.
Description: This requirement involves establishing a seamless bank transfer option for users to receive payments directly into their bank accounts. The implementation of this feature should include a user-friendly setup process for users to link their bank accounts securely. Detailed verification processes must be in place to ensure security and prevent fraud. Bank transfers may take longer than other methods, so users should receive notifications regarding the status of their transactions. This option will provide an additional layer of payment flexibility, accommodating clients who prefer more traditional payment methods.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully links their bank account to the HarmonixWorks platform for receiving payments.

Given the user is on the bank transfer setup page, when they enter their bank account details and submit the form, then the system should securely store the information and display a confirmation message indicating the account is linked successfully.

User initiates a bank transfer payment from a client and checks the status of the transaction.

Given the user has linked a valid bank account and selects a client invoice for payment, when they initiate the bank transfer, then the system should process the transaction and send a notification regarding the transaction status within a specified time frame.

User receives a notification about the unsuccessful bank transfer due to invalid account details.

Given the user has entered incorrect bank account details during the setup, when they attempt to receive a payment via bank transfer, then the system should notify the user immediately about the error and prompt them to enter valid details.

User wants to update their linked bank account information after it has been set up.

Given the user navigates to the account settings to modify their bank account details, when they submit the updated information, then the system should securely update the bank account details and provide a confirmation message of the update.

User checks the average processing time for bank transfer transactions compared to other payment methods.

Given the user is on the payment methods information page, when they view the expected processing times, then the system should display clear information that bank transfers typically take longer than credit/debit card transactions.

A user reviews the transaction history for completed bank transfers.

Given the user navigates to the transaction history page, when they filter for completed bank transfers, then the system should show a list of all successful bank transfer transactions with relevant details like date, amount, and client name.

Payment History Dashboard

User Story: As a user of HarmonixWorks, I want to access a detailed payment history dashboard so that I can easily track my transactions and manage my finances effectively.
Description: This requirement calls for the development of a comprehensive payment history dashboard within the HarmonixWorks platform. This dashboard will provide users with real-time insights into their transaction data, including successful payments, pending transactions, and any refunds processed. This data visualization should be accompanied by filtering options to allow users to search by date, client, or payment method. This feature is important for users who need to keep track of their earnings and manage their finances efficiently.
Acceptance Criteria: User accessing the payment history dashboard to review transaction details after completing several projects for different clients.

Given the user is logged into their HarmonixWorks account, when they navigate to the Payment History Dashboard, then they should see a list of all their transactions ordered by date, including successful payments, pending transactions, and refunds.

User applying filters to the payment history to view transactions from a specific client over a set date range.

Given the user is on the Payment History Dashboard, when they select a client from the client filter and specify a date range, then only transactions associated with that client within the selected date range should be displayed.

User checking the total earnings displayed in the payment history dashboard after new transactions are recorded.

Given new transactions have been processed, when the user refreshes the Payment History Dashboard, then the total earnings at the top of the dashboard should reflect the sum of all successful payments without errors.

User attempting to access the payment history dashboard with insufficient permissions.

Given the user does not have sufficient permissions to view financial data, when they attempt to access the Payment History Dashboard, then they should receive an error message indicating they do not have access.

User requesting a detailed view of a specific transaction for record-keeping purposes.

Given the user clicks on a specific transaction in the Payment History Dashboard, when the transaction detail view opens, then all relevant information about that transaction (date, amount, client, status) should be displayed clearly.

User wanting to export their payment history for accounting purposes.

Given the user is on the Payment History Dashboard, when they click the 'Export' button, then a CSV file with all payment history data should be downloaded successfully without any missing fields or errors.

Automatic Payment Notifications

User Story: As a service provider, I want to receive automatic notifications about payment statuses so that I can keep my clients informed and reduce follow-up inquiries.
Description: The requirement focuses on implementing an automatic notification system that alerts users and their clients about payment statuses, such as successful transactions, refunds, and pending payments. Notifications should be able to be sent via email and app notifications, ensuring users do not miss important updates. This feature is critical for maintaining clear communication between users and clients, reducing inquiries related to payment statuses, and enhancing overall user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: Successful Payment Transaction Notification Sent to User and Client

Given a user processes a payment for a client, when the transaction is completed successfully, then both the user and the client receive an email notification and an in-app notification about the successful transaction.

Refund Notification Process for User and Client

Given a user initiates a refund for a transaction, when the refund process is completed, then both the user and the client receive an email notification and an in-app notification about the successful refund.

Pending Payment Notification for User and Client

Given a client has made a payment that is pending, when the payment status changes to pending, then the user and the client receive an email notification and an in-app notification alerting them of the pending payment.

Notification Delivery Time Frames

Given any payment transaction (successful, refund, or pending), when the relevant event occurs, then notifications are sent out within 5 minutes of the transaction status change to ensure timely communication.

User Preferences for Notification Settings

Given a user accesses their account settings, when they choose their notification preferences, then the system allows the user to select their preferred method of receiving notifications (email, in-app) for each type of transaction (successful, refund, pending).

Testing Non-delivery of Notifications

Given the automatic notification system, when a test transaction is executed and the notification is intentionally disabled, then no notifications should be sent to the user or the client, verifying the system's ability to handle notification failures correctly.

Notifications Containing Accurate Payment Details

Given a successful payment transaction has occurred, when the notification is sent to both the user and the client, then it must include the transaction amount, date, and transaction ID to ensure accuracy and transparency.

Collaborative Budgeting Tools

A shared budgeting tool that allows users to collaborate on financial planning for projects. Team members can enter projected costs, monitor expenses in real-time, and adjust budgets collectively, ensuring everyone stays aligned on financial goals.

Requirements

Real-time Expense Tracking

User Story: As a project manager, I want to track expenses in real-time so that I can manage my project's budget effectively and avoid overspending.
Description: The real-time expense tracking feature will allow users to input expenses as they occur, updating the budget dynamically. This includes categorization of expenses, timestamping entries, and generating notifications for budget overspending. The ability to instantly visualize financial data enhances transparency among team members, leading to more informed decision-making. Integrating with existing financial systems will ensure seamless data flow and accurate reporting, making it easier for the team to stay aligned with their financial goals throughout the project lifecycle.
Acceptance Criteria: Real-time Expense Input During Collaborative Meeting

Given a user is in a collaborative budgeting session, when they input an expense, then the budget should reflect this change immediately and accurately categorize the entry.

Overbudget Notification System

Given a user inputs an expense that exceeds the available budget in a specific category, when the entry is submitted, then the system should generate an instantaneous notification to all team members about the overbudget status.

Visual Expense Analytics Dashboard

Given a user has accessed the budgeting tool, when they view the financial dashboard, then they should see an updated graphical representation of expenses categorized by type, with the total amount spent and remaining budget clearly displayed.

Integration with External Financial Systems

Given that a user is syncing budget data with an external financial system, when they initiate the data sync, then the system should correctly import and export all relevant financial data without loss or error.

Timestamp and Edit History for Expense Entries

Given a user has entered an expense, when they review the expense history for the project, then they should see a detailed log of all entries including timestamps and any edits made to each expense.

User Access Permissions for Budget Editing

Given different team roles in HarmonixWorks, when a user tries to edit the budget, then the system should enforce permission settings so that only authorized users can make changes to the budget.

Recurring Expense Setup Feature

Given a user wants to set up a recurring expense, when they configure the parameters for that expense, then the system should allow them to save this setup and automatically apply it on subsequent budget cycles as per the defined frequency.

Collaborative Budget Adjustments

User Story: As a team member, I want to propose budget changes collaboratively so that our project can adapt to unforeseen expenses without losing track of our financial goals.
Description: This feature will empower team members to suggest and implement budget adjustments collaboratively. Users can propose modifications based on project needs or unexpected costs and provide justifications, which will then go through a voting or approval process for transparency. This aims to foster collaboration and ensure that all stakeholders have a voice in the financial planning process. It will be integrated with notifications to alert team members of proposed budget changes, allowing for timely discussions and decision-making.
Acceptance Criteria: Team members propose budget adjustments during a project review meeting.

Given a user is authenticated and has access to the budgeting tool, when they input a new budget proposal with justifications, then the proposed adjustment should be saved and pending approval from other team members.

Team members receive notifications about proposed budget adjustments.

When a user proposes a budget adjustment, then all team members should receive a notification within 5 minutes of the proposal being made.

Team members vote on proposed budget adjustments.

Given there is a budget proposal pending, when team members review the proposal, then they should be able to vote for approval or rejection, and the outcome should be recorded and displayed immediately.

Team members discuss proposed budget adjustments in a collaborative environment.

When a budget proposal is created, then team members should be able to leave comments and discussions related to the proposal, which will be visible to all members involved.

Budget adjustments are tracked in real-time for transparency.

When a budget adjustment is approved, then the changes must update the budget overview in real-time, reflecting all modifications across user sessions immediately.

All historical budget adjustments are accessible to team members.

Users should be able to view a history of proposed budget changes, including the status of each proposal (approved, rejected, pending) within the budgeting tool interface.

Stakeholders can easily assess the impact of a budget adjustment.

When a budget adjustment is proposed, then the system should automatically calculate and display the projected financial impact on overall budget goals and metrics.

Budget Visualization Dashboard

User Story: As a financial analyst, I want to view visualizations of the budget so that I can easily understand our spending patterns and highlight areas that need attention.
Description: A budget visualization dashboard will provide an intuitive graphical representation of current budgets versus actual spending. Features will include charts and graphs that display the financial status at a glance, breakdowns of expenses by category, and trend analysis over time. This is essential for enabling the team to quickly assess financial health and make strategic decisions based on visual data. The dashboard will be tailored to user roles, providing relevant insights for managers, producers, and engineers.
Acceptance Criteria: View the Budget Visualization Dashboard for Project X

Given that I am logged into HarmonixWorks, when I navigate to the Budget Visualization Dashboard for Project X, then I should see a graphical representation of current budgets versus actual spending in real-time, including charts and graphs.

Review Expense Breakdown by Category

Given that I have access to the Budget Visualization Dashboard, when I select the 'Expense Breakdown' feature, then I should be able to view a detailed breakdown of expenses by category, showing percentage allocations and total expenditures for each category.

Customize Dashboard View Based on User Role

Given that I am a team member with a specific role (manager, producer, engineer), when I access the Budget Visualization Dashboard, then the information displayed should be tailored to my role, highlighting relevant insights and data pertinent to my responsibilities.

Monitor Budget Trends Over Time

Given that I am on the Budget Visualization Dashboard, when I view the trend analysis option, then I should see historical data on budget adjustments and actual spending over time, displayed in a clear line graph format.

Collaboratively Adjust Project Budget

Given that multiple users are assigned to Project X, when I, as a team member, adjust a budget line item, then all collaborators should see the updated budget in real-time without needing to refresh their dashboards.

Export Budget Report for External Review

Given that I am in the Budget Visualization Dashboard, when I select the 'Export Report' feature, then I should be able to generate and download a PDF report summarizing the budget visualizations and expense details for Project X.

Access Dashboard from Mobile Devices

Given that I am accessing HarmonixWorks from a mobile device, when I log in and navigate to the Budget Visualization Dashboard, then I should be able to view and interact with the dashboard without any loss of functionality or usability issues.

Integrated Reporting Tools

User Story: As a team lead, I want to generate customized financial reports so that I can present our budget status and spending details to stakeholders clearly and effectively.
Description: This requirement involves developing integrated reporting tools that allow users to generate customized financial reports and summaries. Users can select different parameters, such as date ranges and budget categories, to tailor their reports to specific needs. These reports will be exportable in multiple formats (PDF, Excel) for ease of sharing and archiving. This feature will enhance financial planning and tracking, making the budgeting process more transparent and manageable across project teams.
Acceptance Criteria: User generates a customized financial report for a specific project using integrated reporting tools.

Given that the user is on the reporting page, when they select a date range and budget category and click 'Generate Report', then a customized report should be displayed that includes only the selected data parameters and has a total summary at the bottom.

User exports a financial report in PDF format after customization.

Given that the user has generated a financial report, when they choose the 'Export' option and select 'PDF', then the system should create a downloadable PDF file of the report that matches the displayed report exactly.

User switches between different view options while generating a report.

Given that the user is on the report generation page, when they toggle between 'Summary View' and 'Detailed View', then the report refreshes to show the corresponding level of detail without any error messages.

User receives confirmation after successfully exporting a financial report in Excel format.

Given that the user has selected 'Export' and chosen 'Excel', when the export process completes, then the user should see a confirmation message that includes the file name and a link to download the file.

User filters the financial report using multiple budget categories and date ranges.

Given that the user is on the customized report page, when they select multiple budget categories and a date range and click 'Apply Filters', then the report updates to only include data that meets those criteria without errors.

User accesses help documentation related to integrated reporting tools.

Given that the user is on the reporting tools page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should be directed to a help documentation page that provides clear instructions on how to use the integrated reporting tools.

User shares a generated report with team members through the platform.

Given that the user has a generated financial report, when they click on the 'Share' option and enter the email addresses of team members, then those members should receive an email with a link to view the report in their HarmonixWorks account.

Role-based Access Control

User Story: As a project administrator, I want to manage access to budget data so that sensitive information is protected and only authorized users can make changes to budgets.
Description: Role-based access control (RBAC) will ensure that team members have appropriate levels of access to the budgeting tools based on their roles within the project. This includes defining who can create, edit, approve, or view budgets and their associated data. Implementing RBAC will protect sensitive financial information, ensure accountability, and prevent unauthorized changes, aligning with best practices for data security and project management.
Acceptance Criteria: User with the role of 'Manager' attempts to create a new budget for a project within the Collaborative Budgeting Tool.

Given that the user is assigned the role of 'Manager', when they navigate to the budgeting tool and input budget details, then they should be able to successfully create a new budget.

A 'Contributor' tries to edit an existing budget in the Collaborative Budgeting Tool.

Given that the user is assigned the role of 'Contributor', when they attempt to edit an existing budget, then they should receive a permission denied message, indicating that they lack the necessary access rights.

User with the role of 'Finance' reviews a submitted budget for approval in the Collaborative Budgeting Tool.

Given that the user is assigned the role of 'Finance', when they access the list of submitted budgets, then they should be able to view all details and approve or deny the budget request according to their permissions.

Team lead attempts to view the budget expenses in a project.

Given that the user is assigned the role of 'Team Lead', when they request to view the budget expenses, they should be able to see all relevant details without the ability to edit any values.

A user attempts to access budgeting information without the necessary role assigned.

Given that the user does not have any of the required roles, when they attempt to access the budgeting tool, then they should receive an access denied message and be redirected to their dashboard.

User with the role of 'Admin' modifies access levels for other users in the Collaborative Budgeting Tool.

Given that the user is assigned the role of 'Admin', when they change the access levels of another user, then the system should update immediately and store a log of the change for audit purposes.

Historical Budget Comparison Tool

User Story: As a project manager, I want to compare current budgets with historical data so that I can identify trends and make informed decisions for future projects.
Description: The historical budget comparison tool will enable users to compare current project budgets with historical data from previous projects. This feature will provide insights into spending patterns and help teams learn from past expenditures, informing future budgetary decisions. Having access to historical budgets will assist in setting realistic financial goals and identifying potential areas for savings, enhancing overall financial planning capabilities.
Acceptance Criteria: Accessing Historical Budget Data for New Projects

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the Collaborative Budgeting Tools section, then they should be able to view a list of historical budgets associated with previous projects.

Comparison of Current and Historical Budgets

Given a user selects a current project budget, when they choose to compare it with a historical budget, then they should see a side-by-side comparison of projected costs and actual expenses from previous projects.

Identifying Spending Patterns from Historical Data

Given historical budget data is available, when a user analyzes the data, then they should be able to see visual graphs displaying spending patterns over different projects.

Generating Reports for Financial Insights

Given a user is on the historical budget comparison tool, when they generate a report, then the system should create a downloadable PDF that includes all comparative data between historical and current budgets.

Setting Budgetary Goals Based on Historical Comparisons

Given the historical budget comparison data is available, when a user sets new budget goals, then the system should provide suggestions based on historical spending patterns and averages.

Real-time Updates of Historical Budget Comparisons

Given a user is viewing historical budget comparisons, when updates are made to any ongoing project budget, then the historical comparison should reflect those changes in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Financial Insights Reporting

This feature generates comprehensive financial reports that summarize income, expenses, and project profitability. Users can leverage these insights to make informed decisions about future projects and collaborations, ultimately boosting financial success.

Requirements

Automated Report Generation

User Story: As a project manager, I want the ability to automatically generate financial reports so that I can gain insights into project profitability without spending hours on manual calculations and data entry.
Description: The Automated Report Generation requirement ensures that financial reports, including income statements, expense summaries, and project profitability analyses, are generated automatically at specified intervals or upon request. This feature eliminates the need for manual data entry and empowers users to receive timely insights into their financial performance. It integrates with existing data inputs from various projects and uses advanced algorithms to generate accurate and concise reports, enabling users to track their financial health efficiently and make data-driven decisions for upcoming projects and collaborations.
Acceptance Criteria: Automated generation of weekly financial reports for a project that has multiple sources of income and expenses, ensuring that the user receives timely insights every Monday morning.

Given that a project exists with recorded income and expenses, when the user requests a weekly financial report, then the system should generate a report that includes total income, total expenses, and net profit automatically based on the latest data available.

The user needs to generate a financial report on-demand at the end of a project that included various integrations and expenses.

Given that the project is marked as complete, when the user selects the option to generate a final financial report, then the report should include itemized income, expenses, and a summary of profitability for the entire project and should be presented in a PDF format for easy sharing.

A finance manager wants to ensure that reports generated at specified intervals reflect real-time data from ongoing projects without any delay.

Given that data inputs have been updated, when the reporting schedule triggers a report generation, then the financial report generated should contain the most recent financial data and reflect accurate figures for income and expenses.

Users want to automate financial reporting for multiple projects running simultaneously, without overlapping data or confusion between reports.

Given multiple projects with their respective financial entries, when reports are generated for each project, then each project report must be correctly segregated and should not include data from other projects.

After a financial report has been generated, the user wishes to send this report to collaborators via email directly from the system.

Given that a financial report has been successfully generated, when the user chooses to share the report via email, then the system should send an email containing the report to the specified email address and confirm that the email was sent successfully.

A user desires to receive notifications for report generation failure or success to maintain real-time insights into their financial data.

Given that a report generation event occurs, when the report is either successfully generated or fails, then the user should receive a notification indicating the status of the report generation process to their registered email or user dashboard alerts.

Users may request financial reports for specific date ranges to analyze their financial performance over a defined period.

Given that the user selects a custom date range for report generation, when the user submits the request, then the system should generate a financial report that accurately reflects all income and expenses for that specific date range, ensuring all transactions are included.

Customizable Reporting Templates

User Story: As a financial analyst, I want to create customizable reporting templates for my financial insights so that I can present data in a way that appeals to my clients and stakeholders.
Description: The Customizable Reporting Templates requirement allows users to create and save personalized templates for their financial reports. This feature facilitates the customization of report layouts, included data, and visual elements, providing users with the flexibility to tailor reports to their specific needs and preferences. By integrating a simple drag-and-drop interface and pre-designed elements, users can easily format their reports, enhancing readability and presentation. This capability addresses the unique requirements of different projects and clients, making financial reporting more efficient and user-friendly.
Acceptance Criteria: User creates a new customizable reporting template for a financial report.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when the user navigates to the 'Reports' section and selects 'Create New Template', then the user should be able to add, arrange, and format data fields using a drag-and-drop interface, and save the template successfully.

User modifies an existing customizable reporting template.

Given a user has an existing financial report template saved, when the user selects the template to edit and changes at least one data field or layout element, then the template should be saved with the changes and reflect the updated structure on subsequent opens.

User applies a customizable reporting template to generate a financial report.

Given a user has created and saved a customizable reporting template, when the user selects the template to generate a report for a specific project, then the report should be displayed using the selected template's layout and data configurations accurately.

User previews a customizable reporting template before saving it.

Given a user is in the process of creating a customizable reporting template, when the user clicks on the 'Preview' button, then the system should display a preview of the report as it will appear using the currently configured settings and data fields.

User deletes a customizable reporting template.

Given a user wants to delete an unwanted reporting template, when the user navigates to the templates list and selects 'Delete' for a specific template, then the system should prompt for confirmation and, upon confirmation, remove the template from the user's account permanently.

User shares a customizable reporting template with team members.

Given a user has created a customizable reporting template, when the user opts to share the template and selects team members, then the selected team members should receive access to the template through their accounts, enabling collaboration.

Real-Time Financial Dashboard

User Story: As a music producer, I want a real-time financial dashboard so that I can monitor my ongoing projects' financial performance and respond quickly to any discrepancies or opportunities.
Description: The Real-Time Financial Dashboard requirement introduces a dynamic interface that provides users with live updates on their financial performance. This feature aggregates data from multiple sources, displaying key metrics such as current income, expenses, and overall project profitability in real time. Users can easily monitor their financial status and make quick decisions based on live data, improving responsiveness to changes in their financial situation. The dashboard will also include visual representations, such as graphs and charts, to aid understanding and facilitate quick assessments of financial health.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Real-Time Financial Dashboard after logging into HarmonixWorks and it displays the current financial metrics in a visually appealing format.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the Real-Time Financial Dashboard, then they should see current income, expenses, and project profitability displayed in real-time with appropriate graphs and charts.

A user updates their budget for an ongoing project and the Real-Time Financial Dashboard reflects these changes immediately.

Given a user has updated their project budget, when they view the Real-Time Financial Dashboard, then the updated budget information should be visible without any delay, accurately reflecting the changes made.

A user wants to analyze their financial performance over a specific date range using the Real-Time Financial Dashboard.

Given a user selects a date range for their financial analysis, when they apply the filter, then the Real-Time Financial Dashboard should display income, expenses, and profitability metrics corresponding to the selected period.

The user encounters a scenario where their financial performance has significantly changed, and they need instant alerts on the Real-Time Financial Dashboard.

Given a user has set thresholds for income and expenses, when their financial figures exceed these thresholds, then the Real-Time Financial Dashboard should provide instant alerts or notifications to the user.

A user is working on a collaborative project and needs to share the financial insights from the Real-Time Financial Dashboard with team members.

Given a user is viewing the Real-Time Financial Dashboard, when they select the share option, then they should be able to generate a shareable report or link that includes real-time financial insights accessible to team members.

The user wishes to customize the metrics displayed on the Real-Time Financial Dashboard based on their preferences.

Given a user is on the Real-Time Financial Dashboard, when they access customization settings, then they should be able to add, remove, or rearrange displayed metrics according to their personal preferences.

Export to Multiple Formats

User Story: As a finance coordinator, I want to export financial reports in multiple formats so that I can share data with different stakeholders who may require specific formats for their analysis and reporting.
Description: The Export to Multiple Formats requirement ensures that users can easily export their generated financial reports into various formats, such as PDF, Excel, and CSV. This functionality enhances usability and flexibility, allowing users to share reports with stakeholders, integrate data into other applications, or conduct further analysis as needed. This feature will streamline the reporting process and improve collaboration among team members and external partners, enabling broader accessibility and usability of financial insights.
Acceptance Criteria: User exports financial reports after completing a project's budget analysis.

Given the user has completed their financial report, when they select the 'Export' option, then they should be able to choose between PDF, Excel, and CSV formats for downloading.

Collaborators need to share financial reports with stakeholders via email.

Given the user has exported a financial report, when they access the file, then the exported report should be correctly formatted according to the selected file type (PDF, Excel, or CSV) and ready for sharing.

User wants to integrate financial reports into another financial software for further analysis.

Given the user exports a financial report in the Excel format, when they open the file in another spreadsheet application, then all data fields should remain intact and correctly presented for analysis.

A user encounters an error while exporting a report and needs support.

Given the user attempts to export a financial report, when an error occurs during the export process, then an informative error message should be displayed outlining the issue and suggesting next steps for resolving it.

Multiple users need to access the exported reports simultaneously for review.

Given multiple users have access to the exported financial reports, when they open the reports in their respective applications, then no data corruption or access conflicts should occur, ensuring each user can view the report independently without issues.

User prefers to default their export settings for convenience.

Given the user has export preferences set, when they attempt to export a financial report, then the system should automatically apply the predefined export format without requiring the user to select it each time.

Scheduled Report Delivery

User Story: As a team lead, I want to schedule the delivery of financial reports to my team members so that they are always updated with the latest information without requiring manual effort from me each time.
Description: The Scheduled Report Delivery requirement enables users to set up automated scheduling for the delivery of their financial reports via email. This feature allows users to define parameters such as frequency (daily, weekly, monthly) and recipient lists, ensuring that key stakeholders consistently receive up-to-date financial insights without manual intervention. The automated delivery of reports enhances efficiency and ensures that all relevant parties are informed promptly, thereby supporting strategic decision-making based on the latest data.
Acceptance Criteria: Scheduled delivery of financial reports via email to users specified in the recipient list.

Given a user has set up a scheduled report delivery with defined frequency and recipient list, when the schedule time arrives, then the email containing the financial report should be sent to all recipients listed without any manual intervention.

Verification of the frequency choices available for scheduled report delivery.

Given a user accesses the scheduled report delivery settings, when they view the frequency options, then they should see the choices of daily, weekly, and monthly clearly listed and selectable.

Validation of the user interface for setting up scheduled report delivery.

Given a user navigates to the scheduled report delivery setup page, when they interact with the fields for setting parameters such as frequency and recipient list, then all fields should be functional and allow for correct data input without errors like missing fields or incorrect formats.

Testing the delivery of reports to ensure they include the correct data.

Given a scheduled report has been generated and delivered to the specified recipients, when the recipients open the email, then the report should contain accurate income, expense, and profitability data based on the specified reporting period.

Error handling for unsuccessful report delivery attempts.

Given the system attempts to deliver a scheduled report but encounters an error (e.g., invalid email address), when the delivery fails, then the user should receive a notification outlining the error and steps to correct it.

Confirming the ability to modify scheduled report delivery parameters after initial setup.

Given a user has previously set up a scheduled report delivery, when they attempt to change parameters such as frequency or recipient list, then they should be able to successfully update the settings and receive confirmation of the changes.

Financial Insights Analysis Tools

User Story: As an audio engineer, I want to access financial analysis tools within my reports so that I can analyze spending patterns and make predictions about future project budgets and outcomes.
Description: The Financial Insights Analysis Tools requirement provides users with robust analytical capabilities to visualize and interpret their financial data. This feature will include tools such as trend analysis, variance analysis, and forecasting capabilities that help users understand performance changes over time and make informed predictions about future projects. By integrating these tools into the financial reporting feature, users can gain deeper insights into spending patterns and potential revenue streams, leading to improved financial planning and strategy formulation.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the financial insights reporting feature to review their project profitability for the past quarter.

Given the user navigates to the financial insights reporting section, when they select the past quarter report, then the system displays a detailed report that includes total income, expenses, and net profitability for each project during that period.

A user wants to analyze spending patterns over the last six months to identify potential savings.

Given the user opens the financial insights analysis tools, when they input a six-month date range and run a variance analysis, then the system generates a report highlighting categories of spending with significant variances compared to previous periods.

The user projects future income based on historical financial data to prepare for an upcoming project.

Given the user inputs historical income data into the forecasting tool, when they generate a forecast for the next quarter, then the system provides multiple forecasts based on different growth scenarios (e.g., conservative, moderate, aggressive).

A user needs to visualize their earnings against their expenses for better financial decision-making.

Given the user selects the trend analysis tool, when they view the resulting graph, then the system displays a clear visual comparison of income versus expenses over the selected date range with appropriate labels and legends.

A user saves a customized financial report for later analysis or sharing with team members.

Given the user has completed their analysis of the financial report, when they click the 'Save Report' button, then the system allows them to name the report, and confirms it has been saved successfully for future access.

User Type Selector

A straightforward interface that allows new users to identify their primary role—musician, producer, educator, etc.—at the start of the onboarding process. This feature streamlines the experience by tailoring the subsequent content and resources specifically for their chosen role, increasing relevance and engagement from the outset.

Requirements

User Role Recognition

User Story: As a new user, I want to select my primary role during the onboarding process so that I receive tailored content and resources that are directly relevant to my needs.
Description: The User Role Recognition feature will automatically detect the primary role of new users (e.g., musician, producer, educator) based on their responses during the onboarding process. This feature will utilize a simple questionnaire that, when completed, will tailor the user interface and offered resources to fit their selected role. By pre-emptively customizing the experience, this feature enhances user engagement and ensures that users are instantly introduced to the most relevant tools and resources for their specific needs, thereby facilitating a smoother onboarding process and fostering a sense of belonging from the outset. Integrating this with the existing database will allow for an adaptive system that can update recommendations based on user interactions and preferences.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects their primary role during the onboarding process after being prompted by the User Type Selector interface.

Given a new user accesses the onboarding process, when they select 'Musician' as their primary role, then the system should display music production tools and resources specific to musicians.

New users complete the role selection questionnaire and submit their responses.

Given a new user completes the questionnaire and selects their role, when they submit their responses, then the system should recognize their role and tailor the interface accordingly within 2 seconds.

The system integrates with the existing user database to customize resource recommendations based on the user's selected role.

Given a new user selects 'Producer' as their role, when they navigate to the resources section, then the system should only display resources relevant to producers, excluding irrelevant content.

The User Role Recognition feature is tested for accuracy in role identification based on user responses.

Given a list of predefined responses corresponding to each role, when a user provides responses during onboarding, then the system should accurately classify the user as a 'Musician', 'Producer', or 'Educator' with 95% accuracy as confirmed by testing.

Users experience a seamless transition to their tailored onboarding process after selecting their role.

Given a user selects a role, when they complete the onboarding process, then they should receive a customized welcome message and a checklist of tasks relevant to their role within 3 seconds of finishing the questionnaire.

The User Role Recognition system updates based on user interactions and feedback to improve future recommendations.

Given a user interacts with resources post-onboarding, when they provide feedback on the relevance of the resources, then the system should adapt and update recommendations for similar users within the next session.

Custom Resource Library

User Story: As a user, I want to access a library of resources tailored to my role so that I can quickly find tools and materials that will help me with my projects.
Description: The Custom Resource Library will be designed to curate and display a selection of materials and tools specific to each user type identified during the onboarding process. By integrating this feature, users will have immediate access to resources such as tutorials, royalty-free sounds, and project templates that align with their chosen role. This personalization will not only increase the practicality of the resources available but also encourage users to engage more with the platform as they can find tools that resonate with their interests and expertise. This feature will leverage user data to continually refine and suggest resources that will aid in their production efforts, ultimately maximizing the product’s value to each user type.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects their role as a musician during onboarding and is presented with tailored resources in the Custom Resource Library.

Given a new user selects 'musician' as their role, when they complete the onboarding process, then they should see a Custom Resource Library populated with tutorials, royalty-free sounds, and project templates relevant to musicians.

User selects their role as a producer and accesses the Custom Resource Library to find specific resource types.

Given a user has selected 'producer' as their role, when they access the Custom Resource Library, then they should be able to filter and view categories such as production techniques and sound libraries tailored for producers.

User types feedback on the usefulness of the resources found in the Custom Resource Library after engaging with them.

Given a user has accessed resources from the Custom Resource Library, when they provide feedback on their usefulness, then the system should record the feedback for resource improvement metrics.

A returning user with a defined role revisits the Custom Resource Library to discover new resources.

Given a returning user logs in who previously selected a role, when they access the Custom Resource Library, then they should see new resources added since their last visit relevant to their role, highlighted for easy visibility.

The platform recommends additional resources based on user usage patterns and role.

Given a user has engaged with resources in the Custom Resource Library, when the system analyzes their usage patterns, then it should present personalized resource suggestions that further align with their interests and activities.

An educator user expects to see specific educational resources when they select their role.

Given a user selects 'educator' during the onboarding process, when they access the Custom Resource Library, then they should find resources such as lesson plans, teaching aids, and educator-focused project templates.

Interactive Onboarding Guide

User Story: As a new user, I want to have an interactive guide that helps me understand how to use HarmonixWorks according to my selected role so that I can maximize the value I get from the platform.
Description: The Interactive Onboarding Guide will be an engaging, step-by-step walkthrough for new users, showcasing how to utilize HarmonixWorks effectively based on their selected role. This feature will present users with a tailored journey, presenting tools, features, tutorials, and tips that are most relevant to their needs and goals. By providing engaging multimedia content and user-focused examples, new users will have a more comprehensive understanding of how to get started within the platform, which reduces confusion and enhances user satisfaction from the outset. The guide will also include checkpoints to ensure users are following along and can provide feedback about their onboarding experience, facilitating continuous improvement of the onboarding process.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects their role as 'Musician' during the onboarding process.

Given a new user selects 'Musician' as their role, when they complete the onboarding guide, then they should receive tailored resources and tools specifically relevant to musicians.

User selects their role as 'Producer' during the onboarding process.

Given a new user selects 'Producer' as their role, when they complete the onboarding guide, then they should receive tailored resources and tools specifically relevant to producers.

User interacts with multimedia content in the onboarding guide.

Given a user is following the onboarding guide, when they reach the multimedia sections, then they should be able to play videos or audio clips without any issues.

User receives a prompt for feedback at the end of the onboarding process.

Given a user has completed the onboarding guide, when they reach the end, then they should be prompted to provide feedback on their experience via a survey or feedback form.

User completes all checkpoints in the onboarding guide.

Given a user is progressing through the onboarding guide, when they reach each checkpoint, then they should be able to confirm completion and receive navigation guidance for the next step.

User accesses tutorials based on their selected role.

Given a user has selected their role, when they navigate to the tutorial section post-onboarding, then they should only see tutorials applicable to their specific role.

User experiences no technical issues during onboarding.

Given a new user is onboarding, when they interact with any part of the onboarding guide, then there should be no technical issues, and the interface should be responsive.

Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a user, I want to provide feedback on my onboarding experience so that I can help improve the service and resources available for future users.
Description: The Feedback Mechanism will enable users to provide input on their onboarding experience and the relevance of resources provided based on their selected role. This feature allows users to rate content, give comments, and suggest improvements, which will assist the development team in understanding user needs and difficulties within the onboarding process. By integrating this feedback directly into the platform’s user experience research, HarmonixWorks can progressively enhance the onboarding and content curation processes, ensuring higher satisfaction rates and retention of users over time. This feature will reinforce a user-centered design philosophy by making users feel valued and heard, which can enhance loyalty and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: New users complete the onboarding process and provide feedback on their experience and resource relevance based on their selected user type.

Given a new user completes the onboarding process, when they reach the feedback mechanism, then they should be able to rate their experience on a scale of 1 to 5 stars and provide optional comments.

Users provide feedback about specific resources they accessed based on their selected user type.

Given a user selects a specific resource during their onboarding, when they provide feedback, then they should be able to indicate the relevance of the resource for their role with specific user feedback options available.

The development team reviews the collected feedback for potential improvements to the onboarding process.

Given feedback has been collected from the user feedback mechanism, when the development team analyzes the data, then they should be able to identify at least three actionable areas for improvement based on user suggestions and comments.

Users receive confirmation of their feedback submission after providing input through the feedback mechanism.

Given a user submits feedback, when the submission is complete, then the user should see a confirmation message indicating that their feedback has been successfully recorded.

Users can easily find the feedback mechanism within the onboarding interface.

Given a new user is navigating through the onboarding process, when they reach the end of the process, then the feedback mechanism should be clearly visible and accessible from the final onboarding screen without scrolling.

Users can submit comments along with their rating to provide contextual feedback.

Given a user rates their experience, when they are prompted to provide comments, then they should have a text box available that allows for at least 500 characters of feedback.

The feedback mechanism functions properly across different devices and browsers.

Given the feedback mechanism is accessed, when users submit their feedback from various devices (desktop, tablet, mobile) and browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Safari), then the feedback submission should work seamlessly without errors or issues.

Role-Based Community Forums

User Story: As a user, I want to join a community forum specific to my role so that I can share experiences and get support from others who have similar goals and challenges.
Description: The Role-Based Community Forums will establish a dedicated space for users grouped by their selected roles to interact, share experiences, ask questions, and collaborate on projects. This feature promotes community engagement and provides users with a platform to connect over common challenges and successes related to their specific roles. By facilitating role-specific discussions, HarmonixWorks will foster a sense of community and encourage users to leverage each other's expertise, thus enhancing the collaborative aspect of the platform. This could also serve as a valuable feedback loop, providing insights on user needs and content that may better serve the community as a whole.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects their role as 'musician' during the onboarding process and accesses the corresponding community forum dedicated to musicians.

Given a new user selects 'musician' as their role, when they navigate to community forums, then they should see a dedicated space labeled 'Musicians Forum' where they can post and reply to threads.

A user has chosen the role of 'producer' and wants to contribute by creating a new discussion thread in the producer forum.

Given a user is identified as a 'producer', when they click on 'Create New Thread', then the user should be able to input a title and content for their discussion, and successfully submit it to the 'Producers Forum'.

A user in the 'educator' role is browsing the forum for resources shared by other users.

Given an 'educator' user is in the Educators Forum, when they scroll through the discussion threads, then they should see threads specifically labeled with 'Resource' tags and be able to access shared content easily.

A user who previously selected the role of 'audio engineer' wants to ask a technical question related to sound mixing.

Given the user is in the 'Audio Engineers Forum', when they click on 'Ask a Question', then they should be presented with a form to enter their question and select relevant tags before posting.

A user identifies a relevant topic in the 'producer' forum and wants to reply to it.

Given a user finds a discussion topic in the 'Producers Forum', when they click on 'Reply', then they should be able to type their reply and submit it successfully, and see their response appear in the thread.

An administrator reviews community engagement in the role-specific forums to gather insights on user needs.

Given an administrator is analyzing forum activity, when they view the engagement metrics, then they should see the number of active threads, total replies, and user interactions for each role-based forum.

Role-Specific Resource Library

An automatically generated collection of resources—tutorials, articles, and templates—curated according to the user's selected type. By providing a focused library tailored to their unique needs, users can quickly find materials that enhance their learning and productivity, significantly reducing the time spent seeking relevant information.

Requirements

Dynamic Resource Curation

User Story: As a music producer, I want automatically generated resources specific to my role so that I can quickly access relevant tutorials and templates to enhance my production process and save time.
Description: The Dynamic Resource Curation requirement involves developing an intelligent system that automatically identifies and curates relevant resources—including tutorials, articles, and templates—tailored to the individual user's chosen type or role within the HarmonixWorks platform. This system will utilize machine learning algorithms to analyze user preferences and behaviors, ensuring that the resource library evolves with the user's needs over time. By automatically populating resources based on current trends and user feedback, the system will significantly enhance the learning experience, reduce the time users spend searching for information, and increase overall productivity. The implementation will require seamless integration with the existing user interface and backend databases, ensuring smooth access to the curated content.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects their role as a Music Producer in the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks and has selected 'Music Producer' as their role, when they access the Resource Library, then they should see a curated list of tutorials, articles, and templates relevant to music production.

A user interacts with the dynamic resource library over a period of time.

Given the user regularly engages with the platform, when they frequently access certain resources, then the system should automatically prioritize and display those resources higher in the curated list within one week of the last access.

The user provides feedback on processed resources.

Given the user has reviewed multiple resources, when they submit feedback indicating a resource was helpful or not helpful, then the system should adjust the relevance scoring of that resource immediately based on the feedback provided.

The platform updates its resource library based on the latest trends in music production.

Given that new articles and tutorials are published weekly, when the user accesses the Resource Library, then they should see at least 10% of the displayed resources that were added in the last month.

A user with no prior interactions browses the Resource Library for the first time.

Given a new user has selected their role, when they access the Resource Library for the first time, then they should see a set of at least 5 introductory tutorials, articles, or templates tailored to their chosen role.

The system integrates feedback from multiple users to improve resource recommendations.

Given the system receives feedback from more than 100 users over a month, when the aggregated feedback is processed, then the top 10% of resources feedback as 'very helpful' should rank higher in the resource list for all users in that role.

User Role Selection Interface

User Story: As a new user, I want to easily select my role during onboarding so that I can receive the most relevant resources tailored to my needs from the start.
Description: The User Role Selection Interface requirement focuses on creating a user-friendly interface that allows users to select their specific role (e.g., music producer, sound engineer, composer) upon onboarding or in their profile settings. This interface will guide users through a straightforward selection process, ensuring their chosen role feeds into the tailored resource library feature. By improving the onboarding experience and making role specification intuitive, the interface will ensure that users receive the most relevant resources and recommendations, enhancing their overall productivity within the platform. The design must be visually appealing and align with the platform's overall aesthetic while being fully responsive across devices.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects their role during the onboarding process for the first time.

Given a new user onboarding, when the user accesses the Role Selection Interface, then they should see a clear list of roles with descriptions and visuals for each role available.

User updates their role in their profile settings after initial onboarding.

Given an existing user in their profile settings, when the user selects the 'Edit Role' option, then they should be presented with the same role selection interface as during onboarding, allowing them to change their role easily.

User selects their role and views the role-specific resources.

Given a user has selected a specific role, when they navigate to the Resource Library, then they should see resources that are specifically filtered and relevant to their selected role.

User accesses the Role Selection Interface on a mobile device.

Given a user is accessing HarmonixWorks on a mobile device, when they open the Role Selection Interface, then the interface should display correctly with all options accessible and visually appealing on the smaller screen size.

User interacts with a help feature within the Role Selection Interface.

Given a user is uncertain about which role to select, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then they should see a pop-up with guidance on how to choose the best role based on their experience and goals.

User completes the role selection process in less than five minutes.

Given a user is going through the onboarding process, when they finish the Role Selection Interface, then the total time spent should be recorded and must be less than five minutes to ensure a streamlined experience.

Feedback Mechanism for Resource Improvement

User Story: As a user of the resource library, I want to provide feedback on the resources so that I can help improve the quality and relevance of the content available for my role.
Description: The Feedback Mechanism for Resource Improvement requirement entails implementing a robust system that allows users to provide feedback on the resources available in the Role-Specific Resource Library. This feedback will be collected through ratings, comments, and suggestions for new resources. The system will analyze feedback data to identify trends and areas for improvement in the library, ensuring that the content remains high-quality and relevant. This mechanism will not only create a more engaged user base but also continuously enhance the resource library, making it increasingly useful for all users. It requires integration with data analytics tools to analyze feedback effectively and generate actionable insights for further resource curation and updates.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on a resource in the Role-Specific Resource Library after utilizing it for a project.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, When the user navigates to a resource and submits feedback through a rating and comments, Then the feedback should be successfully recorded and displayed to the user as confirmation.

System analyzes user feedback data to identify trends in resource ratings over a month.

Given the feedback mechanism has collected user ratings and comments for at least one month, When the system runs the analytics tool, Then it should provide a report highlighting the top three resources with the highest and lowest average ratings, along with user suggestions.

User reviews a summary of the feedback trends for resources in their specific role.

Given a user accesses the Role-Specific Resource Library, When the user views the feedback trends section, Then the user should see a clear summary of trends for resources relevant to their selected role, including statistics on ratings and common themes in comments.

Admin receives notifications for feedback that indicates resources need urgent improvement.

Given an admin user has access to the feedback management system, When feedback indicates a resource rating below a specified threshold (e.g., 2 out of 5 stars), Then the system should send an automated notification to the admin for further review and action.

User suggests new resources based on their experience and feedback provided.

Given a user is providing feedback after using a resource, When the user selects the option to suggest a new resource and fills out the necessary fields, Then the suggestion should be saved and acknowledged by displaying a confirmation message to the user.

System updates the resource library based on analyzed feedback data and user suggestions.

Given feedback has been analyzed and user suggestions have been collected, When updates are processed, Then the resource library should reflect the changes in content, displaying newly added resources or updated materials as indicated by the feedback analysis.

Users can filter and sort resources based on their feedback ratings.

Given users are browsing the Role-Specific Resource Library, When they apply a filter for resources rated above a specified threshold (e.g., 4 stars), Then only resources meeting this criterion should be displayed to the user.

Personalized Guided Tour

An interactive walkthrough that guides users through key features and functionalities of HarmonixWorks, tailored to their specific role. This feature empowers users to familiarize themselves with the platform efficiently, ensuring they understand how to leverage the tools most beneficial to their role, resulting in quicker adoption and proficiency.

Requirements

Role-Specific Content Delivery

User Story: As a new user, I want the personalized guided tour to provide role-specific content so that I can quickly learn how to use the platform effectively for my particular role in music production.
Description: The system shall provide tailored content within the personalized guided tour based on the user’s selected role (e.g., musician, producer, audio engineer). This feature will ensure that users receive only the most relevant information and tools for their specific functions within HarmonixWorks, thereby enhancing their learning experience and productivity. The guided tour content will include instructional videos, tips on best practices, and highlighted features that cater directly to the user’s needs. This requirement is crucial for driving user engagement and satisfaction, promoting quicker adoption of platform features relevant to each user role.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects the role of 'Musician' during onboarding.

Given the user has selected 'Musician', when they start the personalized guided tour, then they should see content tailored specifically for musicians, including relevant instructional videos, tips, and highlighted features of the platform.

User selects the role of 'Producer' during onboarding.

Given the user has selected 'Producer', when they start the personalized guided tour, then they should be presented with content specifically designed for producers that includes best practices and tools useful for production.

User selects the role of 'Audio Engineer' during onboarding.

Given the user has selected 'Audio Engineer', when they initiate the personalized guided tour, then they should receive tailored content focusing on audio engineering tools and techniques.

User navigates through the personalized guided tour interface.

Given the user is navigating through the personalized guided tour, when they click on a featured tool or resource, then they should see detailed information and guidance on how to use that tool effectively based on their selected role.

User completes the personalized guided tour.

Given the user has completed the personalized guided tour, when they finish, then they should receive a summary of the key points covered, relevant resources, and links to additional help tailored to their selected role.

User expresses interest in re-taking the guided tour or accessing specific content later.

Given the user wants to access the personalized guided tour again, when they revisit the tour, then they should be able to select their role and receive the same tailored content as before, maintaining a consistent experience.

User feedback on the guided tour experience is collected.

Given the user has completed the guided tour, when they are prompted to provide feedback, then the system should capture their responses regarding the relevance and helpfulness of the content tailored to their role.

Interactive Walkthrough Functionality

User Story: As a user, I want to engage with an interactive walkthrough in HarmonixWorks so that I can practice using the features in real time and retain the knowledge needed to be effective in my work.
Description: The system shall implement interactive elements within the guided tour, allowing users to engage with the platform's features in real-time. Users should be able to click on modules, receive on-screen guidance, and complete tasks as they navigate, reinforcing the learning process. This feature aims to create an immersive experience that fosters deeper understanding and retention of the platform's tools, enabling users to practice in a simulated environment before utilizing functions in their projects. The walkthrough will guide users through initiating projects, accessing tools, and utilizing resources effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User engagement during the interactive walkthrough of HarmonixWorks for new users.

Given a new user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they initiate the personalized guided tour, then they should see interactive elements that they can click on to navigate through features, and they must be able to complete at least one task in each module of the tour.

Effective feedback mechanism on the completion of tasks within the guided tour.

Given a user is experiencing the guided tour, when they complete a task, then they should receive on-screen confirmation and tips on how to leverage the features they just practiced, indicating that the task was successful.

Access to various modules of the HarmonixWorks platform during the walkthrough.

Given a user is undertaking the personalized guided tour, when they reach a module that requires them to access specific tools, then they should be able to easily navigate to those tools within HarmonixWorks from the walkthrough interface.

User retention of key concepts after completing the interactive walkthrough.

Given a user has completed the personalized guided tour, when they are asked to recall key functions of the platform, then they should be able to correctly identify at least 75% of the features highlighted in the tour based on a follow-up quiz.

Navigation simplicity within the interactive walkthrough for novice users.

Given a novice user is on the personalized guided tour, when they interact with the walkthrough, then they should be able to navigate through the entire tour without external assistance or guidance, indicating intuitive design.

Integration of real-time collaboration features in the walkthrough for collaborative users.

Given a user is participating in the interactive walkthrough aimed at collaborative roles, when they reach the section on real-time collaboration tools, then they must be able to engage in a simulated collaborative task within the tour, demonstrating the feature's functionality.

Progress Tracking and Feedback Loop

User Story: As a user, I want to track my progress through the guided tour and receive feedback so that I can identify areas for improvement and ensure I am mastering the platform's features.
Description: The application shall incorporate a progress tracking system within the guided tour that allows users to monitor their completion of various sections and receive feedback on their learning progress. This functionality will provide users with insights into areas they have mastered and those needing additional focus, thereby personalizing the learning experience. It also enhances motivation, as users can visualize their journey through the platform, encouraging them to complete the tour and utilize the tools effectively. Regular feedback mechanisms will include tips for further learning based on user interactions.
Acceptance Criteria: User Progress Tracking During Guided Tour

Given a user is in the personalized guided tour, when they complete a section, then their progress should be updated in the progress tracking system and visually reflected on the user interface.

Feedback Loop Activation Based on User Interaction

Given a user has completed a section of the guided tour, when the tour progresses to the next section, then the user should receive feedback on their performance, including tips for areas needing improvement.

Completion Visualization for Enhanced User Motivation

Given a user is on the guided tour, when they reach certain milestones, then the application should visually indicate their completion status and provide motivational feedback to encourage further learning.

Role-Specific Guidance Integration

Given a user selects their role during the guided tour setup, when they access role-specific features, then the guidance and tips provided should be tailored to their selected role.

Real-Time Progress Monitoring for User Adaptation

Given a user is progressing through the guided tour, when they revisit a previously completed section, then the system should allow them to review their earlier interactions and feedback to reinforce their learning.

Data Collection for Future Improvement

Given a user completes the guided tour, when the session ends, then the application should log their interactions and feedback for analysis to improve future versions of the guided tour.

Mobile Responsiveness of Guided Tour Features

Given a user accesses the guided tour on a mobile device, when they navigate through the sections, then the progress tracking and feedback features should remain fully functional and visually coherent on the smaller screen.

Integration with Digital Resource Library

User Story: As a new user, I want access to the digital resource library during the guided tour so that I can quickly find relevant tools and materials to apply in my music projects.
Description: The system shall enable integration of the personalized guided tour with HarmonixWorks' extensive digital resource library. The guided tour will highlight relevant resources, such as sample packs, templates, and educational materials that users can access directly from the tour interface. This feature will enhance the user’s experience by providing immediate access to essential materials, reducing the friction of searching for resources, and reinforcing concepts taught during the guided tour. This requirement will ensure users can leverage the resources necessary to enhance their projects effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the personalized guided tour for the first time and is guided through various features of HarmonixWorks while receiving recommendations from the digital resource library.

Given a user accesses the personalized guided tour, when the user reaches the section on audio editing, then the tour highlights relevant audio editing templates from the digital resource library.

An audio engineer goes through the guided tour and clicks on a highlighted resource to access it directly from the interface.

Given an audio engineer is in the guided tour, when they click on a highlighted sample pack, then the system opens the sample pack's details in a new tab within the app.

A music producer completes the guided tour and receives a summary of all the resources highlighted during the tour.

Given a music producer completes the guided tour, when they finish the tour, then they receive a summary email containing links to all highlighted resources.

A user experiences the guided tour on different devices (desktop and tablet) to ensure consistent access to resource links.

Given a user participates in the guided tour on both a desktop and tablet, when they access highlighted resources, then the resources should link correctly on both devices without errors.

A new user joins HarmonixWorks and needs to understand how to leverage the digital resource library immediately after the tour.

Given a new user finishes the guided tour, when they navigate to the digital resource library, then they should see a 'Recommended for You' section that includes resources highlighted in their tour.

Users of different roles (musicians, producers, and audio engineers) use the guided tour and access role-specific resources.

Given a musician starts the guided tour, when they reach the resource section, then they should see resources relevant to musicians only (such as song templates and chord progressions).

A user explores resources highlighted in the guided tour and provides feedback on their usefulness.

Given a user has completed the guided tour, when they utilize a highlighted resource, then they can submit feedback on its relevance and usefulness directly through the platform.

Customization Options for Tour Configuration

User Story: As an experienced user, I want to customize my guided tour so that I can quickly get to the advanced features I need without going through basic training.
Description: The system shall allow users to customize their guided tour experience based on their prior knowledge and preferences. New users can choose a detailed onboarding experience, while experienced users can opt for a faster-skimming version focusing on advanced tools. This feature is essential to cater to diverse user backgrounds and enhance user satisfaction, ensuring that the guided tour feels relevant and useful to each individual's level of expertise and specific needs within the music production process.
Acceptance Criteria: New user opts for detailed onboarding experience during the guided tour.

Given a new user selects the detailed onboarding option, when the guided tour begins, then the user should receive a step-by-step explanation of all key features, including visual aids for each step, and have the ability to pause or exit the tour at any time.

Experienced user chooses the fast-skimming version of the guided tour.

Given an experienced user selects the fast-skimming option, when the guided tour starts, then the user should be presented with an overview of advanced tools in a concise manner, allowing them to skip to specific sections of interest based on their preferences.

User customizes guided tour preferences based on their prior experience.

Given a user is on the customization preferences screen, when they select their prior experience level and specific interests, then the guided tour should adapt accordingly to reflect their customized preferences for the walkthrough.

System tracks user engagement during the guided tour.

Given that the user is engaged with the guided tour, when they interact with any feature during the tour, then the system should log interactions indicating which features were engaged with along with the time spent on each.

User receives follow-up recommendations after completing the guided tour.

Given a user finishes the guided tour, when the tour ends, then the user should receive tailored resource recommendations and prompts related to the features they showed interest in during the tour.

Dynamic Dashboard Setup

An initial setup feature that configures the user's dashboard layout according to their chosen role, highlighting the most relevant tools and resources first. This personalized dashboard experience ensures that vital tools are front and center, optimizing user workflow and making the platform feel more intuitive from day one.

Requirements

Role-Based Dashboard Customization

User Story: As a music producer, I want my dashboard to highlight the tools I use most frequently, so that I can access everything I need quickly and efficiently without navigating through irrelevant features.
Description: The Role-Based Dashboard Customization requirement focuses on enabling users to configure their dashboard layout according to their selected role. By optimizing the interface for various user types, like musicians, producers, and audio engineers, the dashboard will surface relevant tools and resources immediately upon login. This personalization optimizes the user's workflow, allowing for swift access to frequently used features and enhancing overall productivity. The dashboard will also adapt its display preference as users switch roles, ensuring a seamless experience across different activities within HarmonixWorks.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects their role as a Musician during the initial setup of HarmonixWorks, and the dashboard is configured to highlight tools relevant to music creation.

Given a user selects 'Musician' as their role, when they log in to the platform for the first time, then the dashboard displays music-related tools such as sound libraries and MIDI tools prominently at the top of the dashboard layout, and less relevant tools are minimized or hidden.

A user switches their role from Musician to Producer, and the dashboard updates to reflect the new role immediately.

Given a user is logged into the platform as a Musician, when they switch their role to 'Producer', then the dashboard layout should automatically update to present production-focused tools like project management features and collaboration resources without requiring a page refresh.

A Musician logs in to HarmonixWorks, and onboarding tips are displayed to enhance user experience with the tools highlighted in their dashboard.

Given the user is a Musician and they log in for the first time, when the dashboard is displayed, then at least three relevant onboarding tips should be shown, offering guidance on how to use the highlighted tools effectively.

During the initial setup, a user selects multiple roles and checks how the dashboard adapts to show tools for each role.

Given a user selects both 'Musician' and 'Audio Engineer' as their roles, when they complete the initial setup, then the dashboard should display a combined view that includes tools for both roles, ensuring that neither set of tools is obscured or inaccessible.

User preferences for dashboard layout are saved and remain consistent across future logins.

Given a user customizes their dashboard layout according to their selected role, when they log out and log back in, then the dashboard should retain the user's customized layout and preferences from the previous session.

User is able to reset their dashboard layout to the default settings if desired.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they choose the option to reset their dashboard layout to the default settings, then the dashboard should revert to the original configuration representing the selected role's standard tools without error.

User is notified of any changes in dashboard layout when switching roles during a session.

Given a user switches roles mid-session, when the dashboard layout changes to reflect the new role, then the user should receive a notification indicating that the layout has been updated to match the new role they have selected.

Quick-Access Resource Library

User Story: As an audio engineer, I want to quickly find and access sounds that fit my project, so that I can create high-quality music without wasting time sifting through irrelevant resources.
Description: The Quick-Access Resource Library requirement aims to provide users with immediate access to an extensive library of digital resources, including royalty-free sounds, samples, and patches. This feature will include a search and filter capability that allows users to quickly find specific sounds based on various criteria such as genre, mood, or instrumentation. Integrating this feature into the dashboard ensures users can dynamically explore resources suited to their current project, thereby facilitating creativity and expediting the production process. By providing an easily navigable and user-friendly interface, this feature significantly enhances user engagement with the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User searches for a specific sound in the Quick-Access Resource Library by entering keywords related to the sound they need.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they use the search bar to enter keywords and press 'search', then the system should display a list of relevant sounds that match the search criteria within 2 seconds.

User applies filters in the Quick-Access Resource Library to narrow down the selection of sounds by genre and mood.

Given the user wants to filter sounds, when they select a genre and mood from the filter options and apply the filter, then the system should display only the sounds that meet both criteria without any delay.

User accesses the Quick-Access Resource Library from the dashboard on their first visit to the platform.

Given this is the user's first visit, when they access the dashboard, then the Quick-Access Resource Library should be prominently displayed with an introductory tooltip explaining its features, ensuring it is intuitive for new users.

User retrieves a sound from the Quick-Access Resource Library and adds it to their current project.

Given the user has found a sound they want to use, when they click on the 'add to project' button, then the system should successfully integrate the sound into their current project and display a confirmation message.

User wants to return to their previous search results in the Quick-Access Resource Library after reviewing a selected sound.

Given the user has navigated away from the search results, when they click the 'back to results' button, then the system should restore the previous search results instantly without requiring a new search query.

User checks the sound details in the Quick-Access Resource Library before adding it to their project.

Given the user is viewing a sound's details, when they click on the sound title, then the system should display detailed information, including a preview option, description, and tags associated with the sound.

Interactive Onboarding Tutorial

User Story: As a new user, I want an interactive onboarding experience, so that I can quickly learn how to set up my dashboard and use the tools effectively.
Description: The Interactive Onboarding Tutorial requirement introduces an engaging tutorial system that guides new users through the initial setup process of their dashboard and services available on HarmonixWorks. This interactive experience will use walkthroughs, tooltips, and mini-exercises that adapt based on the user's role, ensuring they understand how to leverage the platform's capabilities from day one. By facilitating a smoother learning curve, this feature will reduce user frustration, improve retention rates, and empower users to fully utilize HarmonixWorks for their music production needs.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the onboarding process after creating their account, selecting their role as a Music Producer.

Given the user has selected their role as Music Producer, when the onboarding tutorial starts, then the dashboard should display tools relevant to music production prominently, including a sequencer, mixer, and sample library.

During the onboarding tutorial, a user receives tooltips explaining the functionalities of different dashboard elements.

Given the user is interacting with the onboarding tutorial, when they hover over a dashboard element, then a tooltip should appear explaining its functionality within 2 seconds.

A new user completes the interactive onboarding tutorial successfully.

Given the user has completed all steps of the onboarding tutorial, when they finish, then the user should receive a completion message and a summary of key features, with a prompt to explore more resources.

The onboarding tutorial adapts based on a user’s selected role, providing specific guidance tailored to users with varying expertise levels.

Given the user has a determined expertise level (beginner, intermediate, expert), when they progress through the onboarding, then the tutorial content should vary in complexity and be more detailed for beginners while remaining minimal for experts.

After completing the onboarding tutorial, a user accesses their personalized dashboard for the first time.

Given the user has successfully completed the onboarding tutorial, when they access their dashboard, then the layout should reflect their selected role, prominently featuring tools and resources applicable to their role.

A user has the option to skip or revisit sections of the onboarding tutorial based on their specific needs.

Given a user is in the onboarding tutorial, when they select the option to skip or revisit a section, then they should either bypass the section or be redirected to the selected tutorial section with relevant guidance displayed.

Users provide feedback on the onboarding tutorial experience.

Given that the onboarding tutorial has been completed, when the user is prompted for feedback, then they should have the option to rate their experience and leave comments, with a minimum of a 1 to 5 star rating scale.

Onboarding Checkpoints

Regularly scheduled interactive touchpoints during the onboarding process that assess user understanding and engagement. Users receive prompts to complete key tasks or skills based on their role, ensuring they stay on track and are well-equipped to use the platform effectively.

Requirements

Interactive Task Prompts

User Story: As a new user of HarmonixWorks, I want to receive interactive prompts that guide me through key tasks relevant to my role so that I can quickly learn how to use the platform effectively and confidently.
Description: The Onboarding Checkpoints feature will include a system of interactive task prompts that guide new users through essential functionalities of HarmonixWorks tailored to their specific roles. These prompts will appear at key points in the onboarding process to ensure users engage with the platform's main features, such as project management tools and the digital resource library. This functionality will help users develop a deeper understanding of the platform and enhance their ability to use it effectively, resulting in higher user satisfaction and lower dropout rates during the onboarding phase.
Acceptance Criteria: New user completes first onboarding task successfully.

Given a new user has logged into HarmonixWorks for the first time, when they are prompted with the interactive task prompt for the project management tool, then they complete the task as per the instructions provided by the prompt and correctly navigate to the project management section.

User engagement with the digital resource library during onboarding.

Given a new user is in the onboarding phase, when they receive the interactive prompt to explore the digital resource library, then they should be able to view and access at least 5 royalty-free sounds and correctly download one sound file.

User feedback after completing a task prompted during onboarding.

Given a new user has completed a task prompted by the onboarding checkpoints, when they are asked to provide feedback on the interactive task prompt, then they must rate their understanding of the functionality as 4 or higher on a scale of 1 to 5.

User's ability to revisit prompts they have completed.

Given a user has completed an interactive task prompt, when they access their onboarding dashboard, then they should be able to view a history of completed tasks and click through to re-access the instructions for any task.

Retention rate of users who engage with interactive prompts during onboarding.

Given a cohort of new users, when comparing those who engaged with interactive prompts to those who did not, then the retention rate of the engaged group should be at least 20% higher after the first month.

Role-specific prompts based on user profile.

Given a new user has selected their role during the onboarding setup, when they go through the interactive prompts, then the tasks presented must align with their selected role, ensuring relevant functionalities are highlighted.

Integration of user progress tracking for onboarding tasks.

Given a user is going through the onboarding process, when they complete each interactive task prompt, then their progress should be automatically updated on their onboarding dashboard, clearly indicating what percentage of tasks have been completed.

Progress Tracking Dashboard

User Story: As a music producer, I want to see a dashboard that shows my onboarding progress so that I can track what I've completed and what I still need to learn to effectively use HarmonixWorks.
Description: A dedicated Progress Tracking Dashboard will be implemented within the Onboarding Checkpoints feature, allowing users to visualize their onboarding journey. It will display completed tasks, current status, and remaining checkpoints in a user-friendly interface. This feature will not only encourage users to complete their onboarding process but also provide them with an overview of their learning journey, helping them to stay motivated and informed about their progress.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their Progress Tracking Dashboard after logging into HarmonixWorks for the first time as part of the onboarding process.

Given the user has completed the initial onboarding steps, when they log into the platform, then the Progress Tracking Dashboard should display the user's current status, completed tasks, and remaining checkpoints in a visually clear format.

User progresses through the onboarding checkpoints and completes several tasks, reflecting their advancement on the dashboard.

Given the user has completed a task, when they return to the Progress Tracking Dashboard, then the completed task should be marked as done, and the count of completed tasks should update accordingly.

User seeks to understand their overall progress and motivation during the onboarding journey.

Given the user accesses the Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they view the completed tasks, current status, and remaining checkpoints, then the information should be displayed in a user-friendly interface that uses visual cues (like progress bars or checkmarks) to enhance understanding.

User encounters a technical issue while trying to view their Progress Tracking Dashboard.

Given the user attempts to access the dashboard, when there is a technical failure (like a server error), then the user should receive a clear error message explaining the issue and alternative actions they can take.

User wishes to receive reminders or notifications based on their progress through the onboarding process.

Given the user has opted into notifications, when they reach a certain percentage of progress (e.g., 50% completion), then the user should receive a prompt notification encouraging them to continue.

User wants to track their individual onboarding checkpoints over time to see their historical progress.

Given the user accesses their Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they select the option to view historical data, then the dashboard should show a timeline of completed tasks and checkpoints along with dates of completion.

User shares their progress with a mentor or fellow user for feedback during their onboarding experience.

Given the user wishes to share their Progress Tracking Dashboard, when they hit the 'Share' button, then the system should generate a shareable link or report that includes their current progress and status that they can send securely.

Feedback Mechanism

User Story: As a new user, I want to provide feedback on my onboarding experience so that I can contribute to improving the process for future users and ensure it meets their needs.
Description: An integrated Feedback Mechanism will provide users with an opportunity to share their thoughts about the onboarding checkpoints after completing each segment. This requirement will allow users to submit suggestions and report issues, enabling the development team to continually improve the onboarding experience based on real user feedback. The collected insights will be crucial for refining the onboarding process and identifying common pain points faced by new users.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback after completing onboarding checkpoint 1.

Given the user has completed onboarding checkpoint 1, when they access the feedback form, then they should see options to rate their experience from 1 to 5 stars and enter comments or suggestions.

User submits feedback after completing onboarding checkpoint 2.

Given the user has completed onboarding checkpoint 2, when they select the relevant feedback prompt, then they should successfully submit their feedback without encountering errors.

User views submitted feedback history.

Given the user has previously submitted feedback for onboarding checkpoints, when they navigate to the feedback history section, then they should see a list of all their feedback submissions along with submission dates and statuses.

Development team reviews collected feedback.

Given that multiple users have submitted feedback, when the development team accesses the feedback management dashboard, then they should see a summary of feedback categorized by urgency and type (suggestion vs issue).

System sends confirmation to users upon feedback submission.

Given the user has submitted feedback, when the submission is complete, then they should receive a confirmation message via email and an on-screen notification acknowledging their feedback.

Incorporation of feedback into onboarding process updates.

Given that feedback has been analyzed, when the development team implements changes based on feedback, then the updated onboarding checkpoints should reflect the changes made and improve user experience based on the insights gathered.

User encounters an error while submitting feedback.

Given the user attempts to submit feedback but encounters an error, when the user retries the submission, then the system should handle the error gracefully and provide a clear message on how to resolve the issue.

Customizable Onboarding Paths

User Story: As an audio engineer, I want to customize my onboarding path so that I can focus on the features that are most relevant to my expertise, enabling me to maximize my learning efficiency.
Description: The system will offer Customizable Onboarding Paths that adapt based on the user’s role and prior experience with music production tools. This flexibility allows users to skip irrelevant sections and focus on the areas that are crucial for their specific needs. With this feature, HarmonixWorks aims to create a personalized onboarding experience that maximizes efficiency, thus ensuring users feel competent and capable of utilizing the platform from early on.
Acceptance Criteria: User with beginner experience selects a customizable onboarding path designed for new users and completes the first five tasks successfully.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they select the 'Beginner' onboarding path, then they should encounter introductory tasks specific to new users and complete them without confusion.

A user with advanced production experience accesses the onboarding paths and customizes their journey by skipping unnecessary sections.

Given a user labeled as 'Advanced' selects their onboarding path, when they choose to skip sections not relevant to their expertise, then the platform should allow them to proceed to only the tasks that enhance their skills.

A user provides feedback on the onboarding process after completing their customized path to assess clarity and relevance of tasks based on their role.

Given a user has completed their onboarding path, when they submit feedback on their experience, then the feedback should be collected and analyzed for improvements in the onboarding content.

An intermediate user takes the onboarding path and encounters a task that is either too easy or too difficult, impacting their overall satisfaction.

Given an intermediate user is navigating their onboarding path, when they find a task unchallenging or too complex, then the system should prompt the user to rate the task and suggest alternative resources based on their feedback.

User analytics tracks task completion rates among different user roles to evaluate the effectiveness of the onboarding path.

Given the onboarding has been implemented, when the analytics system tallies task completions, then it should produce reports that highlight completion rates across beginner, intermediate, and advanced roles.

A user navigates back to previous onboarding tasks after modifying their onboarding path due to a change in role or goals.

Given a user decides to change their onboarding path during the process, when they navigate back to previous tasks, then the platform should retain user progress and allow seamless access to previously completed tasks.

Certification Completion Badge

User Story: As a user who completes the onboarding process, I want to earn a certification badge so that I can showcase my proficiency in using HarmonixWorks and enhance my professional credentials.
Description: To enhance user motivation, a Certification Completion Badge will be awarded to users who complete the onboarding process and all associated checkpoints. This badge will serve as a digital recognition of their commitment to mastering the platform and can be shared on social media or professional networks. This gamification aspect of the onboarding process will encourage user engagement and promote a sense of achievement.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives the Certification Completion Badge after completing all onboarding checkpoints and tasks as per their role.

Given a user has successfully completed all onboarding checkpoints, when they check their profile, then they should see the Certification Completion Badge displayed prominently.

The badge can be easily shared on social media platforms after completion of the onboarding process.

Given a user has received the Certification Completion Badge, when they click the 'Share' button, then they should have options to post on Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn without any errors.

Users can view the details of what is required to complete the onboarding process and earn the badge.

Given a user is on the onboarding page, when they click on the 'Requirements for Certification Badge' link, then they should see a clear list of tasks and checkpoints they need to complete.

The badge system accurately reflects a user’s completed onboarding checkpoints and is updated in real-time.

Given a user has completed a checkpoint, when they return to the dashboard, then their progress should be updated immediately and accurately reflected in the badge status.

Users receive a notification upon earning the Certification Completion Badge.

Given a user has completed the onboarding process and earned the badge, when they log into the platform, then they should receive a pop-up notification congratulating them and providing badge details.

The platform tracks and logs user engagement metrics throughout the onboarding process.

Given a user is progressing through the onboarding checkpoints, when they complete each checkpoint, then the system should log the time taken for each checkpoint and the user's engagement level.

Users can provide feedback on the onboarding process after receiving their badge.

Given a user has completed the onboarding process and earned their badge, when they are prompted with a feedback form, then they should be able to submit their feedback without any issues.

Feedback Loop Integration

A built-in mechanism for new users to provide feedback about their onboarding experience, allowing for continuous improvement of the customized onboarding process. This feature ensures that HarmonixWorks evolves based on real user experiences, fostering a sense of community and demonstrating a commitment to user satisfaction.

Requirements

User Feedback Form

User Story: As a new user, I want to easily provide feedback on my onboarding experience so that I can contribute to improving the service for future users and ensure my concerns are addressed promptly.
Description: Implement a user feedback form that is easily accessible during the onboarding process. This form should allow users to provide qualitative and quantitative feedback about their experiences, including suggestions for improvements and any issues encountered. The feedback collected will be analyzed regularly to identify patterns and areas for enhancement, ensuring that the onboarding process evolves with user needs. Integration with an analytics dashboard is necessary to visualize feedback trends and prioritize improvements based on user input. This feature is critical for fostering a responsive and community-driven environment, where user experiences directly shape product development.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback during the onboarding process after completing a certain number of setup tasks.

Given a user has reached the feedback form stage, when they submit their feedback, then the system should confirm the submission with a success message and log the feedback data.

Admin reviews the feedback collected from users and identifies common themes and issues.

Given the admin accesses the analytics dashboard, when they filter feedback results by date, then they should see a visual representation of feedback trends over time.

User encounters an issue with the onboarding process and provides specific feedback about it.

Given the user submits feedback that includes a suggestion for improvement, when the feedback is analyzed, then the system should categorize it correctly and flag it for priority review in the next development sprint.

User wants to see existing feedback trends before submitting their own feedback.

Given the user navigates to the feedback form, when they select the 'view trends' option, then they should be shown a summary of previous feedback including common issues and suggestions.

Users can easily access the feedback form throughout the onboarding process without interruptions.

Given a user is onboarding within the HarmonixWorks platform, when they navigate through the process, then the feedback form should be readily accessible from the main navigation menu at any time.

User submits both qualitative and quantitative feedback through the feedback form.

Given a user fills out the feedback form, when they submit their feedback, then the system should capture both types of feedback accurately and display a summary of their input on the confirmation screen.

Real-time Feedback Notifications

User Story: As a member of the onboarding team, I want to receive real-time notifications when users submit feedback so that I can address urgent issues and improve the onboarding experience immediately.
Description: Create a notification system that alerts the onboarding team in real-time when feedback is submitted by users. This system should prioritize certain types of feedback, such as critical bugs or major usability issues, ensuring that they are addressed immediately. Notifications will be sent via the existing internal messaging system to ensure timely awareness and response. This feature will facilitate continuous improvement and rapid response to user concerns, aligning with HarmonixWorks' commitment to user satisfaction and experience.
Acceptance Criteria: New user submits feedback on their onboarding experience via the feedback form within HarmonixWorks.

Given a new user onboards and submits feedback, when the feedback is submitted, then a notification should be sent to the onboarding team via the internal messaging system within 5 seconds.

A user submits critical feedback regarding a bug encountered during onboarding.

Given a new user reports a critical issue, when the feedback classification is identified as 'critical', then the notification sent should indicate the urgency level as 'Critical Bug' and alert the team to address it within one hour.

The onboarding team needs to track feedback response time to ensure efficiency.

Given feedback is submitted by any user, when the onboarding team member receives the notification, then the response time to address the feedback should be logged, and an alert should be triggered if the response exceeds 24 hours.

A user provides positive feedback about the onboarding process.

Given a new user submits positive feedback, when the feedback is categorized as 'positive', then the onboarding team should receive a notification summarizing the feedback, highlighting user satisfaction.

The system processes feedback and classifies it accordingly to improve response times.

Given feedback submitted by users through the feedback loop, when the system classifies the feedback, then it should categorize it as 'critical', 'major', 'minor', or 'positive' based on predefined criteria to enable prioritized notifications.

A user submits feedback while simultaneously accessing other features of HarmonixWorks.

Given a new user is accessing HarmonixWorks and submits feedback, when the feedback submission is completed, then their session should remain unaffected and continue functioning without interruptions.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a product manager, I want to access an analytics dashboard that summarizes user feedback trends so that I can prioritize which onboarding enhancements to implement based on real data.
Description: Develop an analytics dashboard that aggregates feedback data collected from users and presents it in a clear and actionable format. The dashboard should include visualizations such as graphs and heat maps to display trends over time, most common feedback themes, and user satisfaction ratings. This feature will enable stakeholders to make data-driven decisions regarding adjustments to the onboarding process based on clear insights. By translating user feedback into visual data, the onboarding process can be continuously refined based on comprehensive user insights.
Acceptance Criteria: New users access the feedback analytics dashboard after completing the onboarding process to review aggregated feedback data and insights.

Given that a new user has completed the onboarding process, when they access the feedback analytics dashboard, then they should be able to see a summary of user feedback data displayed in visualizations such as graphs and heat maps.

Stakeholders review the feedback analytics dashboard to identify trends and common themes in user feedback over the past month.

Given that stakeholders log into the dashboard, when they select the past month as the time frame, then they should see a list of common feedback themes and their respective frequencies represented visually in the dashboard.

Users submit feedback regarding the onboarding process through the feedback loop integration feature, and this data reflects in the analytics dashboard.

Given that a user submits feedback through the feedback loop, when they view the analytics dashboard, then the new feedback should be reflected immediately in the corresponding visualizations and metrics.

The feedback analytics dashboard aggregates user satisfaction ratings over time for continual assessment of onboarding effectiveness.

Given that users have submitted satisfaction ratings, when stakeholders access the analytics dashboard, then they should see a line graph displaying user satisfaction trends across selected timeframes (e.g., weekly, monthly).

The analytics dashboard allows users to filter feedback data based on specific categories such as user demographics or session types.

Given that user feedback is categorized, when a stakeholder applies filters on the analytics dashboard, then they should see the displayed data update to reflect the selected categories without any delay.

Data visualizations in the feedback analytics dashboard are designed for clarity and quick insights by users unfamiliar with data analysis.

Given that a new or non-technical user accesses the analytics dashboard, when they view the provided visualizations, then they should be able to easily understand the insights without requiring additional documentation or support.

Feedback data is updated live in the analytics dashboard as new feedback is submitted by users.

Given that a user submits new feedback through the feedback loop, when stakeholders are viewing the analytics dashboard, then they should see the new feedback reflected within the dashboard in real-time.

Interactive Feedback Tutorial

User Story: As a new user, I want an interactive tutorial that shows me how to provide actionable feedback during onboarding so that I can easily participate in improving the service while I learn how to use the platform.
Description: Introduce an interactive tutorial that guides users through the feedback process during onboarding. The tutorial should highlight the importance of their feedback and demonstrate how to use the feedback form effectively. Including tips for giving constructive feedback will increase the quality and quantity of user input. This interactive element is essential for driving engagement and ensuring that users feel their input is valuable and impactful, ultimately contributing to a better onboarding experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User completes the onboarding process and reaches the feedback tutorial stage where they are prompted to provide feedback on their onboarding experience.

Given the user is at the feedback tutorial stage, when the user completes the feedback form, then a confirmation message should appear, indicating their feedback has been submitted successfully.

During the interactive tutorial, users are shown how to access the feedback form and understand its importance in enhancing their onboarding experience.

Given the user is engaged in the interactive feedback tutorial, when they complete all tutorial steps, then they should be able to successfully access the feedback form without any issues.

The tutorial emphasizes the importance of constructive feedback by providing examples and tips.

Given the user is viewing the feedback tutorial, when they reach the section on giving constructive feedback, then they should see at least three examples of constructive feedback and tips on how to formulate their responses.

Users are encouraged to provide feedback after the completion of the onboarding process.

Given the user has completed the onboarding process, when they finish the feedback tutorial, then they should be automatically redirected to the feedback form.

The system tracks how many users complete the feedback tutorial versus those who skip it.

Given the feedback tutorial is live, when users engage with the HarmonixWorks onboarding process, then at least 70% should complete the interactive feedback tutorial as tracked by the system analytics.

Users are able to provide feedback that is categorized, allowing for easier analysis by the development team.

Given the user is submitting feedback through the form, when they select categories related to their feedback, then the system should allow selection of multiple categories and capture this data in the backend.

Feedback Response System

User Story: As a user who has provided feedback, I want to receive updates on how my feedback has influenced changes in the onboarding process so that I feel valued and engaged in the development of the service I use.
Description: Establish a system for responding to user feedback, where users can receive acknowledgment of their input and updates on how their feedback has led to changes within the onboarding process. This system should automate responses for common feedback submissions and allow for customized messages for more specific feedback. By closing the feedback loop, users will feel valued and more likely to continue engaging with the platform, knowing that their voices matter in the development process.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback through the onboarding feedback form.

Given a user fills out the feedback form during onboarding, when they submit their feedback, then they should receive an automated acknowledgment email within 5 minutes confirming receipt of their input.

User receives updates on the changes made based on their feedback.

Given a user who provided feedback, when updates are implemented based on their input, then they should receive a detailed email outlining the changes made as a result of their feedback within 2 weeks.

Automated responses for common feedback submissions are triggered appropriately.

Given a user submits common feedback categorized as frequently mentioned, when the feedback is submitted, then the user should receive an automated response tailored to their feedback category within 10 minutes.

Customized messages for unique feedback submissions are sent.

Given a user submits unique feedback that does not match common categories, when the feedback is submitted, then the user should receive a personalized response within 24 hours addressing their specific concerns and thanking them for their input.

Feedback response tracking for internal review.

Given a feedback submission, when the feedback is logged in the system, then there should be a tracking mechanism that indicates whether an acknowledgment and detailed update have been sent to the user within the specified timelines.

User feedback can be easily categorized and prioritized.

Given the admin views user feedback submissions, when they access the feedback management system, then they should be able to sort feedback based on categories and urgency, with a clear indication of each feedback’s status.

User engagement increases due to responsive feedback system.

Given that the feedback response system is implemented, when users are surveyed 3 months after implementation, then at least 70% of respondents should indicate they feel more engaged with HarmonixWorks due to receiving acknowledgment of their feedback.

Easy Access Supportive Tutorials

A collection of short, role-specific tutorial videos accessible within the onboarding interface that cover common tasks and challenges for each user type. This feature boosts confidence and encourages exploration by enabling new users to quickly find solutions tailored to their needs, enhancing their ability to navigate the platform successfully.

Requirements

Role-specific Tutorial Categories

User Story: As a new audio engineer, I want to quickly find tutorials that are specific to my role, so that I can learn relevant tasks without sifting through unrelated content.
Description: Implement role-specific categories for tutorial videos, allowing users to easily navigate to resources pertinent to their specific roles (e.g., musician, producer, audio engineer). The categorization will simplify the user experience by filtering out irrelevant content and enhancing search efficiency, thus promoting quicker learning and skill acquisition. Each category will host a tailored library of support videos addressing common tasks and challenges associated with each user type, ensuring content relevance and accessibility.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can navigate to the tutorials section based on their specific roles upon signing into the platform for the first time.

Given that a user is logged in as a musician, when they access the tutorials section, then they should see only the musician tutorial category labeled 'Musician Resources' displayed prominently, and all content within this category should be relevant to musicians.

An audio engineer user selects a tutorial from the audio engineer category to learn about mixing techniques.

Given that an audio engineer has navigated to the 'Audio Engineer Resources' category, when they click on the 'Mixing Techniques' tutorial, then the tutorial should load within 3 seconds, and the video should play without buffering, with clear audio and visuals relevant to the topic.

Producers are seeking to filter tutorials by topics pertinent to music production on the platform.

Given that a producer is in the tutorials section, when they apply a filter for production techniques, then only tutorial videos related to the production category should be displayed, and they should be able to see at least 10 relevant tutorials available within that filter.

New users are onboarding and wish to understand the available tutorials based on their selected role during account creation.

Given that a new user has selected their role (musician, producer, or audio engineer) during account setup, when they access the onboarding interface post-sign-up, then they should be greeted with a section in the tutorials area specifically mentioning tutorials pertinent to their selected role, and a tutorial introduction video that outlines what to expect.

A user attempts to search for a specific tutorial video using keywords related to common tasks in their role.

Given that a user is in the tutorials section and enters the keyword 'sample editing' in the search bar, when they initiate the search, then they should see a results page displaying relevant tutorial videos that include the keywords, and at least 5 results should appear under the relevant role category.

Users want to provide feedback on the usefulness of tutorials they have viewed.

Given that a user has completed watching a tutorial, when they are presented with an option to rate the tutorial's usefulness and submit comments, then they should be able to rate the tutorial from 1 to 5 stars and write a comment, and their feedback should be successfully submitted and visible to admin for review.

Search Functionality for Tutorials

User Story: As a new producer, I want to search for tutorials using keywords, so that I can find specific content that addresses my immediate questions or challenges.
Description: Develop a robust search functionality that enables users to type keywords and find relevant tutorial videos based on their queries. This feature will support users in locating specific content quickly, reducing frustration and enhancing onboarding efficiency. The search results will provide a ranked list of videos, with filters available for duration, relevance, and user role.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a search for tutorial videos tailored to beginner audio engineers in the onboarding interface.

Given a user is on the onboarding interface, when they enter the keyword 'beginner audio engineering' in the search bar, then they should see a ranked list of tutorial videos relevant to that query.

User applies filters to narrow down search results by duration and user role.

Given the user has performed a search, when they select the 'duration' filter for less than 10 minutes and the 'user role' filter for 'beginner', then the search results should only show videos that match these criteria.

User enters an invalid keyword and checks the response from the search functionality.

Given a user is on the onboarding interface, when they enter a nonsensical keyword 'xyz123' in the search bar, then they should see a message indicating that no tutorials were found.

User searches for tutorial videos and reviews the relevance score of the search results.

Given the user conducts a search for 'collaboration features', when they view the results, then each video should display a relevance score based on the keywords matched within the title and description.

A user wants to search for tutorials but does not enter any keywords in the search bar.

Given a user is on the onboarding interface, when they click on the search button without entering any keywords, then a prompt should appear asking them to enter a keyword to perform a search.

User accesses tutorial videos through the search functionality from a mobile device.

Given a user is using the HarmonixWorks mobile app, when they enter a search term in the tutorial search feature, then they should receive relevant videos just as they would on a desktop version without layout issues.

User wants to quickly locate and watch a support video based on a specific inquiry regarding the platform.

Given a user types in 'add sound pack' in the search field, when they perform the search, then the top result should be the tutorial specifically covering how to add sound packs, marked clearly and easily accessible.

Interactive Progress Tracker

User Story: As a beginner musician, I want to track my tutorial progress, so that I can ensure I complete my onboarding and don’t miss essential information.
Description: Create an interactive progress tracker that helps users monitor their tutorial completion status. Users will be able to see which tutorials they have completed, which ones are in progress, and receive reminders for those left to watch. This feature will enhance user engagement and ensure comprehensive onboarding by encouraging users to complete their training paths.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can view their tutorial completion status on the onboarding interface after logging into HarmonixWorks.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the onboarding interface, then they should see a progress tracker displaying completed, in-progress, and remaining tutorials.

Users receive reminders for tutorials that are left to watch based on their individual progress.

Given a user has not completed all their tutorials, when they access the onboarding interface, then they should receive prompts or notifications listing tutorials that are still pending.

Users can easily filter tutorials by their role type to view relevant content.

Given a user is on the progress tracker page, when they select their specific role (e.g., musician, producer, audio engineer), then only the tutorials relevant to that role should be displayed.

Users can mark tutorials as completed when they finish watching.

Given a user has finished watching a tutorial, when they click the 'Mark as Completed' button, then the tutorial should be recorded as completed in their progress tracker.

Users can track their progress over time to visualize their learning journey.

Given a user accesses the progress tracker, when they view their tutorial completion status, then they should see a visual representation (e.g., bar chart or percentage) of their overall progress.

Users can revisit previously completed tutorials easily through the progress tracker.

Given a user has marked tutorials as completed, when they access the progress tracker, then they should have the option to revisit and rewatch any completed tutorials.

Users should receive feedback on their completion rate to encourage engagement.

Given a user is using the progress tracker, when they complete a tutorial, then they should receive an updated completion rate metric (e.g., percentage of tutorials completed) that motivates them to complete the remaining tutorials.

Feedback and Rating System for Tutorials

User Story: As a seasoned audio engineer, I want to rate and provide feedback on tutorials, so that I can contribute to improving the training resources for future users.
Description: Introduce a feedback and rating system where users can rate tutorial videos and provide comments on their usefulness. This feature will help enhance the quality of the tutorials through user feedback and will allow new users to identify the most helpful resources quickly, promoting a community-driven improvement process.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can rate tutorial videos after watching them and provide comments to express their opinions.

Given a user has watched a tutorial video, when the user clicks on the rating options, then the user should be able to assign a rating from 1 to 5 stars and provide a comment that is submitted successfully.

New users navigating the tutorials section should see an aggregated rating for each tutorial video based on user feedback.

Given multiple users have rated a tutorial video, when a new user views the tutorial section, then they should see an average rating displayed clearly next to each tutorial video.

Users want to identify the most helpful tutorials quickly based on community feedback.

Given users have rated and commented on tutorials, when a user sorts the tutorial list by ratings, then the tutorials should appear in descending order based on their average ratings.

Admin can review feedback provided on the tutorial videos to make improvements or updates.

Given that users have left comments and ratings, when an admin accesses the feedback section, then all user feedback should be displayed along with the respective ratings for each tutorial video and a timestamp of when feedback was submitted.

Users should be notified when tutorials have received new feedback or ratings to encourage engagement.

Given that a tutorial video receives a new comment or rating, when a user has previously interacted with that tutorial, then the user should receive a notification indicating that new feedback is available.

Users should be able to report feedback as inappropriate if they find it unhelpful or offensive.

Given a user sees a comment on a tutorial that is inappropriate, when the user clicks on the report button next to the comment, then a report confirmation should be triggered and an admin should be notified of the report.

Language Options for Tutorials

User Story: As an international musician, I want to access tutorials in my native language, so that I can understand the content better and implement the techniques effectively.
Description: Integrate subtitles and voiceovers in multiple languages for tutorial videos, making the onboarding process more inclusive for non-native speakers. This functionality will broaden the accessibility of tutorials and cater to a more diverse user base, ultimately improving the user experience and engagement.
Acceptance Criteria: Language Options for Tutorials: Non-native Spanish speakers access the onboarding interface and choose a tutorial video for a specified task. They enable Spanish subtitles and listen to the Spanish voiceover while following along with the tutorial steps.

Given a tutorial video is selected, When language options are enabled, Then the subtitles and voiceover should be displayed and audible in Spanish without any delays or errors.

Language Options for Tutorials: A new user who is a native Chinese speaker navigates to the tutorials section of HarmonixWorks and selects a video for music production tips. They wish to have options for both Chinese subtitles and voiceover.

Given the user accesses the tutorial video, When they select Chinese as their preferred language, Then both the subtitles and voiceover for the video should be available and accurately synchronized with the content.

Language Options for Tutorials: An onboarding tutorial for French-speaking users demonstrates how to set up a project. The user wants to ensure they can follow along with audio instructions in French and enable subtitles for additional support.

Given the project setup tutorial is accessed, When the user chooses French as the language, Then the tutorial must provide an accurate French voiceover and subtitles, and the content should maintain clarity and readability throughout.

Language Options for Tutorials: An Arabic-speaking musician uses the tutorial feature to learn the basic tools of HarmonixWorks. They select an Arabic language option for both subtitle and voiceover.

Given the user selects an Arabic language option, When they start the tutorial, Then the subtitles and voiceover should both be in Arabic and correctly match the spoken content, with no interruptions or discrepancies.

Language Options for Tutorials: A Portuguese user accesses the onboarding tutorials and expects seamless integration of language options while navigating different tutorial videos focused on advanced techniques.

Given the user is browsing tutorial videos, When they switch to Portuguese, Then each video's subtitles and voiceover language should adjust accordingly, allowing for a smooth and uninterrupted learning experience.

Language Options for Tutorials: The HarmonixWorks support team tests the tutorial video feature to ensure that all available language options work without bugs during peak usage times.

Given the tutorial section is under high traffic, When users select different language options, Then all functionalities, including subtitles and voiceovers in their chosen languages, should operate correctly without performance lag or errors.

Track Showcase

This feature allows users to publicly showcase their music tracks within the HarmonixWorks community. By sharing their work, users invite real-time feedback and constructive criticism, creating an engaging platform for collaborative learning and growth. The showcase not only highlights user creativity but encourages community interaction, providing a sense of visibility and validation.

Requirements

User Authentication

User Story: As a music creator, I want to securely create and manage my HarmonixWorks account so that I can showcase my tracks and interact within the community without fears of unauthorized access.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a secure user authentication system that allows users to create, log in, and manage their accounts within HarmonixWorks. It includes features such as password recovery, email verification, and activity tracking to ensure user safety and data protection. The integration of third-party authentication services, like Google or Facebook, will also be accommodated to streamline the login process, thereby enhancing user experience and engagement. This foundational element is critical for user trust and community participation, as it ensures that only verified users can showcase their tracks and provide feedback to others.
Acceptance Criteria: User Registration and Account Creation

Given a user on the registration page, when they enter valid details and submit, then the user account should be created successfully, and a confirmation email should be sent.

User Login with Valid Credentials

Given a registered user on the login page, when they enter the correct email and password, then the user should be logged in and redirected to the dashboard.

Password Recovery Process

Given a user on the password recovery page, when they enter their registered email, then they should receive an email with a password reset link.

Email Verification After Registration

Given a newly registered user, when they click on the verification link sent to their email, then their account status should change to verified, allowing login access.

Third-Party Authentication Integration

Given a user on the login page, when they choose to log in using a third-party service like Google, then they should be authenticated and redirected to their dashboard without additional prompts.

User Activity Tracking

Given a logged-in user, when they interact with the platform (upload tracks, comment, etc.), then their activity should be logged and retrievable for administrative review.

Failed Login Attempt Handling

Given a user on the login page, when they enter incorrect login credentials, then they should see an error message indicating the failure and an option to recover their password.

Track Upload and Metadata Management

User Story: As a music creator, I want to upload my tracks with relevant metadata so that other users can easily find my music and understand the context of my work.
Description: This requirement focuses on the ability to upload music tracks securely, accompanied by relevant metadata, including track title, genre, description, and personal tags. This functionality will ensure that each track is easily searchable and categorized within the community showcase. The implementation will involve file validation for format and size restrictions to ensure optimal performance and user experience. Additionally, robust metadata management will enhance discoverability and allow users to accurately represent their work, increasing engagement and feedback opportunities.
Acceptance Criteria: User uploads a new music track to the HarmonixWorks platform, ensuring the correct file format and size are adhered to before submission.

Given a user has selected a track to upload, When they submit the track, Then the system should validate the file format is either MP3 or WAV and the size does not exceed 50MB.

User is required to input metadata for their uploaded track, including title, genre, description, and tags to enhance searchability and categorization.

Given a user is on the upload page, When they enter the track title, genre, description, and tags, Then all fields must be validated to ensure they are not left blank and follow the character limits set (Title: 100 characters, Description: 500 characters, Tags: up to 10 tags).

User attempts to upload a track and receives feedback if the upload fails due to incorrectly formatted metadata or invalid file type.

Given a user uploads a track with an unsupported format or incomplete metadata, When the upload is submitted, Then the system should display an error message indicating the specific issue (e.g., 'Unsupported file type' or 'Please fill out all required fields').

User successfully uploads a track and metadata, and the track is immediately visible in their profile and available for community showcase.

Given a user has successfully uploaded a track with all required metadata, When the upload is complete, Then the track should appear in the user's showcase section and be searchable within the community.

User needs to edit the metadata of a previously uploaded track to correct any inaccuracies or add new information.

Given a user selects an already uploaded track, When they choose to edit the metadata, Then they should be able to update the title, genre, description, and tags, and save the changes successfully without any errors.

User wants to ensure the uploaded tracks maintain proper categorization and searchability within the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given multiple users have uploaded tracks with various genres, When a user searches for tracks by genre, Then the results should accurately reflect tracks tagged with that genre and display appropriately in the showcase.

Real-time Feedback System

User Story: As a music creator, I want to receive real-time feedback on my tracks so that I can improve my music based on the insights from my peers promptly.
Description: This requirement introduces a real-time feedback mechanism, allowing users to receive instant comments and critiques on their showcased tracks. The system will notify users of new feedback through push notifications and enable comments to be posted and viewed in the showcase in real time. This feature will foster a collaborative environment for growth and improvement, encouraging users to engage actively with one another, thus enhancing community spirit and constructive dialogues. By integrating structured feedback templates, users can provide more targeted insights to their peers, improving overall quality and learning.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback Reception After Track Showcase

Given a user has showcased a track, when a peer posts a comment, then the user should receive a push notification alerting them of the new feedback within 2 minutes.

Real-Time Comment Display

Given multiple users are viewing the showcase, when a comment is added, then it should appear in real-time for all viewers without requiring a page refresh.

Structured Feedback Submission

Given a user is providing feedback, when they select a structured feedback template, then the form should display input fields corresponding to the selected template within 3 seconds.

Feedback Quality Improvement

Given a user submits feedback using a structured template, when the feedback is rated by the track owner, then at least 75% of feedback should be rated as useful or helpful after 30 submissions.

User Engagement Metrics

Given the real-time feedback system is active, when a track receives more than 5 comments, then the user engagement metrics should reflect a 20% increase in active users within the community in one month.

Push Notification Frequency

Given the user has received multiple comments on showcased tracks, when generating push notifications, then notifications should not exceed 5 per hour to avoid spamming the user.

Feedback History Access

Given a user wants to review past feedback, when they navigate to their showcase history, then they should be able to see a complete and sortable list of all received comments and feedback with timestamps.

Community Interaction Tools

User Story: As a music creator, I want to engage with other users' tracks by liking and sharing so that I can connect with fellow musicians and promote a lively community atmosphere.
Description: This requirement encompasses the development of community interaction tools, such as likes, shares, and follow functions. Users will be able to engage with showcased tracks more meaningfully by expressing their appreciation and building connections with other creators. This will include functionality for following tracks and users to curate a personalized feed, allowing for deeper engagement with the community content. These tools are essential in promoting a vibrant and active ecosystem, encouraging users to interact and support each other regularly.
Acceptance Criteria: User expresses appreciation for a showcased track through likes.

Given a showcased track is visible in the community feed, when a user clicks the 'like' button, then the like count for that track should increment by one, and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the action was successful.

User shares a showcased track within the HarmonixWorks community.

Given a showcased track is displayed on the user’s screen, when the user clicks the 'share' button, then the track should be successfully shared in their profile and visible to their followers, with a notification displayed to the user confirming the share action.

User can follow another creator to receive updates on their showcased tracks.

Given a creator’s profile is open, when a user clicks the 'follow' button, then the system should add that creator to the user's following list, and the user should see a confirmation message indicating they are now following that creator.

User curates a personalized feed of followed showcased tracks.

Given the user is logged in and has followed multiple creators, when they navigate to their personalized feed, then they should see a chronological list of showcased tracks from all followed creators, accurately reflecting the most recent uploads first.

User receives real-time notifications for new tracks from followed creators.

Given the user is following multiple creators and is logged into the platform, when any of those creators showcase a new track, then the user should receive a real-time notification on their dashboard indicating that a new track has been released, including a link to view it.

User provides constructive feedback on a showcased track.

Given a user is viewing a showcased track, when they write a comment in the feedback section and submit it, then the comment should appear below the track visible to the original creator and other users, and the user should receive a confirmation that their feedback has been submitted successfully.

Profile Customization

User Story: As a music creator, I want to customize my profile with images and information so that I can represent my personal brand and connect better with the community.
Description: This requirement enables users to customize their profiles within HarmonixWorks, allowing for personal branding through profile pictures, bios, and links to social media or personal websites. Profile customization is essential for users to express their individuality and attract followers and feedback to their showcased tracks. This will also include privacy settings so users can control who sees their profiles and showcases. An engaging profile fosters stronger community ties and identity, thus enhancing user retention and participation.
Acceptance Criteria: User Customizes Their Profile After Registration

Given a user just registered on HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the profile customization section, then they should be able to upload a profile picture, input a bio, and add links to two social media accounts without any errors.

User Adjusts Privacy Settings for Profile Visibility

Given a user has completed their profile, when they access the privacy settings, then they must be able to choose options for who can view their profile and showcased tracks, including options for public, friends only, or private.

User Profile Is Displayed Correctly to Others

Given a user has customized their profile and saved the changes, when another user visits their profile, then they should see the updated profile picture, bio, and social media links as intended.

User Sees Success Confirmation After Customizing Profile

Given a user has made changes to their profile, when they save the changes, then they should receive a confirmation message indicating that their profile has been updated successfully.

User Navigates to Profile Customization from Main Dashboard

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they select the 'Profile' option from the main dashboard, then they should be directed to the profile customization page without delays.

User Needs Assistance with Profile Customization

Given a user is on the profile customization page, when they click on the help icon, then they should see a tooltip or help guide that explains how to customize their profile effectively.

User Revenue Display upon Successful Profile Customization

Given a user has a successful profile setup, when they return to their profile after a week, then there should be visible metrics indicating the interaction levels (views, follows) on their showcased tracks, demonstrating an engaged audience.

Feedback Rating System

Users can rate feedback received on their tracks based on helpfulness and relevance. This system empowers users to identify the most constructive critiques and insights quickly, enhancing their ability to focus on specific areas of improvement. By prioritizing valuable feedback, this feature makes the process of refining music projects more efficient and user-friendly.

Requirements

User Rating Submission

User Story: As a music producer, I want to rate feedback on my tracks so that I can quickly identify the most useful critiques and focus on improving specific areas of my work.
Description: The User Rating Submission requirement allows users to submit ratings for feedback received on their tracks. Each user will have an intuitive interface within HarmonixWorks to rate feedback on a scale of 1 to 5 stars based on its helpfulness and relevance. Ratings will be stored and aggregated to provide overall insights on the quality of feedback across the platform. This functionality enhances user engagement and encourages more thoughtful critiques among peers, fostering a collaborative environment that prioritizes constructive feedback, thus improving the quality of music projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User rates feedback on their track after receiving critiques from peers in HarmonixWorks.

Given a user has received feedback on their track, when the user accesses the feedback section, then the user should see a rating interface that allows them to select a rating from 1 to 5 stars.

User submits a rating for feedback using the rating interface.

Given a user has selected a rating between 1 and 5 stars, when the user clicks the submit button, then the rating should be recorded and associated with the specific feedback entry in the database.

User views aggregated ratings of feedback received over time.

Given a user has submitted several ratings for feedback, when the user accesses the feedback summary page, then they should see an average rating and total number of ratings for each feedback entry displayed.

User rates multiple pieces of feedback for the same track.

Given a user has multiple feedback entries for a track, when the user rates each piece of feedback, then each rating should be stored separately and reflected individually in the feedback summary.

User attempts to submit a rating without selecting a star value.

Given a user is on the rating interface, when the user clicks the submit button without selecting a rating, then an error message should be displayed indicating that a rating is required before submission.

System aggregates ratings for analytics purposes.

Given that users have submitted several ratings, when the system runs the feedback analysis report, then it should correctly display the average rating and the distribution of ratings for each feedback across the platform.

Feedback Visibility Enhancement

User Story: As a musician, I want to see the highest-rated feedback on my tracks so that I can easily identify the most constructive criticism to guide my revisions.
Description: The Feedback Visibility Enhancement requirement involves developing a system that highlights the most highly rated feedback for each track. Users will be provided with a dedicated section that lists feedback sorted by ratings, prioritized by the most helpful comments. This functionality facilitates quicker access to valuable insights and promotes a culture of quality feedback within HarmonixWorks, streamlining the decision-making process when refining music projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Feedback Visibility Enhancement feature to review the feedback on their latest track during a collaborative session with fellow musicians.

Given the user is logged in and has uploaded a track, when they navigate to the feedback section, then they should see a dedicated area displaying feedback sorted by rating, starting from the highest rated.

A user rates feedback they have received on their track and checks if their new rating is reflected correctly in the feedback listing.

Given a user has submitted feedback ratings, when they refresh the feedback section, then the feedback should be displayed in the correct order based on the updated ratings.

Multiple users provide feedback on a track, and the user wants to quickly identify the most constructive comments.

Given multiple pieces of feedback exist for a track, when the user selects the feedback section, then they should see at least three of the highest-rated comments highlighted at the top of the list.

A user examines feedback from a previous track and wants to see how it is organized by rating to ease the review process.

Given the user is viewing the feedback history for their tracks, when they select a specific track's feedback, then the feedback should be organized in descending order based on ratings received in the last month.

A user reports a bug where they cannot see the feedback section after ratings are applied.

Given the user has reported a problem, when the development team investigates, then they should confirm that the feedback section is accessible and displays all relevant rated comments properly.

Aggregated Feedback Analytics

User Story: As an audio engineer, I want to access analytics on the feedback I receive so that I can understand how my work is perceived and where I need to improve my skills.
Description: The Aggregated Feedback Analytics requirement introduces a dashboard feature that compiles data on ratings and feedback trends over time. This dashboard will allow users to visualize the helpfulness of feedback, track improvements in specific musical areas, and monitor the general reception of their work through a series of analytics and reports. By providing users with comprehensive data insights, this feature aims to empower artists and producers to make more informed creative decisions and enhance their overall workflow effectiveness.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Aggregated Feedback Analytics dashboard to analyze the ratings and trends of feedback received on their music tracks over time.

Given the user has submitted several tracks and received feedback, when they navigate to the Aggregated Feedback Analytics dashboard, then they should see a visual representation of feedback ratings grouped by track and feedback type.

User reviews the overall helpfulness of feedback on specific musical elements such as melody, rhythm, and production quality.

Given that the user is on the Aggregated Feedback Analytics dashboard, when they hover over any feedback category, then they should see a tooltip that provides a detailed breakdown of the average rating and the number of ratings received by that category.

User wishes to track improvements in their music based on historical feedback data.

Given that the user has multiple feedback ratings over time, when they select the trend analysis option on the dashboard, then they should see a line graph showing the progression of their feedback ratings for each musical category over the last six months.

User wants to generate a report summarizing the feedback received on their tracks for a specific period.

Given the user is on the Aggregated Feedback Analytics dashboard, when they select a date range and click 'Generate Report', then a downloadable report should be created that includes the summary of ratings, top feedback comments, and analytics insights for the specified period.

User needs to identify the most valuable feedback contributions from multiple reviewers.

Given that there are multiple ratings and comments for each feedback received, when the user filters the ratings by highest helpfulness, then the system should display only the feedback that has received the highest rating, with reviewer names and timestamps.

User wants to easily navigate back to their track submissions after reviewing the aggregated feedback analytics.

Given the user has accessed the Aggregated Feedback Analytics dashboard, when they click on a specific track from the analytics view, then they should be redirected to the corresponding track submission page with all relevant feedback displayed.

Feedback Comment Sorting Options

User Story: As a user, I want to sort the feedback comments I receive by different criteria so that I can manage and review my feedback more effectively based on my current priorities.
Description: The Feedback Comment Sorting Options requirement provides users the ability to sort feedback comments based on various filters such as date received, highest rating, or most recent. This functionality ensures that users can efficiently navigate through feedback, tailoring their experience based on their current needs. By implementing customizable sorting options, HarmonixWorks can enhance user satisfaction and facilitate better interaction with the collaborative feedback environment.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user of HarmonixWorks, I want to sort feedback comments by the date they were received so that I can see the most recent feedback at the top of my list.

Given I am on the feedback section of my project, when I select the 'Sort by Date Received' option, then the feedback comments should be displayed in chronological order from most recent to oldest.

As a user who has received multiple feedback comments, I want the ability to sort feedback comments by the highest rating received so that I can quickly identify the most helpful critiques.

Given I am on the feedback section of my project, when I select the 'Sort by Highest Rating' option, then the feedback comments should be displayed starting with the highest rated comments first.

As a user looking to refine my music project, I want to sort feedback comments by the most recent interactions, allowing me to focus on the latest advice from my peers.

Given I am on the feedback section of my project, when I select the 'Sort by Most Recent' option, then the feedback comments should be displayed starting with the comments that have been most recently rated or commented on.

As a user wanting to optimize my review process, I want to combine sorting options, such as sorting by date and rating, to find the most relevant feedback efficiently.

Given that I am on the feedback section of my project, when I apply both the 'Sort by Date Received' and 'Sort by Highest Rating' options, then the system should prioritize the highest rated comments received most recently at the top of my feedback list.

As a user, I want to reset the sorting of feedback comments to the default view in order to easily access all feedback regardless of sorting preferences.

Given I have sorted feedback comments either by date or rating, when I select the 'Reset Sorting' option, then the feedback comments should return to their original order as received without any applied filters.

As a user who prefers visual aids, I want to receive feedback comments sorted visually with clear markers indicating the rating and date for easier comprehension.

Given I am viewing the feedback comments sorted by any option, when I look at the comments, then each comment should clearly display its corresponding rating and date in a distinguishable format to aid recognition.

Feedback Response Mechanism

User Story: As a music creator, I want to respond to feedback on my tracks to clarify points or thank the reviewers, so that I can build rapport and improve my music through dialogue with others.
Description: The Feedback Response Mechanism requirement enables users to respond directly to feedback comments, facilitating two-way communication between users. This functionality allows musicians, producers, or engineers to ask clarifying questions or express gratitude towards the feedback providers, fostering a community of collaboration and open dialogue. This feature enhances the user experience and reinforces the collaborative spirit of HarmonixWorks, encouraging ongoing relationships and productive discussions around music projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a feedback response after receiving critiques on their track during a peer review session.

Given a user has received feedback on their track, When the user chooses to respond, Then the user should be able to type and submit a response to the feedback comment with no errors.

User views feedback comments and identifies which comments they wish to respond to.

Given a user is viewing a list of feedback comments, When the user selects a specific comment, Then the option to respond should be clearly visible and accessible.

User interacts with multiple feedback comments to engage in conversation about their track.

Given a user is responding to feedback, When the user submits multiple responses to various comments, Then all responses should appear sequentially under the original feedback comments, maintaining proper threading.

Feedback provider receives notifications about responses to their comments.

Given a user has provided feedback on a track, When a response is submitted by the track owner, Then the feedback provider should receive a notification indicating that their comment has been responded to.

User expresses gratitude in their response to feedback.

Given a user received positive feedback on their track, When the user chooses to respond with a thank you message, Then the response should be submitted and displayed appropriately under the relevant feedback comment.

User requests clarification on specific feedback points.

Given a user is unsure about a feedback comment, When the user submits a clarification request, Then the comment should appear as a response directly linked to the original feedback for further discussion.

Expert Critique Sessions

A scheduled feature where industry professionals provide in-depth critiques on select tracks submitted by users. These sessions will elevate the feedback quality, ensuring aspiring musicians receive insights from experienced mentors. Users gain valuable perspectives on industry standards and practices, significantly boosting their skills and confidence.

Requirements

Critique Session Scheduling

User Story: As a user, I want to schedule critique sessions with industry professionals so that I can receive personalized feedback on my tracks and improve my skills.
Description: This requirement involves the capability for users to schedule sessions with industry professionals for track critiques. It includes a calendar interface for selecting dates and times, notifications for both users and experts, and reminders for upcoming sessions. The integration with existing user profiles and track submission processes is essential to ensure a seamless experience. This feature will enhance user engagement by allowing them to connect with mentors and receive personalized feedback, thus elevating the overall quality of critiques received.
Acceptance Criteria: User schedules a session with an industry professional through the calendar interface.

Given I am a registered user, when I select a date and time from the calendar and submit my request, then I should receive a confirmation notification, and the expert should also be notified of the new session.

User receives a reminder for an upcoming critique session.

Given I have a scheduled critique session, when the session is 24 hours away, then I should receive an email reminder and a push notification through the app.

Expert views and accepts or declines session requests.

Given an expert has a pending session request, when they log into their dashboard, then they should see the session requests with options to accept or decline, and their decision should notify the user immediately.

User submits a track for critique prior to the session.

Given I have scheduled a critique session, when I upload my track at least 48 hours in advance of the session, then the track should be accessible to the expert for review during the session.

User views the history of scheduled critique sessions.

Given I am a registered user, when I navigate to the 'My Sessions' section of my profile, then I should see a list of past and upcoming critique sessions along with their statuses.

User interacts with experts during the critique session.

Given I am in a scheduled critique session, when I communicate with the expert via video or chat, then my questions should be addressed, and feedback should be recorded for future reference.

Expert provides feedback after the critique session concludes.

Given that a critique session has ended, when the expert submits their feedback, then the user should receive an email notification containing the critiques and any additional resources shared by the expert.

Track Submission System

User Story: As a user, I want to easily submit my tracks for critique so that I can ensure they are reviewed promptly by the professionals.
Description: The requirement entails a user-friendly interface where users can submit their tracks for critique during scheduled sessions. It must support multiple audio formats, allow for metadata input (like track title, genre, and artists), and provide an option for users to write notes or questions for the critic. Additionally, this system should include secure storage for submitted tracks and a status update mechanism that informs users about their submission progress. This facilitates a streamlined process for users to engage in critique sessions effectively.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits a track for critique during an Expert Critique Session.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the Track Submission page and successfully upload an audio file in an accepted format, then the system should confirm the submission and display a message indicating the track has been submitted for critique.

User inputs metadata and notes for their track submission.

Given a user is on the Track Submission page, when they fill in the track title, genre, and artist information, along with optional notes or questions for the critic, then the system should validate and save this metadata along with the audio track upon submission.

System provides secure storage for submitted audio tracks.

Given a track has been submitted by a user, when the system processes the submission, then the audio file should be securely stored in an encrypted format, with access restricted to authorized personnel only.

User receives status updates on their track submission.

Given a user has submitted a track, when the submission status changes (such as 'In Review' or 'Feedback Posted'), then the user should receive an email notification reflecting this change in status.

User can submit multiple tracks for different critique sessions.

Given a user is on the Track Submission page, when they submit multiple tracks for different critique sessions, then each track submission should be processed individually and independently without errors.

User attempts to upload an unsupported audio file format.

Given a user is on the Track Submission page, when they select and attempt to upload an audio file in an unsupported format, then the system should display an error message indicating the accepted audio formats and prevent the upload from proceeding.

User can view the submission history of their tracks.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to their submission history page, then they should see a list of all tracks they have submitted, along with their current status and critique session details.

Feedback Repository

User Story: As a user, I want to access all feedback from my critique sessions so that I can track my progress and make informed improvements to my music.
Description: This requirement focuses on creating a centralized repository where all feedback received during critique sessions is stored and easily accessible to users. Each session's feedback should be tagged with relevant metadata such as date, critic name, and track title. Users should be able to filter and search through their past critiques, facilitating quick reference and learning from previous insights. This feature will support users in tracking their development over time and applying feedback to their future projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the Feedback Repository after participating in an Expert Critique Session to review feedback on their submitted track.

Given the user has participated in a critique session, when they access the Feedback Repository, then they must see their feedback listed with the corresponding metadata including date, critic name, and track title.

User filters feedback in the Feedback Repository based on the critic's name to find specific insights.

Given the user is viewing the Feedback Repository, when they apply a filter by critic's name, then only feedback from that critic should be displayed in the results.

User searches for feedback within the Feedback Repository using keywords related to their track to locate specific critiques.

Given the user is on the Feedback Repository page, when they enter keywords in the search bar, then the results should accurately display all feedback that includes the entered keywords.

User reviews the Feedback Repository to see a history of feedback received over time to assess their improvement.

Given the user accesses the Feedback Repository, when they click on the feedback history, then they should see a chronological list of all feedback with the ability to view details for each session.

User attempts to access feedback from a session that has been deleted from the Feedback Repository.

Given the user tries to access feedback from a deleted session, when they attempt to view that session's feedback, then they should receive a message indicating the feedback is no longer available.

User needs to export their feedback from the Feedback Repository for offline review.

Given the user is viewing their feedback in the Feedback Repository, when they select the option to export feedback, then they should be able to download the feedback as a PDF or CSV file.

Expert Mentor Profiles

User Story: As a user, I want to learn about the backgrounds of expert mentors so that I can choose the right person for my track critique sessions.
Description: This requirement involves building comprehensive profiles for each expert critique mentor, displaying their bios, experience, genres of expertise, and sample critiques. Users should be able to view and select mentors based on their profiles when scheduling sessions. The integration of user ratings and comments on mentor performance will provide insights for users, enhancing the selection process and encouraging interaction with mentors who align with their musical goals.
Acceptance Criteria: Viewing Expert Mentor Profiles

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, When they navigate to the 'Expert Critique Sessions' page, Then they can view a list of expert mentors with their bios, genres of expertise, and sample critiques displayed clearly.

Selecting a Mentor for a Session

Given a user has viewed several expert mentor profiles, When they select a mentor from the list, Then they are taken to a detailed page of the selected mentor with additional information and an option to schedule a session.

Rating Mentor Performance

Given a user has completed a critique session with a mentor, When they return to the mentor's profile page, Then they can submit a rating and written comment about their experience, which is stored and displayed for future users.

Filtering Mentors by Genre

Given a user is on the 'Expert Critique Sessions' page, When they apply genre filters to the mentor list, Then the displayed mentors should only include those who specialize in the selected genres.

Accessing Sample Critiques

Given a user is viewing an expert mentor's profile, When they click on the 'Sample Critiques' section, Then they can view at least three examples of the mentor's critiques and feedback style.

User Interaction with Mentor Ratings

Given multiple users have rated a mentor, When a user views the mentor's profile, Then the average rating and all user comments should be displayed prominently to aid in their selection process.

Automated Notifications and Reminders

User Story: As a user, I want to receive reminders for my critique sessions so that I don’t forget about them and can prepare my questions in advance.
Description: This requirement entails an automated notification system to remind users of their upcoming critique sessions and notify them about new feedback received. Notifications should be customizable and can be sent via email or in-app alerts. This feature is important for ensuring users are prepared for their critique sessions and stay updated on their feedback without missing important interactions.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification one day before their scheduled critique session to remind them to prepare their track for review.

Given the user has a critique session scheduled, When the notification date is one day before the session, Then the user should receive an email notification and an in-app alert.

After a critique session, the user should receive a notification summarizing the feedback they received from the expert.

Given the critique session has been completed, When the feedback is submitted by the expert, Then the user should receive an email summarizing the feedback and an in-app notification.

Users can customize their notification preferences for receiving reminders and summaries.

Given the user is in the notification settings, When they select their preferences for email and in-app notifications, Then their selections should be saved and reflected in future notification deliveries.

The system sends reminders for critique sessions set for the same week to ensure users are prepared.

Given the user has multiple critique sessions scheduled within a week, When the current date is within the week of the sessions, Then the user should receive a reminder email for all sessions two days prior.

Users receive a notification if their critique session gets rescheduled or canceled.

Given there is a change in the schedule of a user's critique session, When the change is made, Then the user should receive immediate notifications via email and in-app alert regarding the new schedule or cancellation.

Users can view a log of their previous notifications and feedback summaries.

Given the user accesses the notification history section, When they navigate to the log, Then they should see a list of all past notifications and feedback summaries with timestamps.

Collaborative Review Boards

This feature facilitates group discussions around specific tracks by creating dedicated review boards. Users can invite peers to comment and critique in a structured environment, fostering detailed discussions that lead to richer learning experiences. Collaborators can pose questions and explore ideas, enhancing the overall depth of feedback.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration Tools

User Story: As a music producer, I want real-time collaboration in the review boards so that I can receive immediate feedback during discussions with my peers, enhancing the quality of my work through timely insights.
Description: Implement real-time collaboration tools within the Collaborative Review Boards feature to allow users to discuss and critique tracks simultaneously, ensuring that feedback is timely and relevant. This will enhance user engagement by allowing instant interactions and discussions, similar to text or video chats, thus bridging geographical gaps among collaborators. Real-time functionality will integrate seamlessly with existing project management tools, enabling users to conduct discussions, share insights, and make decisions swiftly without losing context.
Acceptance Criteria: Users engage in a live collaborative review session for a track, utilizing real-time chat and video options to enhance communication.

Given users are in a review board session, when a user sends a message or starts a video stream, then all invited participants should receive the update in real-time without noticeable delay.

Participants can view and respond to comments made by other users during the real-time collaborative review.

Given a user has made a comment on a track, when another user views the comment, then they should also be able to reply to that comment in real-time, and the response should be visible to all participants.

Users can share audio snippets during a collaborative review session to facilitate more effective communication about specific parts of a track.

Given a user shares an audio snippet during a session, when other users click on the shared link, then they should be able to hear the snippet instantly without refresh or delay in playback.

Users have the ability to create polls for quick feedback during the review session.

Given that a user initiates a poll during the review session, when participants submit their responses, then results should be updated and displayed in real-time to all participants.

Real-time notifications alert users about new comments and interactions during a collaborative review.

Given the review board is active, when a user posts a new comment or interacts, then all other participants should receive a notification immediately to ensure they don’t miss any updates.

Participants can collaboratively mark important moments or changes in the track for further discussion.

Given a participant marks a section of the track as significant during the collaborative session, when other users review the track, then they should be able to see these marks and the comments associated with them in real-time.

Users can seamlessly transition between text chat and video chat without interrupting the flow of the discussion.

Given participants are using the text chat, when a user opts to switch to video chat, then the transition should occur smoothly with all participants maintaining audio and video connection without any delays or dropouts.

Structured Feedback Categories

User Story: As a user, I want to categorize my feedback so that my comments are more organized and easier to reference during discussions, leading to a more productive review process.
Description: Introduce structured categories for feedback within the review boards, allowing users to classify their comments into predefined sections such as composition, arrangement, production, and mix. This will streamline discussions and enable more focused critiques, making it easier for users to navigate and prioritize feedback. By establishing clear categories, users can tag their comments appropriately, thereby creating a more organized and effective review process that fosters constructive criticism and targeted improvements.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can select specific feedback categories when submitting comments on a review board.

Given a user is on the review board page, when they click to submit a comment, then they should see a dropdown menu of structured feedback categories (composition, arrangement, production, and mix) to choose from before submitting their comment.

Users can filter comments based on categorized feedback.

Given that comments have been submitted with categorized feedback, when a user selects a specific category from the filter options, then only comments corresponding to that category should be displayed.

Users receive prompts to categorize feedback if they try to submit without selecting a category.

Given a user clicks the submit button without selecting a category, then a warning message should appear, prompting them to select a category before they can successfully submit their comment.

Users can view a summary of feedback categorized by type.

Given multiple comments have been submitted, when a user views the feedback overview, then they should see a summary that displays the number of comments in each category (composition, arrangement, production, and mix).

Comments can be edited to change the feedback category after submission.

Given a comment has been submitted, when the user selects the edit option, then they should have the ability to change the feedback category from the dropdown menu and save the changes.

Users can see examples of each feedback category to guide their critiques.

Given the user is on the review board page, when they hover over the feedback category dropdown, then example comments for each category should be displayed to assist in categorizing their own feedback.

Users can submit feedback without categorization but it is strongly encouraged.

Given a user is on the review board, when they submit a comment without selecting a category, then the comment should be saved with a 'General Feedback' label, along with a suggestion message to categorize it for better organization in the future.

User Tagging and Notifications

User Story: As a collaborator, I want to be notified when I am mentioned in the feedback comments so that I do not miss important discussions and can contribute effectively to the review process.
Description: Develop a user tagging and notification system that alerts collaborators when they are mentioned in comments or discussions within the review boards. This feature encourages participation and ensures that users stay engaged with the feedback process. By allowing users to tag others, it also facilitates targeted questions and discussions, making the collaborative review experience more interactive and responsive.
Acceptance Criteria: User tags a peer in a comment within a review board.

Given a user is viewing a review board, when they tag another user in a comment, then the tagged user should receive a notification alerting them of the mention.

Users can receive notifications for multiple mentions in a single comment.

Given a comment contains multiple tags, when the tagged users view the comment, then they should receive a single notification that summarizes all mentions.

Users can turn on or off notification settings.

Given a user is in their account settings, when they select the option to turn notifications on or off for mentions, then their preferences should be saved and applied to future comments.

Notification delivery through email and in-app messages.

Given a user is tagged in a comment, when the notification is sent, then it should be delivered via both email and in-app messaging to the tagged user, provided they have not opted out of either.

Tracking read receipts for notifications.

Given a user receives a notification about being tagged, when they view the comment or discussion mentioning them, then a read receipt should be logged and visible to the initial commenter.

Tagging functionality is integrated into the comment interface.

Given a user is writing a comment, when they type '@' followed by a username, then a dropdown should appear with matching user suggestions to tag.

Multiple users can be tagged in a single comment.

Given a user is composing a comment, when they tag multiple users by using the '@' mention functionality, then all tagged users should receive individual notifications of the mention.

Rich Media Embedding

User Story: As a user, I want to embed audio snippets in my comments so that I can provide clear examples of my feedback, helping my collaborators understand my perspective better.
Description: Allow users to embed rich media such as audio clips and video links directly within the review boards. This will enhance the feedback experience by providing context for the comments and critiques, enabling collaborators to reference specific sections of tracks or demos. Adding this capability supports a multi-dimensional discussion environment, allowing users to illustrate their points clearly and enhance their feedback with audio-visual elements.
Acceptance Criteria: Users can embed audio clips in the review boards to provide context for their feedback.

Given a user is on the Collaborative Review Board, when they select the 'Embed Audio' option and provide a valid audio link, then the audio clip should be successfully embedded within the review board and playable for all users.

Users can embed video links within their comments in the review boards for enhanced feedback.

Given a user has pasted a video link in a comment box, when they submit the comment, then the video should be embedded and visible for all members of the review board.

Users can reference specific sections of tracks when providing audio feedback in the review boards.

Given an audio clip is embedded in the review board, when a user plays the audio and adds comments at specific timestamps, then those comments should be linked to the corresponding playback time for all users to see.

Multiple users can view and interact with embedded media simultaneously during live discussions.

Given that multiple users are present in the review board, when one user plays an embedded audio or video file, then all other users should be able to see and hear the media playback in real-time without delay or interruption.

Users can remove embedded media from the review board if necessary.

Given a user has embedded media in the review board, when they select the option to remove the media, then the media should be deleted from the board and should no longer be visible to any users.

Users can receive notifications when embedded media is added or removed from the review boards.

Given a user is a member of a review board, when media is added or removed, then all members should receive a notification alerting them to the change.

Users can access a help guide on how to embed rich media in the review boards.

Given a user is in the Collaborative Review Board, when they click on the 'Help' section, then they should see a clear and concise guide on how to embed audio and video links successfully.

Feedback Summarization Feature

User Story: As a user, I want a summary of the key feedback from the review boards so that I can easily focus on the most critical points without reviewing all comments in detail.
Description: Create a summarization feature that compiles and highlights key feedback points from discussions within the review boards. This will help users quickly identify the most important comments and suggestions, streamlining the review process and reducing the time spent sifting through messages. The summarization tool will use keywords and tagging to produce a concise report after discussions, helping users focus on actionable insights for their projects.
Acceptance Criteria: User accesses the review board after a collaborative discussion session to view summarized feedback.

Given the user is on the review board page, When they request a feedback summary, Then the system should display a consolidated report of all key comments and suggestions, including keywords and tags for easy identification.

A user wants to quickly identify actionable insights from a lengthy discussion in the review board.

Given that there are numerous comments in the review board, When the user generates a summary, Then the tool should highlight only actionable comments and group similar suggestions together for clarity.

Multiple users are discussing a project on the review board and wish to see the impact of their feedback.

Given the feedback summarization tool has processed user comments, When the user views the summary, Then the report should indicate the number of comments that led to changes in the project direction based on user feedback.

The user wants to download the feedback summary for offline access and further review.

Given the user has generated a feedback summary, When they select the download option, Then the system should provide a downloadable text or PDF file containing the summary of key feedback points.

A user is revisiting past discussions in the review board and needs to access previous feedback summaries.

Given users have had discussions in the review board, When the user selects the option to view previous summaries, Then the system should display a list of feedback summaries by date, allowing users to access any summarized report.

The feedback summarization feature is used for the first time in a live collaborative session.

Given this is the user's first live session using the feedback summarization feature, When they attempt to summarize feedback, Then the tool should guide them through the process with a help overlay explaining the functionality.

The user wants to customize the keywords and tags used in the feedback summarization process.

Given the user is in the settings menu, When they customize the keyword and tag preferences, Then the summarization tool should apply these preferences in future summary reports generated from the review boards.

Archiving Completed Reviews

User Story: As a user, I want to archive completed reviews so that I can reference past discussions and insights for my future projects and growth.
Description: Implement an archiving system for completed review boards, where users can store past discussions for reference or future learning. This feature will provide a repository of past collaborations that users can revisit to reflect on their growth or to extract valuable insights from previous reviews. Having easy access to archived boards will aid in ongoing skill development and project improvement by allowing users to learn from past experiences.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user who has completed a collaborative review of a track, I want to archive the review board so that I can reference the discussions and insights gained in the future.

Given I am a user on the HarmonixWorks platform, When I select the 'Archive' option on a completed review board, Then the review board should be moved to the archive section and become inaccessible for further edits or comments.

As a collaborator on a review board, I want a confirmation message to appear once the review board is successfully archived to ensure that my action was completed.

Given I have successfully archived a review board, When the process is complete, Then a confirmation message should display stating 'Review Board archived successfully.'

As a user, I want to access my archived review boards to revisit past discussions and feedback when working on similar projects.

Given I navigate to the 'Archived Review Boards' section, When I select an archived board, Then I should be able to view all previous comments and discussions without the ability to edit or add new comments.

As a user, I want the archived review boards to be sortable and searchable by date, project name, or collaborator name for easier access.

Given I am in the 'Archived Review Boards' section, When I use the sorting and search features, Then I should be able to filter the archived boards by date, project name, or collaborator name with accurate results displayed.

As an administrator, I want the option to permanently delete archived review boards that are no longer needed, to manage space and organization.

Given I am in the 'Archived Review Boards' section, When I select an archived board and choose the 'Delete' option, Then I should receive a warning message about permanent deletion, and upon confirmation, the board should be removed from the archive.

As a user, I want my archived review boards to retain all formatting and attachments for a complete reference experience.

Given I view an archived review board, When I open the board, Then all text formatting, images, and attachments should display exactly as they were in the original review without loss of information.

Feedback Timeline

An integrated timeline that tracks and displays all received feedback on a user’s track in chronological order. This feature allows users to easily revisit earlier critiques, observe their progress over time, and understand how different feedback has guided their creative journey. It fosters continuous improvement and reflection.

Requirements

Real-time Feedback Notifications

User Story: As a music producer, I want to receive real-time notifications for any new feedback on my tracks so that I can stay informed and make necessary changes without delay.
Description: This requirement involves implementing a notification system that alerts users any time new feedback is added to their tracks. The notifications will be customizable, allowing users to choose how they want to receive them (e.g., email, in-app, or both). This feature aims to keep users engaged and informed on their feedback timeline, enhancing responsiveness and collaboration. By ensuring users are promptly notified of feedback, they can actively track their progress and make timely adjustments in their creative process, leading to a more iterative and rewarding experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a notification when feedback is added to their track for the first time.

Given a user has uploaded a track, when feedback is added for the first time, then the user receives an instant in-app notification alerting them of the new feedback.

User chooses preferred notification method for receiving feedback alerts.

Given a user is in their settings, when they select their preferred notification method (email, in-app, or both), then the system updates their preferences successfully and notifies them of any changes.

User receives an email notification for new feedback on their track.

Given the user's notification preference is set to 'email', when new feedback is added, then an email notification is sent to the user's registered email address within 5 minutes.

User views all past notifications in a notification center.

Given the user has received multiple notifications, when they access the notification center, then they can see a chronological list of all notifications related to feedback received on their tracks.

User does not receive notifications for feedback on a track if turned off.

Given the user has disabled notifications for feedback, when feedback is added to any of their tracks, then no notifications (in-app or email) are sent to the user.

User receives a summary of feedback notifications at the end of the week.

Given that the user has received multiple feedback notifications during a week, when it is the end of the week, then the user receives a summary email containing all feedback notifications received throughout the week.

User adjusts their notification settings successfully.

Given a user is in the notification settings page, when they change their notification preferences and save the changes, then the system confirms the changes are saved and applied immediately.

Categorization of Feedback Types

User Story: As a music professional, I want to categorize feedback I receive on my tracks so that I can easily filter and focus on specific aspects of my work that need improvement.
Description: This requirement focuses on allowing users to categorize feedback into specific types such as technical, creative, emotional, or logistical. This categorization will not only help users navigate their feedback timeline more efficiently but also facilitate targeted improvements based on the type of feedback received. Users will be able to filter their feedback according to these categories, making it easier to revisit relevant critiques as they work on their tracks. This feature promotes a more structured approach to handling feedback and fosters continuous learning and improvement.
Acceptance Criteria: Categorizing Feedback Based on Type

Given a user has received feedback on a track,_When the user categorizes the feedback as technical, creative, emotional, or logistical_Then the feedback should be stored and displayed under the respective categories in the feedback timeline.

Filtering Feedback by Category

Given a user is viewing their feedback timeline,_When the user selects a category filter (technical, creative, emotional, logistical)_Then only the feedback that belongs to the selected category should be displayed in the timeline.

Editing Feedback Categories

Given a user has previously categorized feedback,_When the user chooses to edit the category of any feedback item_Then the feedback should reflect the updated category in the timeline and any associated filters should be applied accordingly.

Tracking Feedback Changes Over Time

Given a user has categorized multiple feedback entries,_When the user views the feedback timeline_Then the timeline should display a chronological order of feedback with categories indicated for each entry.

Receiving Notifications for Feedback Category Changes

Given a user has categorized their feedback,_When someone else comments or provides feedback on an entry_Then the user should receive a notification indicating the new feedback, and the category should remain intact unless manually changed.

Ensuring No Overlapping Categories Assigned

Given a user categorizes feedback, When the user attempts to assign multiple categories to a single feedback entry_Then the system should prevent the action, allowing only one category per feedback entry.

Rich Media Support in Feedback

User Story: As a feedback provider, I want to share audio samples and references along with my critiques so that the recipient can better understand my suggestions and intentions.
Description: This requirement aims to enable users to include rich media (such as audio samples, video snippets, or reference tracks) when providing feedback on users' projects. By allowing rich media, users can convey their critiques more effectively and provide context that text alone may not adequately capture. This feature enhances the quality and usability of feedback, leading to clearer communication about creative intents and adjustments needed, thereby helping to bridge the gap between technical feedback and artistic vision.
Acceptance Criteria: User submits feedback on a track by uploading an audio sample to provide context.

Given the user is on the feedback submission screen, When they upload an audio sample, Then the audio sample is saved and visually represented in the feedback timeline as a playable item.

User receives an email notification when their feedback containing rich media is acknowledged by the recipient.

Given the user has submitted feedback with rich media, When the recipient views the feedback, Then an email notification is sent to the user confirming the feedback was received.

Users can view and replay rich media included in feedback while reviewing past critiques.

Given the user is on their feedback timeline, When they click on a feedback entry with rich media, Then they can replay the audio or video associated with that feedback.

User can edit their feedback to add or replace rich media after initial submission.

Given the user has submitted feedback, When they choose to edit that feedback, Then they can add a new audio sample or replace the existing one, and the timeline reflects this change immediately.

User can filter feedback timeline to display only entries that contain rich media.

Given the user is on their feedback timeline, When they enable the filter for rich media, Then only feedback entries with audio samples, video snippets, or reference tracks are shown.

Insights on the impact of rich media feedback are displayed to users after project revisions.

Given the user has made changes to a project based on feedback with rich media, When they review the project's progression, Then they see a summary of how the rich media influenced their revisions.

User submits feedback with multiple forms of rich media simultaneously.

Given the user is able to provide feedback, When they upload both an audio sample and a video snippet at the same time, Then both items are displayed in the feedback timeline as separate, accessible entries.

Peer Challenge Mode

Users can challenge peers to provide feedback on their tracks within a specified timeframe. This gamified approach encourages prompt responses and friendly competition, making the feedback process more engaging. Users are motivated to grow through shared challenges while fostering a lively community atmosphere.

Requirements

Challenge Creation Interface

User Story: As a music producer, I want to create a peer challenge for my track so that I can get targeted feedback from my colleagues within a specific timeframe.
Description: The Challenge Creation Interface allows users to easily create peer challenges by selecting tracks, setting deadlines, and specifying the type of feedback needed. This functionality enables users to engage their peers with clear parameters, fostering a structured feedback environment. The benefit of this feature is that it empowers users to initiate collaborative sessions while maintaining control over what specific feedback they seek, thereby enhancing the quality of responses. This interface integrates seamlessly with the project management tools in HarmonixWorks, ensuring users can link challenges to specific projects or tasks and track their progress efficiently.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates the Challenge Creation Interface to create a feedback challenge for a track they recently produced.

Given the user is on the Challenge Creation Interface, When they select a track, set a deadline, and specify feedback types, Then the challenge should be created, showing the selected parameters and an option to share with peers.

A user views challenges created by their peers within the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given the user has navigated to the Peer Challenges section, When they view the list of challenges, Then they should see all created challenges with track details, deadlines, and feedback types indicated.

User edits an existing challenge to change the deadline and type of feedback requested.

Given the user selects an existing challenge, When they update the deadline and change the feedback type, Then the changes should be saved and reflected in the challenge details.

User invites their peers to participate in a challenge they created.

Given the user has created a challenge, When they select peers to invite and send the challenge, Then the invited users should receive a notification with challenge details and an option to join.

A user tracks the progress of responses to their peer challenge over time.

Given the user selects a specific challenge they created, When they view the response tracking page, Then they should see the number of responses received and their status (e.g., pending, completed).

A user views detailed statistics on feedback received from their peers after a challenge ends.

Given the challenge has concluded, When the user accesses the completed challenge details, Then they should see a summary of feedback scores and comments provided by peers.

Real-time Feedback Notifications

User Story: As a track creator, I want to receive instant notifications when my peers provide feedback on my challenge so that I can promptly incorporate their suggestions into my work.
Description: Real-time Feedback Notifications alert users when their peers provide feedback on challenged tracks. This feature ensures that users stay informed and engaged, allowing for timely responses and adjustments based on peer insights. By integrating with existing notification systems within HarmonixWorks, users will receive instant updates through various channels (in-app, email, etc.), enhancing the interactive aspect of the feedback process. This capability is crucial for maintaining momentum in creative projects and for promoting a lively community atmosphere where users feel their contributions and critiques are valued.
Acceptance Criteria: User receives a real-time feedback notification when a peer submits feedback on their challenged track.

Given a user has challenged a peer to provide feedback, when the peer submits their feedback, then the user should receive an in-app notification within 1 minute of feedback submission.

User can configure their notification preferences to include in-app and email alerts for feedback.

Given a user is in their notification settings, when they enable email notifications, then they should receive an email alert each time feedback is provided on challenged tracks.

User feedback notifications are displayed clearly within the platform, allowing for easy access and action.

Given a user has received feedback, when they open the notifications panel, then the feedback notification should display the track title, feedback snippet, and a timestamp to indicate when it was received.

User can view all feedback notifications in a consolidated feed for easy tracking.

Given a user has received multiple feedback notifications, when they navigate to the notifications feed, then all feedback notifications should be listed with the most recent feedback at the top, allowing for easy chronological tracking.

User has the ability to acknowledge feedback notifications to manage their workflow.

Given a user has received feedback notifications, when they click the acknowledge button next to a notification, then that notification should be marked as read and removed from the new notifications list.

User can access feedback notifications on multiple devices and platforms.

Given a user receives feedback on their challenged track, when they log into the HarmonixWorks platform from a different device, then the user should see all recent feedback notifications synced across devices without delay.

User can filter notifications based on feedback type (e.g., positive, constructive).

Given a user has multiple feedback notifications, when they apply the feedback type filter in the notifications section, then only notifications matching the selected type should be displayed.

Gamification Elements

User Story: As a user, I want to earn rewards for giving and receiving feedback on challenges so that I feel incentivized to participate more actively in the community.
Description: Gamification Elements will introduce points, badges, and leaderboards associated with peer challenges, fostering a competitive environment among users. This requirement aims to motivate users by rewarding engagement and high-quality feedback. It enhances the productivity and enjoyment of the feedback process, encouraging more frequent participation in challenges. The incorporation of gamification will also provide data insights into user interactions, allowing HarmonixWorks to analyze participation trends and potentially shape future community features based on user behavior.
Acceptance Criteria: User initiates a peer challenge and invites three peers to provide feedback on their track within a 24-hour timeframe.

Given a user has uploaded a track, when they send out a peer challenge invitation, then the invitation must be successfully sent to all three peers, and they should receive a notification within 5 minutes of the challenge being created.

Users receive points for each peer feedback given within the specified challenge timeframe.

Given a user participates in a peer challenge, when they provide feedback on at least one track within the challenge period, then they should receive an automatic credit of 10 points to their gamification profile.

The leaderboard displays accurate rankings based on user engagement in peer challenges.

Given multiple users are participating in peer challenges, when the leaderboard is viewed, then it must display the top 10 users ranked by total points earned from feedback provided in challenges.

Users can claim badges for completing specific milestones in providing feedback.

Given a user has provided feedback on 10 different tracks in peer challenges, when they check their profile, then they should see an achievement badge labeled 'Feedback Champion' added to their account.

Users can view a history of their peer challenge participation and earned rewards.

Given a user accesses their profile, when they navigate to the 'Challenge History' section, then they should be able to see a comprehensive list of all peer challenges participated in, along with points and badges earned.

The system logs and analyzes feedback participation trends over time.

Given sufficient data on user feedback participation is collected over 30 days, when analyzed, then the system should provide reports indicating engagement levels, peak participation times, and user retention metrics.

Challenge Analytics Dashboard

User Story: As a music professional, I want to view analytics on my peer challenges so that I can understand how to improve the quality and engagement of my feedback sessions.
Description: The Challenge Analytics Dashboard provides users with insights into their challenge participation, including response rates, average feedback ratings, and user engagement metrics. This feature helps users assess the effectiveness of their challenges and track their progress over time, making it easier to identify which challenges generated the most constructive feedback or engagement. The dashboard's integration with HarmonixWorks will allow users to visualize trends and metrics within their projects, ultimately supporting their growth and collaboration efforts in music production.
Acceptance Criteria: User views their historical challenge participation on the Challenge Analytics Dashboard.

Given a user logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the Challenge Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a summarized view of their past challenge participations including total challenges initiated, total responses received, and the dates of each challenge.

User checks feedback ratings for past challenges on the Challenge Analytics Dashboard.

Given a user logged into HarmonixWorks, when they view the Challenge Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to see the average feedback rating for each challenge they initiated, along with a breakdown of individual feedback scores.

User identifies the most engaging challenge from their history.

Given a user logged into HarmonixWorks, when they access the Challenge Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to sort challenges by engagement metrics, including the number of participants and feedback ratings, to determine which challenge received the most engagement.

User visualizes trends in feedback over multiple challenges.

Given a user logged into HarmonixWorks, when they view the trends section of the Challenge Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a graph displaying feedback trends over time for their challenges, indicating whether feedback ratings are improving or declining.

User reviews the response rates for their challenges.

Given a user logged into HarmonixWorks, when they access their challenges on the Challenge Analytics Dashboard, then they should see response rates calculated as a percentage of total responses received compared to total challenge invitations sent.

User compares their challenge performance with peer averages.

Given a user logged into HarmonixWorks, when they view the Challenge Analytics Dashboard, then they should see a comparison metric that shows how their performance in terms of feedback ratings and engagement stacks against average performance from their peers.

User accesses the Challenge Analytics Dashboard on mobile devices.

Given a user using a mobile device, when they access the Challenge Analytics Dashboard, then the dashboard should render properly, maintaining usability and readability across all mobile screen sizes.

Feedback Quality Rating System

User Story: As a track creator, I want to rate the feedback I receive after a challenge so that I can promote high-quality responses and recognize valuable contributors.
Description: The Feedback Quality Rating System enables users to rate the quality of feedback received on their tracks after a challenge concludes. This feature encourages constructive criticism and helps ensure that feedback is meaningful and actionable. By collecting this data, HarmonixWorks can also highlight top reviewers within the community, creating opportunities for recognition. This system fosters an environment where users are motivated to provide thoughtful and constructive feedback as their contributions will impact their reputation within the community.
Acceptance Criteria: Feedback Rating Submission After Peer Challenge Completion

Given a user has completed a peer challenge, when they receive feedback on their track, then they should be able to rate the quality of the feedback on a scale of 1 to 5 stars.

Display Average Feedback Rating for Track

Given multiple users have rated feedback on a user's track, when viewing the track in the HarmonixWorks interface, then the average feedback rating should be displayed alongside the track details.

Highlight Top Reviewers Based on Feedback Quality

Given users have submitted feedback ratings, when the community leaderboard is generated, then the top reviewers should be highlighted based on the highest average ratings they have received for their feedback.

User Notification for Feedback Ratings

Given a user has submitted feedback on a track, when the feedback ratings are available, then the user should receive a notification summarizing their rating and the responses received.

Constructive Feedback Encouragement Message

Given a user is about to submit a feedback rating, when their rating is below a certain threshold (e.g., 3 stars), then a prompt should appear encouraging them to provide more constructive feedback.

Reporting Misleading Feedback Ratings

Given a user identifies misleading feedback ratings on their received feedback, when they report this rating, then the system should log the report for review and notify the user of the action taken.

Feedback Filters

A robust filtering system that allows users to customize the types of feedback they wish to receive, whether focused on mixing, mastering, creativity, or arrangement. This feature ensures that users can tailor the feedback process to address specific concerns or developmental areas, optimizing their learning experience.

Requirements

Dynamic Feedback Preferences

User Story: As a music producer, I want to filter feedback based on specific focus areas like mixing or creativity so that I can receive targeted advice that helps me improve my skills in those areas.
Description: The Dynamic Feedback Preferences requirement enables users to personalize their feedback experience by selecting specific areas of focus such as mixing, mastering, creativity, or arrangement. This feature aims to enhance the learning and development process for music professionals by providing tailored, relevant feedback that directly addresses their individual challenges and areas of interest. The integration of this requirement into the HarmonixWorks platform will empower users to maximize their growth by receiving constructive insights that align with their goals, ultimately leading to more effective use of the platform's capabilities and a more satisfying user experience.
Acceptance Criteria: User selects specific feedback preferences for a music project in the HarmonixWorks platform.

Given the user is logged into HarmonixWorks, when they navigate to the Feedback Filters section, then they should be able to choose from options for mixing, mastering, creativity, or arrangement and save their selections successfully.

A user receives feedback based on their selected preferences in real-time during a collaborative session.

Given the user has set their feedback preferences, when they collaborate with others in a project, then the feedback provided should align with the chosen categories of mixing, mastering, creativity, or arrangement as specified by the user.

User updates their feedback preferences after initially selecting them for a project.

Given the user has previously set feedback preferences, when they go back to the Feedback Filters section, change their preferences, and save, then the updated preferences should take effect immediately without losing previously set preferences.

User accesses an existing project and checks if the correct feedback preferences are applied.

Given a user has a project with saved feedback preferences, when they open that project, then the feedback preferences displayed should match those previously saved for that specific project.

Users can reset their feedback preferences to default settings if needed.

Given the user is in the Feedback Filters section, when they click on the reset to default button, then all feedback preferences should return to the factory default settings without affecting any other project data.

System prompts the user to confirm their feedback preferences before saving changes.

Given the user is changing their feedback preferences, when they attempt to save, then a confirmation dialog should appear asking them to confirm their selections before applying the changes.

User receives a summary of the feedback preferences they set in a clear, readable format.

Given the user has set feedback preferences, when they view their saved preferences, then the summary should clearly list all selected categories and provide a brief description of each area to reinforce understanding.

User-Friendly Feedback Interface

User Story: As a music engineer, I want an easy-to-use interface for adjusting feedback settings so that I can quickly customize my experience without spending too much time figuring it out.
Description: The User-Friendly Feedback Interface requirement aims to create an intuitive and straightforward interface for users to manage their feedback filters and preferences. By designing a visually appealing and easy-to-navigate interface, users can quickly set up their feedback priorities without overwhelming complexity. This feature will streamline the user experience, making it simple for music professionals, regardless of their experience level, to engage with the feedback process. The expected outcome is a reduction in user frustration and an increase in the utilization of feedback tools, ultimately enhancing the overall educational impact of HarmonixWorks.
Acceptance Criteria: As a user looking to enhance my music production skills, I want to easily access the feedback filter options from the dashboard within HarmonixWorks so that I can quickly tailor the types of feedback I receive during a project.

Given I am logged into HarmonixWorks, when I navigate to the dashboard, then I should see a clearly labeled 'Feedback Filters' section that enables me to customize feedback preferences for mixing, mastering, creativity, and arrangement.

As a beginner producer, I want to be guided through the process of setting up my feedback filters the first time I use the platform to avoid any confusion or frustration.

Given I am a new user and I open the feedback filters interface for the first time, when I follow the on-screen tutorial prompts, then I should be able to complete the setup process without any additional help or support.

As a user refining my production work, I want to save my feedback filter settings so I can use them in future projects without needing to reset my preferences each time I log in.

Given I have customized my feedback filters, when I click the 'Save Settings' button, then my preferences should be stored and automatically applied the next time I access the feedback system.

As a music professional, I want the option to reset my feedback filters to default so I can quickly revert any changes I made during the project.

Given I have made changes to the feedback filter settings, when I click the 'Reset to Default' button, then all my custom settings should revert to the original default state.

As a user with accessibility needs, I want the feedback interface to support screen readers and follow accessibility best practices for easy navigation and usability.

Given I am using a screen reader to interact with the feedback filters interface, when I navigate through the options, then all elements should be announced correctly, and I should be able to select or change settings without issues.

As an experienced audio engineer, I want the feedback filters to support quick adjustments so that I can efficiently switch between different focus areas without disrupting my workflow.

Given I am within the feedback filters interface, when I toggle between different feedback focus areas (mixing, mastering, creativity, arrangement), then the changes should be reflected in the settings without a noticeable delay or need for page refresh.

Custom Feedback Notifications

User Story: As a composer, I want to receive notifications for feedback on my submissions at a time that works best for me so that I can manage my time effectively and stay focused on my projects.
Description: The Custom Feedback Notifications requirement allows users to set preferences for how and when they receive feedback alerts. Users can choose between immediate notifications, daily summaries, or weekly digests based on their engagement level and feedback needs. This feature is vital for helping users maintain an optimal workflow, as it ensures they are informed at the right times without experiencing information overload. Integrating this requirement into HarmonixWorks provides users with flexible options to remain engaged with their projects and professional development, significantly enhancing productivity and learning outcomes.
Acceptance Criteria: User successfully configures feedback notification preferences for their project.

Given that the user is on the notification settings page, When the user selects 'Immediate' under feedback options and saves the settings, Then the system should send an immediate notification when feedback is received.

User receives daily feedback summary as configured in their settings.

Given that the user has set their feedback notification preference to 'Daily summary', When it is the scheduled time for the daily summary, Then the user should receive an email containing all feedback received in the past 24 hours.

User opts for no feedback notifications for a specific project.

Given that the user is on the notification settings page, When the user selects 'None' for feedback notifications for a specific project and saves the settings, Then the user should not receive any feedback notifications related to that project.

User changes feedback preferences and validates notifications are adjusted accordingly.

Given that the user has previously set feedback notifications to 'Weekly digest', When the user changes this preference to 'Immediate' and saves the settings, Then the user should start receiving immediate feedback notifications right after the change.

User attempts to set feedback notifications with invalid input.

Given that the user is on the notification settings page, When the user inputs an invalid email format while configuring notifications, Then the system should display an error message indicating the email format is invalid.

Users view a confirmation message after saving their feedback configuration successfully.

Given that the user has set and saved their feedback notification preferences, When the settings are saved, Then the user should see a confirmation message 'Your feedback notification settings have been saved.'

User accesses help documentation for feedback notifications feature.

Given that the user is on the feedback notifications settings page, When the user clicks on the Help icon, Then the user should be redirected to the help documentation specifically addressing feedback notification settings.

Feedback History Tracking

User Story: As a musician, I want to review my past feedback so that I can identify patterns in my work and see how I have improved over time.
Description: The Feedback History Tracking requirement enables users to maintain a comprehensive history of the feedback received over time across various projects. This tracking system will allow users to reflect on previous insights, track their progress, and revisit advice that was particularly impactful. By integrating this feature into HarmonixWorks, users can enhance their learning curve and ensure that valuable insights do not get lost in the workflow. This feature encourages continuous improvement through reflection, fostering a culture of growth and development in music production.
Acceptance Criteria: User reviews their past feedback on a mixed track to identify areas of improvement before submitting the final version.

Given that the user accesses the Feedback History section for a specific project, When the user selects a previous feedback entry, Then the system displays the complete feedback along with the corresponding project details and date received.

As a user engages with their feedback history, they want to filter feedback based on specific categories like mixing, mastering, or creativity.

Given the user is on the Feedback History Tracking page, When the user applies a filter for 'mixing' feedback, Then the system displays only the feedback related to mixing for that user across all projects.

A new user wants to understand the functionality of the Feedback History Tracking feature to ensure it meets their learning needs.

Given that the new user views the feature overview, When they read the descriptions of the Feedback History Tracking, Then the summary clearly outlines the benefits and capabilities of tracking received feedback.

A user aims to analyze their progress over time by reviewing the feedback history for multiple projects simultaneously.

Given that a user selects multiple projects in the Feedback History section, When the user requests a combined report of feedback received, Then the system generates a comprehensive report showing feedback details, categories, and dates across the selected projects.

After receiving feedback, a user wants to flag specific feedback as particularly impactful for future reference.

Given that a user is reviewing feedback on their project, When the user selects the option to flag a feedback entry, Then the system marks the feedback as flagged and allows the user to easily access all flagged feedback in the future.

A user revisits feedback from a specific project to implement improvements in their current work.

Given that the user navigates to the Feedback History for a completed project, When they view a specific feedback entry, Then the feedback is displayed in a clear format with options to edit personal notes related to the feedback.

Collaborative Feedback Options

User Story: As a project leader, I want to share my feedback filters with my collaborators so that we can provide each other targeted feedback and streamline our project discussions.
Description: The Collaborative Feedback Options requirement allows users to invite collaborators to provide feedback on specific projects. Users can share their filtered feedback settings with team members, ensuring that everyone involved can contribute to the relevant aspects of the work. This feature enhances the collaborative environment of HarmonixWorks, encouraging teamwork and collective growth among music professionals. The implementation of this option is expected to facilitate richer discussions, enhance project outcomes, and foster a sense of community within the platform.
Acceptance Criteria: User invites a collaborator to provide feedback on a specific project, ensuring that the collaborator can access the filtered feedback settings relevant to their expertise.

Given a user is logged into HarmonixWorks, When they select a project and invite a collaborator, Then the collaborator should receive an invitation with access to the user's filtered feedback settings.

A collaborator accesses the shared project and provides feedback based on the filtered feedback settings defined by the project owner.

Given a collaborator has accepted the feedback invitation and opened the project, When they provide feedback, Then the feedback should reflect the specific filter settings shared by the user, focusing on the defined aspects like mixing, mastering, creativity, or arrangement.

Users can modify their feedback filters and share updated settings with their collaborators in an ongoing project.

Given a user has set initial feedback filters for their project, When they update these filters and share them again, Then all collaborators should receive a notification with the updated feedback settings.

Collaborators can filter the feedback they provide based on the user-defined settings, ensuring they focus on areas that require attention.

Given a collaborator is providing feedback, When they view the feedback settings, Then they should only be able to provide comments relevant to the filtered criteria shared by the project owner.

Users can view a summary of all feedback received from different collaborators, categorized by the filtered feedback options they chose.

Given a user has received feedback from multiple collaborators, When they navigate to the feedback summary page, Then they should be able to see a categorized list of all feedback based on the filter settings they had previously defined.

The system tracks and displays the control notifications for feedback shared or updated among users and collaborators.

Given a user has shared feedback settings or received updates, When they check their notifications, Then they should see a log of all feedback sharing and updating activities related to their projects.

Users can revoke access to collaborators for providing feedback on a specific project whenever necessary.

Given a user decides to revoke a collaborator's access to a project, When they select the collaborator and choose to remove access, Then the collaborator should no longer be able to provide feedback on that project and should receive a notification of the change.

Press Articles

HarmonixWorks Launches Innovative SaaS Platform to Revolutionize Music Production: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
November 12, 2024

HarmonixWorks, an innovative Software as a Service (SaaS) platform designed specifically for music professionals, is proud to announce its official launch today. The platform integrates powerful project management tools with seamless real-time collaboration features and an extensive digital resource library, fundamentally enhancing the music production process.

Combining popular digital audio workstations (DAWs) with an all-in-one environment, HarmonixWorks streamlines workflows, increases productivity, and fosters creativity among musicians, producers, and audio engineers. Designed to be user-friendly for both beginners and experts, the platform provides instant access to a library of royalty-free sounds and intuitive features to empower users as they create and collaborate.

"Music production has often been a fragmented process, requiring multiple tools and platforms to achieve just one goal: quality sound creation. HarmonixWorks changes this by bringing everything musicians need into one cohesive platform," said Sarah Thompson, CEO of HarmonixWorks. "Our combination of project management and collaboration tools empowers creativity and efficiency, allowing users to focus on what they do best: making music."

With HarmonixWorks, users can take advantage of features such as Real-Time Editing, Interactive Commenting, Version Control, and a Visual Project Map. These tools have been developed to reduce miscommunication and enhance the collaborative experience. Users can also utilize the Audio Annotations feature, providing dynamic feedback directly on the tracks they are working on.

One of the standout features of HarmonixWorks is the Sound Discovery Engine, which uses AI algorithms to recommend tailored audio samples based on users’ project styles and past choices. This not only saves time but enriches the creative process, ensuring that the perfect sounds are just a click away.

Additionally, HarmonixWorks offers a comprehensive suite of project management tools, including Integrated Task Management, Dynamic Goal Setting, and Milestone Highlights. This combination ensures that users can not only create but also track their progress every step of the way.

"Whether you are an aspiring musician learning the ropes or a seasoned audio engineer working on multiple projects, HarmonixWorks caters to a diverse range of user types with tailored features designed for each. We believe in fostering a community where creativity meets technology for optimal results," added Emily Jacobs, CMO of HarmonixWorks.

The platform also prioritizes education with features like Interactive Workshop Sessions, allowing users to engage directly with industry experts for real-time feedback. For those wishing to enhance their professional credibility, HarmonixWorks provides Certification Programs that recognize users' accomplishments in music production.

To celebrate the launch, HarmonixWorks is offering a limited-time free trial period for new users, allowing them to explore all the platform features at no cost and understand how it can transform their music creation process.

For more information about HarmonixWorks, please visit www.harmonixworks.com or contact the HarmonixWorks Media Relations team at press@harmonixworks.com.

About HarmonixWorks:
HarmonixWorks is dedicated to providing innovative software solutions for music professionals worldwide, enhancing creativity and collaboration across the globe. With its robust set of features tailored to diverse user types, HarmonixWorks aims to redefine the future of music production.

Contact:
Jessica Winters
Media Relations
HarmonixWorks
press@harmonixworks.com
(555) 123-4567

END

HarmonixWorks Empowering Musicians with Comprehensive Project Management Features: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
November 12, 2024

HarmonixWorks, the innovative new SaaS platform, is set to change the music production landscape by providing an integrated solution for musicians, producers, and audio engineers. Designed to enhance collaboration and manage projects seamlessly, HarmonixWorks combines powerful project management tools with a rich library of digital resources, aimed at transforming how music is created and produced.

In an increasingly crowded market of music production software, HarmonixWorks stands out with its focus on real-time collaboration and creative workflow optimization. Users can expect to streamline their creative processes, whether they are working in a studio or collaborating with others remotely.

"HarmonixWorks was developed out of the necessity for a single platform that allows music professionals to manage their projects efficiently while maintaining creative control and collaboration with others," stated Mark Daniels, Product Lead at HarmonixWorks. "Our aim is to provide tools that allow for dynamic interaction and support creative processes at all levels of expertise."

The platform offers Real-Time Editing features that allow users to collaborate instantly, reducing the chances of miscommunication. Additionally, the Interactive Commenting system allows for targeted feedback, making discussions more straightforward and constructive.

To ensure that creativity is not stifled by the fear of losing progress, HarmonixWorks includes Version Control, which tracks project changes and allows users to revert to previous versions effortlessly. Coupled with a Visual Project Map, this feature provides users with a comprehensive overview of their project's structure, showcasing each collaborator's contributions and areas of focus.

HarmonixWorks has also integrated advanced sound curation tools, such as the Sound Discovery Engine and Smart Sound Suggestions, which tailor recommendations based on users' preferences and past projects. This saves users significant time, allowing them to find the ideal sounds that match their creative vision without hassle.

"The technology we implement within HarmonixWorks does not just serve a function; it cultivates an environment conducive to creativity and collaboration, enabling everyone from the aspiring musician to the professional audio engineer to flourish," added Melissa Ray, Director of User Experience.

As part of its commitment to fostering community and collaboration, HarmonixWorks provides a range of educational opportunities, including Interactive Workshop Sessions with industry experts and a Library of Resources for users to explore. These initiatives ensure users can enhance their skills and improve their craft in an engaged community environment.

Those interested in exploring HarmonixWorks can take advantage of the free trial period now available, allowing users to experience the full range of features before committing to a subscription plan.

To learn more about HarmonixWorks and to sign up for the free trial, visit www.harmonixworks.com or contact the HarmonixWorks Media Relations team at press@harmonixworks.com.

About HarmonixWorks:
HarmonixWorks offers state-of-the-art solutions for music production and collaboration, designed by and for music professionals. With a robust feature set and an emphasis on community, HarmonixWorks is redefining the possibilities of music creation.

Contact:
David Lawson
Media Relations
HarmonixWorks
press@harmonixworks.com
(555) 987-6543

END

HarmonixWorks Unveils Interactive Collaboration Tools for Music Creators: FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
November 12, 2024

HarmonixWorks proudly announces the launch of its cutting-edge SaaS platform aimed at transforming the music production process through innovative collaboration tools and comprehensive project management features. This dynamic platform caters to various music professionals, including aspiring musicians, freelance producers, and seasoned audio engineers.

Recognizing the challenges faced by many in the music industry, HarmonixWorks combines real-time collaboration capabilities with unique project management solutions, allowing users to effectively communicate, plan, and execute their creative visions in a seamless manner.

"Today’s music creators need a platform that not only supports their creative endeavors but integrates every aspect of project management that gets them from concept to completion. HarmonixWorks changes the game by providing tools that enhance collaboration while keeping projects organized and on track," said Jordan Michaelson, CTO at HarmonixWorks.

Among the many features of HarmonixWorks, Real-Time Editing stands out, facilitating instant updates and feedback among collaborators. The platform also includes the Creative Brainstorming Tools and Interactive Commenting functionalities that stimulate creative discussions and feedback loops, engaging users at every stage of their project.

Moreover, HarmonixWorks prides itself on its commitment to fostering an environment where users can continually develop their skills. With Online Workshops and Certification Programs, users can deepen their knowledge while networking with other music creators. “Our workshops are designed to be interactive and provide practical learning outcomes for anyone looking to elevate their music production skills,” added Clara Morrison, Head of Community Engagement.

The platform is also designed with the novice user in mind, providing customizable onboarding experiences that guide new users through key features tailored to their roles, ensuring they can hit the ground running and make the most out of HarmonixWorks from day one.

In addition to its user-friendly approach, HarmonixWorks offers a rich Library of Resources that includes templates, guides, and tutorial videos that are crucial for users at different stages of their musical journeys.

For music professionals looking to elevate their production processes, HarmonixWorks offers a limited-time free trial to explore all its innovative features.

To find out more about HarmonixWorks and to take advantage of the free trial, please visit www.harmonixworks.com or contact the HarmonixWorks Media Relations team at press@harmonixworks.com.

About HarmonixWorks:
HarmonixWorks is committed to revolutionizing music production through state-of-the-art technology and a focus on collaboration. Designed by and for music professionals, HarmonixWorks aims to empower creativity while enhancing productivity.

Contact:
Michelle Baker
Media Relations
HarmonixWorks
press@harmonixworks.com
(555) 543-2167

END

Create products with ease

Product Details

Personas

The Innovation DJ

The Studio Guru

The Indie Artist

Product Ideas

Product Features

Real-Time Editing

Requirements

Synchronized Session Playback

Version History Tracking

Real-Time Chat Integration

Collaborative Task Assignment

Audio Change Notification

Interactive Commenting

Requirements

Comment Tagging

Version History for Comments

Inline Commenting

Comment Notification System

Comment Upvoting System

Version Control

Requirements

Automatic Version Saving

Version Comparison Tools

Branching Mechanism

Version Restore Functionality

Version Naming and Tagging

Collaborative Version Access

Visual Project Map

Requirements

Interactive Elements

Export Functionality

Filter and Search Capability

Real-time Collaboration Updates

Customizable View Options

Integration with Popular DAWs

Integrated Task Management

Requirements

Task Assignment

Deadline Management

Progress Tracking

Task Comments and Collaboration

Notifications and Alerts

Task Filtering and Sorting

Audio Annotations

Requirements

Audio Comment Recording

Annotation Playback Controls

Real-time Collaboration on Annotations

Categorization of Annotations

Notification System for New Annotations

Creative Brainstorming Tools

Requirements

Collaborative Mind Mapping

Dynamic Idea Sketching

Integrated Feedback Mechanism

Resource Integration Library

Session Replay and Export Options

Customizable Collaboration Canvas

Smart Sound Suggestions

Requirements

AI-Driven Sound Analysis

Seamless Integration with DAWs

User Feedback Loop

Context-Aware Sound Suggestions

Personalized Sound Library Integration

Dynamic Mood Filter

Requirements

Mood Selection Interface

Smart Sound Curation

User Feedback Integration

Preview and Comparison Tool

Mood Visualization Progress Tracker

Real-Time Audio Preview

Requirements

Instant Audio Feedback

Sample Library Filtering